View Details

In the world of first responders, where facing pain and trauma is a daily reality, the emotional and psychological toll can be immense.

Many of these brave individuals face their struggles in silence, carrying the weight of their experiences without having a clear path to healing.

But what if there was a way to transform that pain into new life, and step into a life filled with hope and purpose?

Introducing Adam Davis: a former police officer who found himself at a crossroads in one of the darkest moments of his life.

Adam’s story is one of profound transformation and resilience.

Read on to meet Adam, discover his life-changing words of wisdom, and watch him tell his story.

Meet Adam DavisAdam Davis is a former patrol officer, criminal investigator, and hostage negotiator. Today, he is a renowned transformational coach, bestselling author, and professional speaker. He uses his experience and passion for living life to the fullest to empower others to step into who they really are.

Adam specializes in helping first responders experience authentic breakthroughs so they can show up 100% for their families, for their careers, and for themselves.

His foundation, Live Unconquered, is dedicated to extending support, resources, and community to those who dedicate their lives to serve our communities.

Words to Live By – 10 Inspiring Quotes By Adam AdavisI had the incredible privilege to work with Adam, to get to know him, and to interview him. And I’ve been blown away by the wisdom he has to share about dealing with past pain, navigating healing, and creating a beautiful life full of purpose and meaning.

Here are some of my favorite quotes by Adam. They are truly words to live by!

1. “Hope is not meant to be small.”
2. “We can’t do anything about the pain that has occurred in the past. But we can change how we respond to it.”
3. “You don’t understand what’s under the surface of the pain you’ve pushed down… but underneath all of that is new life.”
4. “Expect the ebbs and flows, the mountains and the valleys. But have a plan to come out of the valley.”
5. “The thing that keeps me from experiencing miracles most often is between my ears.”
6. “Our minds can be a very beautiful place, or a nightmarish playground. I choose to make my mind a place that is beautiful.”
7. “The hardest person I’ve ever forgiven is the one in the mirror.”
8. “Love is the ultimate healing salve of our deepest wounds.”
9. “Be relentlessly kind and compassionate.”
10. “Healing is not a clean line; it’s like a wild ride. It’s a beautiful journey, and one worth taking.”

Want more of this kind of wisdom? Be sure to watch the full interview with Adam below for more insights.

Watch the full interviewI had the honor to sit down with Adam for a deep and intimate conversation all about his ongoing healing journey.

In this moving, unfiltered one-on-one interview, Adam recounts his struggles with hopelessness, the moment that saved him at rock bottom, and how discovering EFT Tapping helped him on his path to healing and renewal.

Tap with Adam in The Tapping Solution App!As Adam learned to process his past and navigate healing, Tapping became one of his most trusted tools in his toolbelt.

In his words, “It is a phenomenal, effective tool. It will do wonders for you.”

It has been my great honor to collaborate with Adam to bring new Tapping meditations into The Tapping Solution App, designed specifically for first responders.

Adam guides 8 sessions in our First Responder Support Collection – which live in our The Tapping Solution Foundation category. This means that these sessions, along with all the others in the collection, are all free, all the time.

If you want to tap along with Adam, head to The Tapping Solution App right now.

You can click on any of the images below using your mobile device, or search the meditation title into the search bar () at any time.

Connect with Adam Adam believes our lives are meant to be lived with intentionality, passion, and love, but pain often keeps us from living this way to the fullest.

With a creative approach and years of experience, Adam helps others break free from their limitations and find the strength to live their best lives.

His books, speaking, in person training, and virtual courses are all designed to help first responders thrive – both in the line of duty and in their personal lives.

If you are ready to experience real growth, remove the blocks, and discover what it means to Live Unconquered, you can learn more about Adam’s work here.

And while you’re at it, make sure to grab a copy of his book Behind the Badge: 265 Daily Devotions for Law Enforcement.

We are SO grateful to Adam for sharing his story, for collaborating with us to launch new sessions for first responders, and for the work he is doing to touch so many lives across the country.

Be sure to share the interview and the Tapping sessions in the app with anyone you know who might benefit.

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Jessica Ortner

P.S. Which one of Adam’s 10 quotes resonates the most with you? I personally love #10

The post From Despair to Hope: A Former Cop’s Transformative Journey with Tapping (Exclusive Video Interview) appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:What’s Possible for 2012? What if…Short Meditation for Anxiety: Quick Tapping Techniques for Instant CalmThe Heavy Heart Archetype: Understanding Your Emotional Depth & How to Transform Overwhelm

View Details

Have you ever felt like you’re doing all the “right” things for your emotional wellbeing, but somehow still feel stuck and defeated?

On paper, you might be doing everything “right” – meditating daily, journaling, exercising, talking about your feelings, practicing positive affirmations. Yet something still feels off. You can’t shake the sense that you’re missing a crucial piece of the puzzle.

After working with thousands of people on their emotional healing journeys, I’ve discovered something fascinating: The most profound breakthroughs often come not from working harder at healing, but from understanding how healing actually works – and it’s rarely what we’ve been taught.

The truth is, most of our cultural understanding about emotional healing is backward. We’ve inherited approaches that sound logical but actually work against how our brains and bodies naturally process emotions.

Let’s explore five counterintuitive truths about emotional healing that might completely transform your approach – and finally create the breakthrough you’ve been seeking.

1. Accepting negative emotions makes them less powerful, not more intense“What you resist, persists. What you accept, transforms.”

Most of us were raised with the idea that negative emotions are problems to be fixed, suppressed, or overcome as quickly as possible. We learn elaborate strategies to avoid feeling sad, angry, anxious, or disappointed.

It might sound strange, but the emotions you’re most afraid to feel are usually the ones most needing your attention. And here’s the paradox: the more you accept these emotions, the less power they have over you.

Think about that for a moment.

When you resist feeling anxiety, the anxiety about feeling anxious creates a compounding effect, amplifying the original emotion. It’s like emotional quicksand – the more you struggle against it, the deeper you sink.

But when you turn toward the emotion with curiosity rather than judgment, something fascinating happens: the emotion begins to shift and transform all on its own.

The bottom line:
Your emotions need acknowledgment, not fixing. They’re messengers, not enemies. When you fight them, the struggle amplifies them. When you welcome them with curiosity, they deliver their message and naturally begin to transform.

2. Your “negative” patterns are actually sophisticated protection mechanismsDo you ever wonder why you keep repeating patterns you consciously want to change? Why, despite your best intentions and awareness, you fall back into the same old reactions?

Here’s a perspective shift that changes everything: What you perceive as your worst emotional habits are actually your nervous system’s best attempts to keep you safe.

Your brain’s primary job isn’t to make you happy; it’s to keep you alive.

Many of our most frustrating patterns – people-pleasing, perfectionism, avoidance, control issues – developed as protection strategies during times when we had limited options.

Perfectionism, for example, might have been your only reliable strategy to avoid criticism and gain approval. Your nervous system learned that mistakes were dangerous.

By honoring the protective intention behind your patterns rather than fighting them, you can begin a dialogue with these parts of yourself. Instead of trying to force them away, you can acknowledge their service and gradually introduce new, less costly ways of creating safety.

The bottom line:
Healing begins when you stop fighting against your patterns and start understanding what they’ve been trying to do for you. When you recognize even your most frustrating habits as protection mechanisms rather than character flaws, you can engage with them from a place of compassion rather than combat.

3. You can’t just think your way out of emotional problemsHave you ever noticed how you can logically understand something about your emotions, yet still feel stuck in the same patterns? There’s a neurobiological reason for this.

Your emotional responses aren’t just stored in the thinking part of your brain. They live in your body, sometimes in places that don’t respond to logical reasoning.

Trying to solve emotional problems with just your mind is like trying to fix a computer by talking to the screen. You’re not addressing the underlying system where the issue actually resides.

This is why “knowing better” rarely translates to “feeling better” or “doing better.” Your body needs different input than just your mind to create change.

Research in neuroscience confirms this disconnection. Studies using brain imaging show that the regions processing emotional responses (like the amygdala) operate separately from the thinking brain (prefrontal cortex). This explains why you can intellectually know something isn’t a threat while your body still reacts as if it is.

The bottom line: Emotional healing requires approaches that engage both the body and mind together. When you work with both systems simultaneously, seemingly intractable patterns begin to shift with surprising speed.

4. Comfort isn’t always what leads to healingWe’ve been conditioned to believe that feeling better is always the goal of emotional work. But what if temporary discomfort is sometimes exactly what’s needed for deeper healing?

Here’s a fascinating truth: Growth happens at the edge of your comfort zone, and healing often requires moving toward discomfort rather than away from it.

This doesn’t mean traumatizing yourself or engaging in emotional masochism. Rather, it means developing the capacity to safely feel difficult emotions instead of automatically avoiding them.

The people who make the most profound healing progress aren’t those who avoid all discomfort; they’re the ones who’ve learned to stay present with difficult feelings or experiences while maintaining a sense of safety.

The bottom line:
Healing happens when you face what’s difficult while simultaneously keeping your nervous system regulated. It’s not about forcing yourself into overwhelming situations; it’s about expanding your capacity to be with discomfort while maintaining your center.

5. Healing is cyclical, not linearWe’ve been conditioned to view healing as a linear process: identify problem → apply solution → problem resolved. This works beautifully for fixing a broken pipe or solving a math equation. But emotional healing follows an entirely different pattern.

Emotional healing moves in spirals, not straight lines.

This means you may revisit the same themes and patterns multiple times, but ideally from a higher perspective each time. What feels like regression is often the system bringing up deeper layers of the same issue for processing.

I’ve watched countless people beat themselves up for “still dealing with this issue” when they were actually engaging with it at a deeper level – a sign of progress, not failure.

The bottom line:
What feels like going backward is often healing at a deeper level. The spiral nature of healing means themes will repeat, but this doesn’t mean you haven’t progressed. The key questions become: “How am I responding differently this time?” and “What new understanding is available now that wasn’t before?”

From Knowledge to TransformationThese five counterintuitive truths have profound implications for how we approach emotional healing. Here’s a quick recap of the key points:

1. Accept emotions rather than fighting them
2. Honor the protective intention behind “negative” patterns
3. Engage the body, not just the mind
4. Develop capacity for discomfort rather than always seeking comfort
5. Recognize the cyclical nature of healing

But here’s the thing… Knowing these truths intellectually is just the beginning.

To experience their transformative power, you need approaches that work with these principles on a deep, profound level.

This is where Tapping (also known as EFT) has proven to be remarkably effective. What makes Tapping unique is how it aligns with all five of these truths simultaneously:

• It creates a context for accepting emotions while providing tools to process them
• It honors protective patterns while gently introducing new possibilities
• It engages the body and mind together for complete processing
• It allows you to face difficult emotions while keeping your nervous system regulated
• It supports the natural, cyclical unfolding of the healing process

In The Tapping Solution App, we have several guided sessions that incorporate these principles, helping you create transformation that goes beyond temporary relief. Here are a few categories of sessions that can help:

• Emotional Freedom Category
• Change Your Thinking
• Support Your Body
• Creating Lasting Change Audiobook
• And so much more!

If you take one thing out of this, let it be this: the most powerful shifts happen when you align your approach with how healing actually works, rather than how you think it should work.
So, what can you do today to put these learnings into practice?

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

P.S. Which of these counterintuitive truths resonates most with your experience? Share in the comments—I’d love to hear your perspective!

The post 5 Counterintuitive Truths About Emotional Healing That Change Everything appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Research: Tapping Proves Effective for Reducing Breast Cancer Treatment Side EffectsWhat If… Everything Works Out?Empowering Words of Wisdom from Jack Canfield to Help You Manifest Your Dreams

View Details

The first time I tried Tapping, it was on a stubborn neck pain. And it vanished in minutes. My skeptical brain went: “Wait, what just happened in my body?”

Maybe you’ve had a similar experience with Tapping (also known as EFT or Emotional Freedom Techniques). You tried it for stress or anxiety, and noticed unexpected physical changes that went beyond what you expected. Or perhaps you’re curious but skeptical about this whole Tapping thing.

What’s fascinating is that rigorous scientific research has been documenting what Tapping practitioners have observed for years: Tapping doesn’t just change how you feel emotionally—it creates profound, measurable shifts in your physical body… changes that have been documented in peer-reviewed medical journals!

Let’s explore five scientifically-proven ways Tapping affects your body, backed by published research that might surprise even experienced Tappers.

1. It Dramatically Reduces Stress Hormones When you face a stressful situation—whether it’s a work deadline, financial pressure, or relationship conflict—your body responds by flooding your system with cortisol, the primary stress hormone. While this response is helpful in true emergencies, chronically elevated cortisol disrupts nearly every system in your body, from immune function to digestion to sleep.

Here’s where the science gets exciting:

In a randomized controlled trial published in the Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, Dr. Dawson Church and colleagues measured cortisol levels in 83 participants before and after either a one-hour Tapping session, traditional talk therapy, or rest. The results were remarkable: The Tapping group experienced an average 24% decrease in cortisol levels. In contrast, the talk therapy and rest groups only experienced a 14% average reduction.[1]

This wasn’t a one-off finding. In 2020, Dr. Peta Stapleton and her team conducted another randomized controlled trial published in Psychological Trauma, specifically designed to replicate the original cortisol study by Dr. Church. This time, they found an even more dramatic 43% reduction in cortisol after one hour of Tapping.[2]

What this means for you:

Tapping sends calming signals directly to your brain’s alarm center, triggering a cascade of hormonal changes that rapidly reduce stress chemistry in your body. This happens regardless of whether the stressful situation has actually been resolved—your body responds to the tapping signals by shifting out of fight-or-flight mode within minutes.

Think about that for a moment. While you’re tapping on meridian points and focusing on a stressful issue, your brain is literally changing its chemical output in real time. This isn’t subjective—it’s a measurable biological response that explains why you often feel physically different after tapping, even if your circumstances haven’t changed.

2. It Rewires Brain Networks Involved in Pain Pain is far more complex than most of us realize. It’s not just a simple signal from an injured body part to your brain—it’s an intricate experience influenced by your emotions, past experiences, stress levels, and neural pathways.

Recent brain imaging research has revealed something remarkable about how Tapping affects pain:

In a 2022 study published in Complementary Therapies in Clinical Practice, Dr. Peta Stapleton and colleagues used functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) to examine the brains of people with chronic pain before and after a six-week Tapping program.[3]

After Tapping, participants showed decreased connectivity between the medial prefrontal cortex and areas in the posterior cingulate cortex and thalamus—regions directly involved in pain processing and catastrophizing.

In plain language, this means that Tapping actually changed the neural networks involved in how people experience and interpret pain. These changes in brain activity correlated with participants reporting:

• 21% reduction in pain severity
• 26% reduction in pain interference with daily life
• 37% reduction in anxiety
• 13% reduction in depression
• 7% increase in quality of life

What this means for you:
Tapping doesn’t just temporarily mask pain—it actually rewires the brain networks that process and amplify pain signals. This explains why people often experience sustained pain relief after Tapping that goes beyond the session itself. By calming the emotional centers that intensify pain perception, Tapping may create a lasting change in how your brain interprets pain signals.

This finding is particularly significant given that other studies have shown Tapping’s effectiveness for specific pain conditions, including fibromyalgia, tension headaches, and post-surgical pain. The neural rewiring helps explain why these benefits persist over time.

3. It Changes Gene Expression Related to Health and Immunity (Yes, For Real!)This might sound like science fiction, but it’s supported by published research: Tapping can influence which of your genes get turned “on” or “off”—a field known as epigenetics.

In a pioneering study published in Energy Psychology, researcher Marjorie Maharaj analyzed the expression of genes in saliva samples taken before and after a 50-minute Tapping session. The results were remarkable: 72 genes showed differential expression following Tapping, with many of these genes related to immunity, inflammation, and stress regulation. The researchers found that genes associated with immunity were upregulated (turned on more strongly), while genes associated with inflammation were downregulated (turned down).[4]

In a more focused study published in the American Journal of Health Promotion, researchers found that a 10-session Tapping program for veterans with PTSD created measurable changes in the expression of six specific genes related to inflammation and immunity.[5]

What this means for you:
Your genetic code isn’t your destiny—it’s more like a complex switchboard where certain genes can be amplified or muted based on your experiences, including stress levels. Tapping appears to affect which genetic instructions get read and implemented by your cells, potentially supporting healing and immunity at the most fundamental level of biology.

This research helps explain why regular Tapping often creates improvements in seemingly unrelated areas of physical health. By altering gene expression patterns related to stress and immunity, Tapping may support your body’s natural healing capabilities across multiple systems.

4. It Improves Multiple Cardiovascular MarkersWhen your body is chronically stressed, your cardiovascular system takes a significant hit. Stress contributes to high blood pressure, increased heart rate, and reduced heart rate variability (HRV)—all factors associated with increased risk of heart disease.

A comprehensive study published in the Journal of Evidence-Based Integrative Medicine examined the effects of a 4-day Tapping workshop on multiple physiological markers in over 200 participants.[6] The researchers found that after Tapping:

• Resting heart rate decreased by 8%
• Systolic blood pressure decreased by 6%
• Diastolic blood pressure decreased by 8%

What this means for you:Tapping doesn’t just help you feel more emotionally resilient—it creates measurable improvements in cardiovascular function that can be objectively measured. This provides a physiological explanation for why people often report feeling physically lighter and more energetic after Tapping.

What’s particularly remarkable is how quickly these cardiovascular changes can occur. While lifestyle interventions like diet and exercise typically take weeks or months to significantly improve cardiovascular markers, Tapping sessions often produce measurable improvements within a single session.

5. It Enhances Immune System FunctionHave you ever noticed how you tend to get sick during or after periods of high stress? This isn’t a coincidence—chronic stress suppresses immune function by diverting resources toward immediate survival mechanisms.

Research has shown that Tapping not only reduces psychological stress but also might actually affect immune function itself.

In the comprehensive study mentioned earlier (published in the Journal of Evidence-Based Integrative Medicine), researchers found that after a 4-day Tapping program, participants showed a 113% increase in salivary immunoglobulin A—a critical antibody that serves as the first line of defense against pathogens.[6]

What this means for you:Every time you tap to reduce stress, you’re not just helping yourself feel better emotionally—you’re creating biological conditions that support optimal immune function. This explains why regular Tappers often report improved resilience to common illnesses and faster recovery when they do get sick.

What’s fascinating is that this effect creates a positive feedback loop: Tapping reduces stress, which enhances immune function, which reduces the physical stress of fighting infections, which further reduces overall stress levels.

Bringing It All Together: The Science Behind Tapping’s EffectsWhat we’ve explored isn’t speculation or anecdotal evidence—it’s documented in peer-reviewed scientific journals. Tapping creates profound physiological changes:

• It significantly reduces cortisol and other stress hormones
• It rewires brain networks involved in pain processing
• It alters gene expression related to immunity and inflammation
• It improves multiple markers of cardiovascular health
• It enhances immune system function

These physical changes explain why Tapping often succeeds where willpower, positive thinking, or conventional approaches fall short. It’s working directly with your body’s biological systems, not just your conscious thoughts.

The most exciting part? These benefits are accessible to everyone. In The Tapping Solution App, you’ll find guided sessions specifically designed to help you experience these benefits, including:

• Release Stress
• Release General Pain
• Support Your Body: High Blood Pressure/Hypertension
• Support Your Body: Heart Health
• Instant Boost of Healing
• Support Your Healing: Colds (Upper-Respiratory Illness)

These sessions combine the science-backed benefits we’ve explored with expert guidance to help you create lasting transformation.

Which of these scientifically-proven effects of Tapping do you find most surprising? Have you noticed any unexpected physical changes after your Tapping sessions? Share in the comments—I’d love to hear about your experiences!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

References1. Church D, Yount G, Brooks AJ. The effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: a randomized controlled trial. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2012;200(10):891-896. 2. Stapleton P, Crighton G, Sabot D, O’Neill HM. Reexamining the effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: A randomized controlled trial. Psychol Trauma. 2020;12(8):869-877. 3. Peta S, Oliver B, Tom O, Bhuta S. Neural changes after Emotional Freedom Techniques treatment for chronic pain sufferers. Complement Ther Clin Pract. 2022;49:101653. doi:10.1016/j.ctcp.2022.101653 4. Maharaj, ME. Differential Gene Expression after Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT) Treatment: A Novel Pilot Protocol for Salivary mRNA Assessment. Energy Psychology Journal. 2016;8(1):17-32. doi:10.9769/EPJ.2016.8.1.MM 5. Church D, Yount G, Rachlin K, Fox L, Nelms J. Epigenetic Effects of PTSD Remediation in Veterans Using Clinical Emotional Freedom Techniques: A Randomized Controlled Pilot Study. Am J Health Promot. 2018;32(1):112-122. doi:10.1177/0890117116661154 6. Bach D, Groesbeck G, Stapleton P, Sims R, Blickheuser K, Church D. Clinical EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) Improves Multiple Physiological Markers of Health. J Evid Based Integr Med. 2019;24:2515690X18823691. doi:10.1177/2515690X18823691

The post 5 Surprising Ways Tapping Affects Your Body (That Science Has Confirmed) appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Research Feature: Tapping May Actually Affect the Way Your Brain Processes EmotionTapping World Summit 202310 Affirmations to Help You Forgive Yourself

View Details

Here are a few pictures and a short video of our cute puppy having her first swim!And here are a few more cute puppy (and a silly boy) pictures The post How I accidentally wasted hundreds of $ in a day…🤦 appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Nick Ortner’s Live Q&A #1Live Q&A #3 with Nick OrtnerThat Annoying Person…

View Details

Ever find yourself thinking, “Why do I keep doing this to myself? Why do I keep falling into the same old bad habits over and over again? What is wrong with me?”

After working with thousands of people, I’ve noticed something fascinating: what we call “bad habits” are actually sophisticated survival mechanisms running on autopilot. Your nervous system created these patterns to keep you “safe” – even when that safety comes at the cost of your growth, connection, and fulfillment.

The kicker? These patterns operate mostly beneath your conscious awareness. They’re not decisions you’re actively making, and they’re not personal flaws; they’re automatic responses your brain has perfected over time.

Let’s explore four fundamental patterns that might be keeping you stuck (and how to finally break free).

1. The Protector Pattern: “I can never fully relax. There’s always something to worry about”I used to think constant worrying was just “being responsible.” But what’s actually happening is that our brain’s security system—which evolved to keep us safe from saber-toothed tigers—is working overtime in a world where the “threats” are usually just everyday stressors.

It’s like having a state-of-the-art home security system that goes off when a leaf blows by the window or the neighbor’s cat walks across your yard. Valuable when there’s actual danger, but exhausting when it’s blaring all the time.

How to spot this pattern:

• You find yourself worrying even when things are going well
• You have trouble being present because you’re scanning for what might go wrong
• You notice physical tension that never fully releases
• You struggle with sleep as your brain refuses to go “off duty”

The breakthrough insight:

This pattern is actually one of the quickest to shift because it’s so physical. When you give your nervous system clear signals of safety, it can begin to stand down from high alert. The key is consistency – each time you interrupt the worry cycle, you’re teaching your brain that constant vigilance isn’t necessary for survival.

I used this approach last week before an important meeting. Instead of letting myself get worked up in nerves, I took a few minutes to do some Tapping and remind my body and brain that I was actually safe in that moment. By sending calming signals to my amygdala, and reminding myself that no immediate danger was present, I felt my shoulders drop and my breathing deepen. The meeting went fine – and I didn’t waste unnecessary time spent in stress mode beforehand.

2. The Pleaser Pattern: “I’m afraid if I say what I really think or need, people won’t like me anymore”Let’s consider Sarah, who is an incredible graphic designer. In team meetings, she would nod along when her boss suggested design changes she knew wouldn’t work. At home, she’d spend extra hours “fixing” these misguided directions while still following them enough to keep everyone happy.

Why? Because disagreeing might make her boss think she was difficult or not a team player. And somewhere deep in her brain, being seen as agreeable felt more important than standing up for her expertise.

How to spot this pattern:

• You find it nearly impossible to say no, even when you’re overwhelmed
• You feel resentment that builds up but rarely gets expressed directly
• You sense that others don’t really know the “real you”
• You constantly bite your tongue, holding back what you really think or feel

The breakthrough insight:

The Pleaser pattern is deeply rooted in your nervous system’s need for connection and safety. What’s fascinating is that most of us create an impossible equation: “either I please others OR I’ll be rejected.” But what if both your needs and others’ needs could matter? What if you could express yourself fully and stay connected with those around you? What if authenticity actually created deeper connection and meaningful, beneficial outcomes for everyone included?

Let’s return to the example above. When Sarah finally gathered the courage to diplomatically explain why certain design choices wouldn’t achieve the marketing goals, her boss was actually impressed by her expertise rather than offended. What Sarah feared would damage her relationship with her team ended up earning her more respect. The insight that changed everything for her was realizing that speaking up skillfully was actually part of the job they valued her for.

3. The Perfectionist Pattern: “If I could just do this perfectly, then I’d finally feel worthy”Here’s a little secret that took me years to figure out: Perfectionism isn’t about having high standards—it’s about armor. It’s saying, “If I do everything perfectly, no one can criticize me, reject me, or see my fundamental flaws.”

How to spot this pattern:

• You procrastinate (because if you can’t do it perfectly, why even start?)
• You find it difficult to celebrate accomplishments before moving to the next goal
• You’re incredibly harsh with yourself in ways you would never be with others
• You experience physical symptoms of stress and anxiety, especially when facing evaluation

The breakthrough insight:

Perfectionism is a deeply ingrained protective pattern, but it responds remarkably well to a simple reframing: What if excellence doesn’t require perfection? What if your humanity—including your mistakes—is actually your strength, not your weakness?

I used this approach when working on this very blog post. Instead of writing and rewriting for days, I gave myself permission to share my insights even with their imperfections. It helped me finish this post faster than I otherwise would have —and ironically, I think it’s more authentic and helpful this way. The question that can change everything is this: “What if good enough is actually… good enough?”

4. The Procrastinator Pattern: “I’ll do it tomorrow when I’m more prepared/motivated/energetic.”Let me share something I’ve learned the hard way: Procrastination isn’t about laziness or poor time management. It’s an emotional regulation strategy—a way to temporarily escape the uncomfortable feelings that certain tasks trigger.

How to spot this pattern:

• You start strong on projects but struggle to follow through
• You work best under last-minute pressure
• You get stuck in analysis paralysis, gathering more information rather than taking action
• You feel suddenly tired when it’s time to start important tasks

The breakthrough insight:

Breaking free from procrastination begins with a simple but powerful recognition: it’s not about the task itself—it’s about the feelings the task brings up. Once you identify exactly what makes you uncomfortable (confusion about where to start, fear of failure, feeling overwhelmed), you can address those feelings directly instead of avoiding the task (Tapping is a great tool to do just that, by the way!).

Perhaps you have a task you don’t feel confident or inspired to do – like preparing your taxes or filling out a complicated form. It’s easy to avoid it and put it off forever. But if you finally just sit down and acknowledge your specific fears—”I’m confused about where to start and afraid of making a mistake”—something shifts. The emotional charge will decrease enough that you can open the form, think clearly, and problem solve. You might not finish it all at once, but you’ll be able to figure it out with a clear and open mind.

Breaking Free: The Simple Truth About Lasting ChangeWhat makes these patterns so challenging is that they operate largely outside conscious awareness. They’re not choices you’re actively making; they’re automatic responses your nervous system has perfected.

The key to creating lasting change is working with your nervous system, not against it.

Tapping (or Emotional Freedom Techniques – EFT) is particularly effective for this because it combines physical intervention (tapping on acupressure points) with focused awareness on the thought, belief, or emotion holding us back, effectively creating a “pattern interrupt” that allows your brain to form new neural pathways and move past long-ingrained blocks.

In The Tapping Solution App, we have specific guided sessions that help you address these patterns, allowing you to rewire these responses in just a few minutes per day. When you consistently give your nervous system new information, these old patterns naturally begin to shift.

Here are some sessions you might check out in the app:

• The Protector Pattern: Help Me Stop Overthinking
• The Pleaser Pattern: Becoming More Lovingly Assertive Sleep Programming
• The Perfectionist Pattern: I Release the Pressure to Be Perfect Quick Tap
• The Procrastinator Pattern: Motivate Me to… Category

Which of these patterns resonates most with you? Share in the comments—sometimes just naming the pattern is the first step to freedom!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

The post 4 Sneaky Patterns Keeping You Stuck (That Aren’t Your Fault) appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Hope for PTSD: Research Shows Tapping Can Help (Often in 10 Sessions or Less!)4 Things Your Inner Child Needs to Hear – with Kim MurrayBasic Tapping Sequence for Anxiety: A Step-by-Step Guide to EFT Tapping for Anxiety Relief

View Details

Ever catch yourself saying things to yourself that you’d never dream of saying to a friend?

What fascinates me after working with thousands of people is how sophisticated our inner critics have become. They don’t just show up as obvious bullying thoughts. Instead, they disguise themselves as helpful advisors, protective friends, and pragmatic realists—making them incredibly difficult to identify and challenge.

The most powerful inner critics don’t sound mean at all. They sound reasonable. They sound protective. They even sound loving. And that’s what makes them so dangerous.

The most dangerous inner critic isn’t the one that obviously bullies you. It’s the one that sounds so reasonable you don’t even recognize it as self-sabotage.

Your inner critic isn’t just an annoying voice—it’s a sophisticated survival mechanism that your nervous system developed to try to keep you safe, accepted, and secure. The problem is, it’s operating on outdated information and causing more harm than good.

Let’s explore 12 subtle yet powerful red flags that indicate your inner critic has taken over (and then I’ll show you how to reclaim your power).

1. You’re a master of disaster scenarios“What if I bomb this presentation and everyone thinks I’m incompetent?” “What if this headache is something serious?” “What if I put myself out there and get rejected?”

This one is particularly sneaky because it disguises itself as “just being prepared.” You think you’re protecting yourself by mentally rehearsing disasters.

What’s actually happening? Your brain’s threat detection system is working overtime, keeping your nervous system in a state of high alert and exhausting you mentally and physically—all while rarely providing any real, sustainable benefit.

Next time you catch yourself in a “what if” spiral, ask: “Is this helping me prepare, or just making me anxious?”

2. Your achievements have a 5-second expiration dateYou finish a project, reach a goal, or receive recognition… and within moments, your mind has already moved on to what needs improvement or what challenge comes next. The sense of accomplishment barely registers before it’s replaced by new pressure.

This masquerades as ambition and drive, but it’s actually your inner critic ensuring you never feel “enough.” It creates a treadmill where you’re constantly striving but never arriving.

Try this: The next time you accomplish something (even something small), consciously savor it for at least 30 seconds before moving on. Your brain needs time to register the win!

3. Compliments bounce off, criticism sticks like glueSomeone points out something you did well, and you immediately deflect: “Oh, it was nothing” or “I could have done better.” But when you receive even minor criticism, it echoes in your mind for days or weeks.

This seems like modesty, but it’s actually your inner critic maintaining a negative self-image by systematically filtering out positive feedback while amplifying anything negative.

The pattern is especially clear when you notice how differently you weigh positive versus negative feedback—as if they’re on completely different scales.

4. You’d be horrified if someone spoke to your friend the way you speak to yourself“You’re so stupid.” “How could you mess that up?” “No one wants to hear what you have to say.”

This one can be hard to spot because self-talk happens so automatically. The test? Would you ever say these things to someone you care about? The stark contrast between how you speak to yourself and how you’d speak to others reveals your inner critic’s double standard.

5. You think you need to “earn” the right to restYou notice you can only relax if you’ve “earned” it through productivity. Even then, relaxation comes with nagging thoughts that you should be doing something “more important.”

Your inner critic has convinced you that your worth is tied to your output, and rest is a luxury you must justify. The irony? This mindset makes rest less restorative because you can’t fully enjoy it without the background hum of guilt.

6. Your brain goes offline at the worst possible momentsYou’re well-prepared for a presentation, meeting, or important conversation—but when the moment comes, your mind empties like someone pulled the plug. Words and thoughts you normally access easily simply vanish.

This might seem like simple nervousness, but it’s often your inner critic creating so much pressure that your brain essentially short-circuits. The performance anxiety becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy.

7. Your success feels like an elaborate hoax (that you’re perpetrating)You’ve achieved success in your field, received recognition for your work, or developed clear expertise—yet you still feel like a fraud or imposter who’s about to be “found out.”

This often looks like humility or healthy self-doubt on the surface, but it’s actually your inner critic systematically dismissing your legitimate accomplishments and capabilities. It’s as if you’re watching your life through a fun-house mirror that distorts everything positive about you.

8. You’re trapped in perfectionism loopsYou can’t seem to complete projects because they’re never quite “good enough.” You revise, rework, and refine far beyond what’s necessary, or sometimes abandon projects entirely if they can’t meet your impossible standards.

This masquerades as quality control or high standards, but it’s actually your inner critic creating unattainable requirements. The hidden benefit? If you never finish, you never have to face potential judgment, rejection, or criticism.

9. Your brain keeps embarrassing memories on speed dialYour brain routinely pulls up memories of past mistakes, embarrassing moments, or perceived failures—often from years or even decades ago—and you find yourself reliving them with fresh shame or regret.

At first glance this appears as “learning from the past,” but it’s actually your inner critic keeping you trapped in old stories. It’s like having an unhelpful friend who constantly reminds you of your worst moments just when you’re feeling confident.

10. You procrastinate on what matters most while staying busy with what doesn’tYou find yourself putting off the work that matters most to you—writing that book, starting that business, having that important conversation—while staying incredibly busy with less significant tasks.

This looks like productivity, but it’s actually your inner critic protecting you from the vulnerability of pursuing what truly matters, where failure would feel more meaningful. After all, if you never try what really matters to you, you can never fail at it.

11. Your inner compass needs constant external calibrationYou find yourself unable to make decisions or trust your own assessment without first checking with others. Even in areas where you have experience or expertise, you doubt your own judgment until it’s validated externally.

This appears as valuing others’ input, but it’s actually your inner critic undermining your connection to your own wisdom and discernment. Over time, this pattern can lead to a profound disconnection from your own desires, preferences, and intuition.

12. You feel responsible for everyone else’s emotional stateYou find yourself constantly monitoring how others might respond to your words or actions. When someone reacts negatively, you automatically assume it’s your fault and your responsibility to fix.

This disguises itself as empathy or consideration, but it’s actually your inner critic creating an impossible standard where you’re responsible for managing everyone else’s emotional experience. The result? Exhaustion, hypervigilance, and relationships where you never feel you can just be yourself.

Breaking Free to Reclaim Your Power: What Actually Works?If several of these patterns resonate with you, you’re not alone. Most of us have internalized some version of these patterns. The good news? You don’t have to live under your inner critic’s control.

What makes these patterns so sticky is that they operate largely outside conscious awareness and are deeply wired into your nervous system. They’re not choices you’re actively making; they’re automatic responses your brain has perfected over time.

The most effective approaches to quiet the inner critic for good work directly with your nervous system to interrupt these automatic patterns and create new patterns – and thus new possibilities.

Tapping (also known as EFT) is particularly powerful for this because it combines physical intervention (tapping on acupressure points) with cognitive techniques from modern psychology, effectively creating a “pattern interrupt” that allows your brain to form new neural pathways. This helps you break those patterns of negative self-talk, and rebuild new ones of greater self-compassion and acceptance.

In our The Tapping Solution App, we have several guided sessions specifically designed to address inner critic patterns, helping you create more self-compassion and internal freedom.

These short sessions can help you start shifting these patterns in just a few minutes a day:

• Turn Your Day Around: Quieting the Critical Voice
• Releasing That Critical Voice
• Instant Boost of Self-Love
• You Are Enough
• I Am Worthy of Love, Acceptance, and Self-Care

Remember: Your inner critic developed to protect you. You can honor its protective intention while creating new options that better serve who you are now and who you’re becoming.

Which of the sneaky inner critic red flags from above resonate most with you? Share in the comments—sometimes just naming the pattern is the first step to freedom!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

The post 12 Red Flags that Indicate Your Inner Critic Has Taken Over (And How to Reclaim Your Power) appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationPrescriptions for Health & HappinessColor Cue Challenge: Reminding Yourself to Breathe, Relax, and Take Care of Yourself

View Details

Have you ever had a perfectly normal phone conversation with someone, hung up, and suddenly felt anxious or sad for no apparent reason? Or maybe you’ve sat next to a stressed coworker and found yourself inexplicably off afterward, even though your day was going fine?

Here’s a situation you might relate to. You’re having a great morning—productive, energized, positive—until you spend 30 minutes in a meeting with a visibly stressed colleague. Though nothing bad or negative happens in the meeting itself, you leave feeling drained, foggy-headed, and tense in your shoulders. It’s as if someone has suddenly unplugged your battery.

What happened? You weren’t tired before.You haven’t received any bad news.

The answer is both simple and profound: you have absorbed the other person’s energy and emotional state.

This phenomenon isn’t just common—it’s happening to most of us, most of the time. Many of us are walking around carrying emotional baggage that isn’t even ours. And here’s what’s fascinating—this isn’t a character flaw or weakness. It’s actually a sophisticated response that your nervous system has developed, often without your conscious awareness.

Let’s explore 6 surprising signs you might be carrying other people’s energy—and how to finally let it go.

1. Mysterious mood swings that arrive out of nowhereYou’re having a perfectly fine day—productive, balanced, maybe even cheerful—when suddenly, for no apparent reason, you feel anxious, irritable, or sad. You can’t pinpoint why your mood shifted; nothing happened to trigger these feelings.

What’s really happening:
Your nervous system has picked up and absorbed the emotional state of someone near you—a coworker silently stressing about a deadline, your partner worrying about finances but not mentioning it, or even the collective anxiety in a coffee shop full of strangers.

Think about that for a moment.

How many of your emotional shifts throughout the day aren’t actually yours? Our brains contain specialized mirror neurons that help us understand others by essentially “trying on” their emotional states. This biological mechanism helped our ancestors survive in groups—but in today’s complex world, it can leave you carrying emotional states that aren’t yours to hold.

Freedom Practice:
When a sudden mood shift occurs, pause and place one hand on your heart. Take three deep breaths and ask yourself: “Is this feeling mine or have I absorbed it from someone else?”

Creating this moment of discernment helps your system distinguish between your emotions and those you’ve picked up from others. If the feeling isn’t yours, visualize it dissolving or flowing out of your body with each exhale. Or better yet, do some Tapping to release it!

2. Unexplained physical symptoms that appear after being with certain peopleYour body suddenly develops tension headaches, digestive issues, or unusual fatigue—but only in specific environments or after spending time with certain people. There’s no medical explanation for them, and these symptoms mysteriously disappear when you’re alone or with different company.

What’s really happening:
Your body is literally manifesting someone else’s physical or emotional state. This isn’t psychosomatic—it’s your nervous system’s sophisticated capacity to mirror others’ experiences as a form of empathic understanding.

I’ve worked with countless clients who describe this phenomenon—like the woman who consistently developed migraines after visiting her high-strung mother, or the man whose back pain flared up only when meeting with a particular client. Their bodies were literally echoing someone else’s stress or pain as a form of unconscious empathy.

Freedom Practice:
When unexplained physical symptoms arise, especially after being around others, try a simple body scan: Close your eyes, take three deep breaths, and move your awareness through your body from head to toe. For any area of discomfort, gently ask: “Does this sensation belong to me?”

You’ll often intuitively know when you’ve absorbed someone else’s physical state. If the sensation isn’t yours, place your hand on that area and imagine it dissolving with each exhale.

3. Feeling surprisingly exhausted after seemingly simple social interactionsYou meet a friend for coffee—a seemingly low-key activity—but afterward feel as drained as if you’d run a marathon. Or perhaps you leave family gatherings needing days to recover, even when there was no obvious conflict or stress.

What’s really happening:
Your system is processing not just the conversation and visible social dynamics, but also the underlying emotional currents, unspoken tensions, and energetic information that others might filter out automatically. It’s like having an extra sensory channel open at all times—one that requires significant energy to process.

Many people attribute this exhaustion to being “introverted” or “sensitive,” but it’s often more specific than that. It’s your body’s way of telling you it’s carrying and processing extra emotional information that isn’t yours to hold.

Freedom Practice:
Create an intentional energy clearing ritual after social interactions. Find a quiet space and take several deep breaths, imagining that with each exhale, you’re releasing any energy that isn’t yours.

You might also try a quick round of Tapping, focusing specifically on releasing absorbed energy. We have a great meditation in The Tapping Solution App called Clearing Negative Energy Picked Up From Others that people just LOVE for this exact purpose.

4. You consistently “know” things about people they haven’t sharedYou find yourself accurately sensing when a friend is upset despite their cheerful facade. Or perhaps you “just know” when someone is holding back information, even when they appear completely normal to everyone else. This knowing comes with physical sensations or emotions that feel almost like your own.

What’s really happening: Your nervous system is picking up on subtle micro-expressions, voice tone shifts, and even physiological changes in others that most people filter out. Your body may actually be mirroring their internal state, giving you direct, physical information about what they’re experiencing but not expressing.

Evolutionarily, this came in handy for staying safe and connected with your tribe – the more you know about what’s going on with those around you, the better able you are to stay aware of potential threats.

Many people have experienced this phenomenon at social gatherings. Have you ever been at a party where everyone was laughing and seemingly having a great time, yet you kept feeling waves of sadness from one particular person? Later, you might discover they were going through a significant life challenge they hadn’t shared with anyone there.

Freedom Practice:
When you sense something about someone that they haven’t expressed, create some mental distance between their experience and yours. Imagine placing that information in a transparent bubble—you can see it and acknowledge it, but it remains separate from your own emotional field. This creates space for compassionate awareness without absorption.

5. Your emotions intensify or scramble in crowded placesYou avoid crowded places not because of social anxiety, but because something more specific happens: your emotions become amplified, confused, or overwhelming in busy environments. Malls, concerts, or busy restaurants leave you feeling emotionally scrambled in ways that take hours to settle.

What’s really happening:
You’re experiencing emotional overload from processing dozens or even hundreds of different energetic signatures simultaneously. Your nervous system is picking up fragments of emotions from everyone around you—the excitement of shoppers, the stress of employees in an office space, the impatience of diners waiting for tables—and attempting to process it all at once.

Have you ever experienced that feeling at a busy shopping center during the holidays? You walk in feeling perfectly fine, and within 20 minutes feel completely exhausted and overwhelmed with conflicting emotions—none of which match your actual mood before entering the space. That’s not just sensory overload—it’s emotional absorption in action.

Freedom Practice:
Before entering social spaces, establish an energetic boundary. Imagine yourself surrounded by a permeable shield that allows you to remain connected to others while filtering excessive emotional input. You might visualize this as a bubble of light or set an intention that you’ll remain centered in your own energy field.

Periodically take conscious breaths to reinforce this boundary, reminding yourself: “I am aware of the emotions around me, but I choose which ones to engage with.”

6. Making decisions based on other people’s unspoken needs or emotionsYou frequently change your plans, opinions, or choices based on what you sense others want—even when they haven’t expressed these desires. You might say no to an opportunity you were excited about because you somehow “know” your partner is anxious about it, or change your lunch order because you sense the server is overwhelmed, even though they appear perfectly composed.

What’s really happening:
Your system is so attuned to others’ emotional states that you unconsciously prioritize what you perceive as their needs above your own authentic desires. This isn’t just people-pleasing—it’s a deeper form of energy absorption where your own wishes become indistinguishable from what you’re picking up from others.

Freedom Practice:
Before making decisions, especially when others are involved, create a moment of internal stillness. Take a deep breath and silently ask yourself: “What do I truly want in this situation?” and “Am I responding to someone else’s unspoken needs?”

Do some Tapping to clear the energy from others and create clarity of your own. This can create space between your authentic desires and the emotional information you’re picking up from others.

Reclaiming Your Energetic SovereigntyIf several of these signs feel familiar, you’re in good company. Many sensitive, empathic people spend years carrying energy that isn’t theirs, often without realizing it.

The good news? You’re not doomed to be an emotional sponge forever! You can maintain your natural sensitivity while establishing healthier energetic boundaries.

What makes these patterns so challenging is that they operate largely below conscious awareness—they’re automatic responses your nervous system has perfected over time. The key to changing them isn’t willpower or simply “trying harder” to maintain boundaries. Real change happens when you work directly with your nervous system.

This is where Tapping comes in. I’ve found Tapping (also known as EFT) to be particularly powerful for resetting the nervous system when you’re carrying others’ energy. By tapping on specific acupressure points while focusing on releasing absorbed emotions, you send calming signals to your brain’s stress centers.

This helps you let go of what isn’t yours to carry, and over time interrupts the automatic pattern of absorption – helping your nervous system distinguish between your own emotions and those you’ve picked up from others.

In The Tapping Solution App, we’ve created several guided Tapping meditations specifically for sensitive people who tend to absorb others’ energy:

• Clearing Negative Energy Picked Up from Others
• Be Calm in Social Situations Sleep Programming
• Gratitude for Healthy Boundaries
• I Slow Down and Check In With My Needs (Quick Tap)
• I Release the Weight of Others’ Expectations (Quick Tap)
• I Give Myself Permission to Set Healthy Boundaries (Quick Tap)
• I Honor My Sensitive Heart (Quick Tap)

And if you’re interested, go here to read more about “The Sensitive Empath” – a common emotional archetype that relates to absorbing others emotions and energy.

Remember: Your sensitivity isn’t a weakness—it’s a gift that allows you to navigate the world with compassion and insight. The goal isn’t to become less sensitive—it’s to develop the discernment to recognize when you’re carrying energy that isn’t yours, and the skills to release it with love.

Which of these six signs resonates most with you? Have you noticed yourself carrying others’ energy in ways you hadn’t recognized before? Share in the comments!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

The post 6 Signs You’re Carrying Other People’s Energy (And How to Let It Go) appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Removing the“taboo” to Feel AngerA jar with rocks, pebbles, and sand – what would you do?Bilateral Tapping for Anxiety: How to Use This Calming Technique

View Details

“I’m fine, I’m fine, I’m fine… until suddenly, I’m NOT.”

Ever found yourself biting your tongue when you’re frustrated, only to later explode over something seemingly insignificant? Or perhaps you’ve prided yourself on keeping it all together, until one day you snap at someone you love over something minor—and immediately regret it?

Welcome to the world of the Pressure Cooker – where emotions build up inside like steam, until the inevitable release valve finally bursts.

If you find yourself holding everything in, maintaining a calm exterior while pressure builds underneath, only to eventually erupt in ways that surprise even you—you’re in good company. The good news? Understanding that this pressure-release cycle isn’t a character flaw—but rather your nervous system’s well-intentioned (if exhausting) attempt to keep you safe—is the first step toward transformation.

Note: The Pressure Cooker is one of our 8 Tapping Archetypes. While this guide focuses on Pressure Cooker patterns, you might recognize yourself in multiple archetypes – we all contain multitudes! Take our quiz here to find your primary type, and explore all the archetypes below to discover which combination best reflects your unique emotional landscape:

• The Avoider
• The Heavy Heart
• The Self-Doubter
• The High Achiever
• The Perfectionist
• The Sensitive Empath
• The Over Thinker

How Pressure Cooker Patterns WorkLet’s take a moment to see if any of these feel familiar (and maybe even bring a smile of recognition):

• Appearing calm and collected on the outside while feeling turbulent inside
• Saying “it’s fine” when it definitely isn’t
• Holding back your thoughts and feelings to keep the peace
• Suddenly snapping over something small after a series of bigger issues
• Experiencing emotional “explosions” that seem to come out of nowhere
• Feeling regret or shame after emotional outbursts
• Being told you’re “too much” when you finally express yourself
• Having eruptions of anger, tears, or frustration that feel disproportionate

What’s happening in these moments is that your nervous system is in superhero mode—trying to contain emotional energy that’s meant to flow. Think of it as your body’s emotional pressure cooker: you keep adding ingredients (feelings, stressors, frustrations) and sealing the lid tight, but eventually, physics takes over and the pressure must release.

The Neuroscience Behind Pressure Cooker PatternsSo what’s actually happening in your brain when you’re in this holding-then-erupting cycle? It’s fascinating (and maybe a bit relieving) to know there’s real neuroscience behind these patterns.

Picture this: your magnificent brain interprets emotional expression as potentially risky. When you feel emotions rising, your limbic system signals danger, and you instinctively “seal the lid” to keep yourself safe. This suppression activates your prefrontal cortex, which works overtime trying to maintain control and contain the emotional energy.

But here’s the catch: emotions are energy meant to be in motion (“e-motion”). When continually suppressed, they create physiological pressure in your body—increasing stress hormones, muscle tension, and nervous system activation. Eventually, your brain can’t maintain the containment, and the pressure needs release. That’s when you experience what feels like an “emotional hijacking”—when the amygdala overrides your prefrontal cortex’s control, and the emotions burst forth.

The trickier part is that the more you practice this cycle of containment and explosion, the more your brain treats it as the default path—like a hiking trail that gets more defined with each person who walks it. Your brain begins to see only two options: perfect containment or complete explosion.

The Origins of Pressure Cooker PatternsEver wondered where your tendency to hold-then-explode came from? These patterns didn’t just appear overnight—they’re more like emotional survival strategies your brain developed to keep you safe.

Childhood and Early ExperiencesThink back for a moment. Perhaps you grew up in an environment where:

• Expressing emotions was seen as weakness or immaturity
• You needed to “keep it together” for everyone else’s sake
• Strong emotions were met with disapproval or punishment
• You witnessed volatile emotional expression
• You were expected to be “the strong one” who didn’t show struggle

For many Pressure Cookers, these patterns began as brilliant adaptive strategies. Your wonderful brain noticed what kept you emotionally and socially safe and thought, “Let’s do more of that, please!”

Your Brain’s Protection PlanHere’s a perspective shift that might bring some relief: your pressure-release cycle isn’t a personality defect—it’s actually your brain’s way of trying to protect you. All that holding-it-together is attempting to keep you safe from:

• The vulnerability of being judged for your emotions
• The potential rejection that might come from emotional expression
• The uncertainty of how others might respond to your feelings
• The fear of losing control if emotions flow freely

Think of it like an overprotective friend who means well but sometimes goes overboard. Your pressure-release pattern isn’t broken functioning—it’s protective functioning that’s working overtime without enough balance. Recognizing this intention can be the first step toward showing yourself some well-deserved compassion.

How Pressure Cooker Patterns Impact Your Daily LifeWhile your brain believes it’s being super helpful with all this emotional management, the pressure-cooker cycle can sometimes feel like living with an unpredictable volcano. Let’s look at how it might be showing up in and impacting your daily life:

Mental and Emotional Impact* Mental exhaustion from constantly monitoring and containing emotions * Internal dialogue that repeatedly says “it’s fine” when it isn’t * Feeling disconnected from your authentic self and real feelings * Experiencing shame or regret after emotional outbursts * Anxiety about when the next “eruption” might happen * Never feeling fully emotionally expressed or understood

Physical Impact* Chronic tension in jaw, shoulders, neck, or stomach * Headaches related to emotional suppression * Sleep disruption from unprocessed emotional energy * Digestive issues tied to contained stress * Shallow breathing patterns that reflect emotional containment * Racing heart rate when emotions start to surface

Relationship Impact* Others feeling confused by your seemingly sudden emotional shifts * Damage control needed after emotional outbursts * Being told you’re “hard to read” until you’re suddenly “too much” * Never feeling fully known or understood by those close to you * Patterns of distance followed by intense connection * Struggling to express needs before reaching a breaking point

If you’re nodding along to several of these, take a deep breath—you’re in good company. These experiences are shared by many people with pressure-cooker emotional patterns.

How Tapping Transforms Pressure Cooker PatternsNow for the really good news: your brain is incredibly adaptable and can absolutely learn new ways of responding. You’re not stuck with the pressure-cooker cycle forever! This is where Tapping (also known as Emotional Freedom Techniques or EFT) comes in as your new secret weapon.

Why Tapping Works Like Magic for Pressure CookersTapping is uniquely suited to help transform pressure-cooker patterns for several fascinating reasons:

1. It creates a pressure-release valve – Tapping gives your emotional energy a pathway to release gradually and safely, rather than building up until explosion. Think of it as installing a healthy pressure-release system that works continuously rather than sporadically.
2. It speaks your nervous system’s language – When you tap on specific acupressure points while acknowledging your emotions, you’re sending a direct signal to your brain’s emotional centers saying “it’s safe to feel this.” This helps deactivate the alarm system that tells you emotional expression is dangerous.
3. It works with both your mind AND body – Pressure-cooker patterns live in both your thoughts AND the physical tension in your body. Tapping addresses both simultaneously, releasing not just the mental containment but also the physical manifestations of holding emotions in.
4. It creates a middle path – Many Pressure Cookers see only two options: perfect containment or complete explosion. Tapping helps your nervous system discover the healthy middle path—where emotions can flow appropriately without building to overwhelming levels.
5. It reduces the underlying anxiety – Research has shown that Tapping significantly reduces cortisol (the stress hormone that keeps you in containment mode). As your baseline stress decreases, your emotional capacity increases, making both suppression and explosion less likely.

Tapping Applications for Pressure CookersWhen you’re caught in pressure-cooker patterns, Tapping can help in multiple areas of your life. Here are some of the most effective ways to apply Tapping for a Pressure Cooker’s tendencies:

1. For Real-Time Emotional ProcessingOne of the most powerful applications of Tapping for Pressure Cookers is learning to process emotions in real-time, before they build up. Tapping can help by:

• Creating a daily emotional release practice that prevents buildup
• Offering a tool for processing feelings when they first arise
• Helping you recognize early warning signs of pressure building
• Building confidence in expressing emotions appropriately

Instead of letting emotions accumulate throughout the day, a short Tapping session in the morning, at lunch, and in the evening can help maintain emotional equilibrium.

2. For Relationship CommunicationPressure-cooker patterns often cause the most trouble in close relationships, where contained emotions eventually erupt in ways that can damage connection. Tapping can support healthier relationship dynamics by:

• Preparing you for difficult conversations before emotions overflow
• Helping process relationship triggers before they build up
• Building skills for expressing needs and boundaries earlier
• Creating emotional safety for authentic expression

Many find that Tapping before important relationship conversations helps them communicate clearly and calmly, without either suppressing their truth or exploding with accumulated feelings.

3. For Workplace PerformanceWork environments often intensify pressure-cooker patterns, as professional settings typically reward emotional containment. Tapping can support you by:

• Releasing work stress before it accumulates to unmanageable levels
• Helping you process feedback or criticism without internalizing it
• Building confidence in appropriate workplace emotional expression
• Creating strategies for calm assertiveness instead of eruption or suppression

A quick Tapping session during a bathroom break or between meetings can release built-up tension before it reaches critical levels.

4. For Physical Well-beingThe physical toll of constantly containing emotions can be significant. Tapping can support your physical health by:

• Reducing the physical tension that accompanies emotional containment
• Lowering cortisol levels and other stress hormones
• Improving sleep quality that’s often disrupted by unprocessed emotions
• Addressing physical symptoms like headaches, jaw tension, or digestive issues

Tapping directly on physical sensations (“this tightness in my chest”) often reveals and releases the emotions stored in your body.

5. For Emotional Self-RegulationPerhaps most importantly, Tapping can help you develop a new relationship with your emotions—one where they neither need to be perfectly contained nor explosively released. Tapping supports healthy emotional regulation by:

• Building your window of tolerance for feeling emotions
• Helping you recognize and name feelings earlier in the cycle
• Creating safety around emotional expression
• Developing trust in your capacity to feel without being overwhelmed

With consistent Tapping, many Pressure Cookers discover they can allow emotions to flow naturally, in a balanced way unlike ever before.

With regular practice, Tapping becomes a versatile tool that you can apply to virtually any situation where the pressure-cooker pattern emerges. The beauty of this approach is that it adapts to your specific needs and can be used both preventatively and responsively when you notice emotional pressure building.

Your Brilliant Path ForwardLet’s take a moment to acknowledge something important: your pressure-cooker patterns developed for good reasons—they were your brain’s way of trying to keep you emotionally and socially safe. Your tendency to hold-then-release isn’t a character flaw; it’s been your protector.

As you continue this journey, try approaching yourself with the same compassion you’d offer a good friend who struggles with similar patterns. This kindness creates the perfect environment for genuine transformation to unfold.

With consistent Tapping (even just a few minutes daily), you can gradually retrain your wonderful brain to:

• Process emotions as they arise, rather than storing them for later
• Express feelings appropriately before they reach critical mass
• Trust that emotional expression is safe and beneficial
• Maintain emotional equilibrium throughout changing circumstances
• Experience the full range of your feelings without fear

Your emotional capacity is a genuine superpower when it’s working for you rather than against you. The goal isn’t to never feel intense emotions—it’s to allow them to flow naturally and appropriately, rather than building up and erupting.

Just imagine for a moment: moving through your day feeling emotionally balanced, expressing yourself authentically in relationships, navigating work challenges with steady confidence, and no longer fearing when or where the next emotional eruption might occur.

These experiences aren’t just possible—with consistent Tapping, they can become your new normal.

Your Next Steps to Emotional FreedomReady to give your pressure-cooker patterns some much-deserved relief? These Tapping sessions in The Tapping Solution App are specifically designed for Pressure Cookers and can be your perfect next step:

• Release Stress – Your go-to for those moments when you notice pressure building
• Morning Clearing and Affirmation Process – Perfect for starting your day with emotional equilibrium
• Releasing Anger – Especially helpful when suppressed anger is a primary pressure point

Explore Other ArchetypesWhile holding in until exploding might be your primary pattern, you may also identify with aspects of other archetypes! Each offers unique insights and Tapping approaches that could support your journey:

• The Avoider
• The Heavy Heart
• The Self-Doubter
• The High Achiever
• The Perfectionist
• The Sensitive Empath
• The Over Thinker

Browse through these other guides to discover additional perspectives and techniques that might complement your Tapping practice and deepen your self-understanding.

And if you haven’t taken our Tapping Archetypes Quiz yet, you can do so here!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

The post The Pressure Cooker Archetype: Understanding Your Emotional Patterns & How to Transform Them appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Tapping into Better Sleep: Breaking the Cycle Between Stress and Poor SleepDon’t Underestimate the Power of Little ShiftsEFT Debunked: The Truth About Emotional Freedom Techniques (aka Tapping)

View Details

“I can literally feel what everyone else is feeling—it’s both a gift and exhausting.”

Ever walked into a room and immediately sensed the emotional atmosphere? Or perhaps you’ve found yourself absorbing a friend’s anxiety or sadness after spending time with them, carrying their emotions as if they were your own?

Welcome to the world of The Sensitive Empath — where your extraordinary sensitivity can be both your greatest gift and your most depleting challenge.

If you find yourself absorbing others’ emotions, feeling drained after social interactions, experiencing emotional “hangovers” from being in certain environments, or struggling to distinguish your feelings from those you’ve picked up from others, you’re in good company. The good news? Understanding that your empathic nature isn’t a weakness—but rather your nervous system’s heightened receptivity—is the first step toward transformation.

Note: The Sensitive Empath is one of our 8 Tapping Archetypes. While this guide focuses on empathic patterns, you might recognize yourself in multiple archetypes – we all contain multitudes! Take our quiz here to find your primary type, and explore all the archetypes below to discover which combination best reflects your unique emotional landscape:

1. The Avoider
2. The Pressure Cooker
3. The Heavy Heart
4. The Self-Doubter
5. The High Achiever
6. The Perfectionist
7. The Over Thinker

How Empathic Sensitivity Patterns WorkLet’s take a moment to see if any of these feel familiar (and maybe even bring a sigh of recognition):

• Walking into a room and immediately sensing the emotional “vibe”
• Feeling physically affected by others’ emotions or stress
• Being told you’re “too sensitive” or that you “take things too personally”
• Needing extra time to recover after social events or crowded places
• Experiencing sudden mood shifts after interacting with certain people
• Finding yourself taking on caretaking roles in most of your relationships
• Feeling overwhelmed by news, violent media, or others’ stories
• Being drawn to helping professions despite the emotional toll they take
• Having people naturally share their problems with you, even strangers
• Experiencing physical symptoms that mirror what others around you are feeling

What’s happening in these moments is that your nervous system is operating with heightened receptivity—like an emotional antenna that picks up signals most people’s systems filter out. Think of it as having extraordinary emotional hearing that detects whispers others don’t notice, making you exceptionally perceptive but also vulnerable to becoming overwhelmed by the constant input.

The Neuroscience Behind Empathic SensitivitySo what’s actually happening in your brain and body when you’re absorbing others’ emotions? It’s fascinating (and perhaps validating) to know there’s real neuroscience behind these patterns.

Picture this: your remarkable brain has specialized cells called “mirror neurons” that help you understand others by internally mirroring what they might be experiencing. Everyone has these neurons, but research suggests that empathic people may have mirror neuron systems that are extraordinarily active and responsive.

Meanwhile, your body’s boundaries for emotional and energetic information may be more permeable than most. Your nervous system hasn’t developed the same filtering mechanisms that allow others to remain unaffected by the emotional states around them. The result? You experience others’ emotions with remarkable accuracy and intensity—like having a highly sensitive emotional receiver that picks up signals from everyone without an effective volume control.

The challenging part is that there’s rarely a clear distinction between emotions that originate within you and those you’ve absorbed from others. This can create confusion about what you’re actually feeling and why, leading to emotional and energetic depletion as you process not only your own emotional experiences but everyone else’s too.

The Origins of Empathic Sensitivity PatternsEver wondered where your empathic tendencies came from? These patterns didn’t just appear overnight—they’re more like innate sensitivities that were then shaped by your life experiences.

Childhood and Early ExperiencesThink back for a moment. Perhaps you grew up in an environment where:

• You needed to be highly attuned to others’ moods for emotional safety
• You were the emotional translator or mediator in your family
• Your natural sensitivity was either especially valued or problematically dismissed
• You learned that caring for others’ emotions was your role or responsibility
• You observed suffering that awakened your deep compassion
• You developed heightened awareness as a response to unpredictability
• Your emotions were invalidated, causing you to focus more on others’ feelings than your own
• You received more positive feedback for empathy and caretaking than for self-care

For many Sensitive Empaths, these patterns began with innate sensitivity that was then reinforced by life experiences. Your wonderful nervous system was already finely attuned, and then it adapted further based on what helped you navigate your early environment.

Your Nervous System’s Protection PlanHere’s a perspective shift that might bring some relief: your empathic absorption isn’t a character flaw—it’s actually your brain’s way of trying to keep you safe and connected in the social environment. All that emotional sensitivity is attempting to help you:

• Navigate relationships successfully by understanding others deeply
• Anticipate others’ needs before conflict or rejection can occur
• Maintain harmony in your environment, which feels safer
• Connect meaningfully with people through emotional understanding
• Protect yourself by sensing emotional undercurrents early

Think of it like an early warning system that evolved to keep you emotionally secure. Your empathic nature isn’t a broken system—it’s a highly specialized perception system that’s working overtime without sufficient boundaries. Recognizing this intention can be the first step toward showing yourself some well-deserved compassion.

How Empathic Sensitivity Affects Your Daily LifeWhile your brain believes it’s helping you navigate the social world through this heightened sensitivity, empathic absorption can sometimes feel like wearing everyone else’s emotional clothing on top of your own. Let’s look at how it might be showing up in and impacting your daily life:

Mental and Emotional Impact* Confusion about which emotions are actually yours versus absorbed from others * Emotional exhaustion from processing not just your feelings, but everyone else’s too * Decision-making challenges when you’re overly influenced by others’ feelings * Difficulty prioritizing your needs when you’re constantly tuned into others’ * Mental overwhelm from trying to make sense of complex emotional input * Compassion fatigue from caring deeply about everyone’s struggles * Difficulty maintaining your own perspective when strongly influenced by others * Anxiety from constantly scanning environments for emotional information

Physical Impact* Feeling physically drained after being in crowded or emotionally charged environments * Experiencing others’ physical symptoms (headaches, tension, etc.) as your own * Needing more sleep and recovery time than others * Developing a heightened stress response from constant emotional stimulation * Digestive sensitivity * Tension in your body * Immune system challenges * Difficulty maintaining energy throughout the day, especially after interactions

Relationship Impact* Taking on caretaking roles by default, often at your own expense * Attracting people who need emotional support but may not reciprocate * Struggling to maintain boundaries with those whose emotions you absorb * Having others depend on your emotional insight and support * Feeling resentful when your own emotional needs aren’t recognized * Avoiding certain people or situations because of their emotional impact on you * Being vulnerable to those who might exploit your empathic nature * Finding it challenging to prioritize self-care without feeling selfish

If you’re nodding along to several of these, take a deep breath—you’re in good company. These experiences are shared by many people with naturally empathic nervous systems.

How Tapping Transforms Empathic SensitivityNow for the really good news: your nervous system is incredibly adaptable and can absolutely learn to maintain your empathic gifts without the overwhelming absorption. You’re not destined to emotional exhaustion forever! This is where Tapping (also known as Emotional Freedom Techniques or EFT) comes in as your new secret weapon.

Why Tapping Works Like Magic for Sensitive EmpathsTapping is uniquely suited to help transform empathic overwhelm for several fascinating reasons:

1. It strengthens your energetic boundaries – When you tap on specific acupressure points while addressing empathic absorption, you’re actually helping recalibrate your body’s energetic boundaries. Many empaths report an immediate sense of having a “force field” that allows them to sense others’ emotions without absorbing them.
2. It resets your nervous system’s filtering capacity – Research shows Tapping helps regulate the autonomic nervous system, which governs your body’s stress response. This regulation helps your system develop more effective filters for emotional input, so you can remain perceptive without becoming overwhelmed.
3. It helps differentiate your emotions from others’ – One of the most powerful benefits of Tapping for empaths is increased clarity about which emotions actually belong to you versus those you’ve absorbed. This discernment is lifechanging for many highly sensitive people.
4. It addresses the unconscious beliefs that drive over-absorption – Many empaths have underlying beliefs that they’re responsible for others’ emotional well-being or that they aren’t allowed to prioritize themselves. Tapping helps transform these core beliefs that fuel empathic depletion.
5. It provides immediate emotional clearing – When you’ve absorbed others’ emotions, Tapping helps you release this energy quickly rather than carrying it for hours or days. Think of it like emotional hygiene that prevents accumulation of others’ emotional states in your system.

Tapping Applications for Sensitive EmpathsWhen you’re living with empathic sensitivity, Tapping can help in multiple areas of your life. Here are some of the most effective ways to apply tapping for an empathic nervous system:

1. For Empathic Boundary SettingOne of the biggest challenges for Sensitive Empaths is maintaining healthy boundaries while still remaining compassionate. Tapping can help by:

• Strengthening your energetic boundaries before entering potentially overwhelming environments
• Helping you recognize when you’re absorbing rather than simply perceiving others’ emotions
• Supporting you in saying “no” without guilt when your emotional resources are depleted
• Clarifying which emotional responsibilities are yours and which belong to others
• Building comfort with prioritizing your own well-being alongside others’

Many empaths find that regular Tapping before social events or challenging interactions helps them remain connected and perceptive without becoming drained or overwhelmed.

2. For Emotional Clearing and ResetSensitive Empaths often need effective ways to clear absorbed emotions rather than carrying them indefinitely. Tapping can support this by:

• Providing a quick “emotional shower” after absorbing others’ feelings
• Helping identify and release emotions that don’t belong to you
• Creating a reset for your nervous system after intense empathic experiences
• Processing and releasing emotional residue from past interactions
• Supporting faster recovery after empathically charged events or environments

Many highly sensitive people find that regular Tapping after social interactions, work days, or exposure to highly emotional content helps them maintain their well-being without building up emotional residue over time.

3. For Workplace and Career ManagementWhether you work in a helping profession or a conventional office, empathic sensitivity can create unique workplace challenges. Tapping can help by:

• Supporting you in maintaining emotional balance in helping professions
• Reducing compassion fatigue when working with people in difficult circumstances
• Helping you navigate emotionally charged workplace dynamics
• Building resilience for empaths in leadership positions
• Supporting clear decision-making that isn’t overly influenced by others’ emotions

Many professionals find that Tapping before and after emotionally demanding work helps them bring their gifts of perception and compassion without becoming depleted.

4. For Relationship DynamicsSensitive Empaths often face specific relationship challenges related to their sensitivity. Tapping can support healthier connections by:

• Helping you discern between genuine intuition about relationships and fear-based projection
• Supporting you in expressing your needs alongside supporting others
• Building comfort with receiving rather than always giving
• Helping transform patterns of attracting energy-depleting relationships
• Creating emotional safety for authentic connection without absorption

Many empaths find that as they tap regularly, their relationships naturally become more balanced and nourishing—often without any direct effort to change the relationships themselves.

5. For Self-Care and Energy MaintenanceThe physical toll of empathic absorption can be significant, but Tapping can help by:

• Replenishing your energy after empathically demanding experiences
• Reducing the physical manifestations of absorbed emotions
• Supporting your system in maintaining its own emotional baseline
• Helping you prioritize self-care without guilt
• Creating sustainable patterns of energy management for sensitive systems

Many Sensitive Empaths report that Tapping helps them maintain physical well-being even while engaging with emotionally complex environments and relationships.

With consistent practice, Tapping becomes a versatile tool that you can apply to virtually any situation where empathic overwhelm emerges. The beauty of this approach is that it adapts to your specific needs and can be used both preventatively and responsively when emotional absorption occurs.

Your Brilliant Path ForwardLet’s take a moment to acknowledge something important: your empathic sensitivity is not a weakness—it’s actually one of your greatest strengths. In a world that often values stoicism over sensitivity and independence over interconnection, your capacity to feel deeply and understand others is a precious gift.

As you continue this journey, try approaching your sensitive heart with the same compassion you so readily offer others. This kindness creates the perfect environment for genuine transformation to unfold.

With consistent Tapping (even just a few minutes daily), you can gradually transform your relationship with your empathic gifts to:

• Sense others’ emotions without absorbing and carrying them
• Maintain clear energetic boundaries while still remaining compassionate
• Distinguish your own emotions from those you’ve picked up from others
• Use your empathic insights selectively rather than absorbing everything
• Prioritize your well-being alongside supporting others
• Experience the gifts of empathic perception without the exhaustion

Your empathic nature is a genuine superpower when it’s working for you rather than depleting you. The goal isn’t to become less sensitive—it’s to develop the capacity to channel your sensitivity purposefully, and to discover the profound gifts your empathic nature makes possible when it’s in balance.

Just imagine for a moment: walking into a room and sensing the emotional atmosphere without absorbing it, connecting deeply with others without feeling drained afterward, maintaining your center even in emotionally intense situations, and using your remarkable perceptiveness as a gift rather than experiencing it as a burden.

These experiences aren’t just possible—with consistent Tapping, they can become your new normal.

Your Next Steps to Empathic BalanceReady to give your sensitive system some much-deserved support? These Tapping sessions in The Tapping Solution App are specifically designed for Sensitive Empath and can be your perfect next step:

• Clearing Negative Energy Picked Up From Others – Your go-to for when you’ve absorbed others’ emotional states
• I Give Myself Permission to Set Healthy Boundaries – Perfect for strengthening your energetic boundaries
• Let Go and Allow – Especially helpful to let go of extra burdens you’ve been carrying and feel lighter

​​Explore Other ArchetypesWhile empathic sensitivity might be your primary pattern, you may also identify with aspects of other archetypes! Each Archetype offers unique insights and Tapping approaches that could support your journey:

• The Avoider
• The Pressure Cooker
• The Heavy Heart
• The Self-Doubter
• The High Achiever
• The Perfectionist
• The Over Thinker

Browse through these other guides to discover additional perspectives and techniques that might complement your Tapping practice and deepen your self-understanding.

And if you haven’t taken our Tapping Archetypes Quiz yet, you can do so here!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

The post The Sensitive Empath Archetype: Understanding Your Emotional Sensitivity & How to Transform Overwhelm appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Let’s Talk Mom and Dad: Address Childhood TraumaThis kid was SO disappointed!Hope for PTSD: Research Shows Tapping Can Help (Often in 10 Sessions or Less!)

View Details

“I’ve accomplished everything I set out to do, so why do I still feel unsatisfied?”

Ever found yourself checking off impressive goals only to immediately focus on the next achievement? Or perhaps you’ve reached a significant milestone—the promotion, the degree, the financial target—only to feel a fleeting moment of satisfaction before that familiar sense of “what’s next?” creeps in?

Welcome to the world of The High Achiever — where your remarkable drive can be both your greatest strength and your most puzzling challenge.

If you find yourself constantly chasing the next goal, feeling restless unless you’re making progress, or experiencing that perplexing sense of emptiness despite significant accomplishments, you’re in good company. The good news? Understanding that your achievement drive isn’t a character flaw—but rather your brain’s well-intentioned (if exhausting) way of seeking security and worth—is the first step toward transformation.

Note: The High Achiever is one of our 8 Tapping Archetypes. While this guide focuses on overthinking patterns, you might recognize yourself in multiple archetypes – we all contain multitudes! Take our quiz here to find your primary type, and explore all the archetypes below to discover which combination best reflects your unique emotional landscape:

1. The Avoider
2. The Pressure Cooker
3. The Heavy Heart
4. The Self-Doubter
5. The Perfectionist
6. The Sensitive Empath
7. The Over Thinker

How Achievement Patterns WorkLet’s take a moment to see if any of these feel familiar (and maybe even bring a knowing nod of recognition):

• Feeling an almost compulsive need to be productive, even during “downtime”
• Difficulty truly celebrating achievements before moving on to the next goal
• Measuring your worth primarily through tangible accomplishments
• Feeling chronically busy but wondering if you’re focusing on the right things
• Experiencing guilt when you’re not being “productive”
• Having a lengthy résumé but a nagging sense that something is missing
• Feeling both energized and exhausted by your constant drive
• Struggling to relax without feeling like you should be doing something
• Finding that even when you reach your goals, the satisfaction is short-lived

What’s happening in these moments is that your brain is in goal-pursuit mode—constantly scanning for the next mountain to climb, the next achievement to secure. Think of it as your mind’s GPS always recalculating to the next destination, making it nearly impossible to simply enjoy the view where you currently are.

The Neuroscience Behind Achievement DriveSo what’s actually happening in your brain when you’re caught in this achievement cycle? It’s fascinating (and perhaps validating) to know there’s real neuroscience behind these patterns.

Picture this: your incredible brain has a reward system that releases dopamine—a feel-good neurotransmitter—when you achieve goals or make progress. This system is designed to motivate beneficial behaviors. For High Achievers, this reward system has become powerfully linked to achievement, creating a cycle where you constantly seek the next dopamine hit through accomplishment.

Meanwhile, your brain’s threat-detection system (the amygdala) has learned to associate lack of achievement with danger—perhaps emotional danger like loss of status, worth, or security. The result? You feel a constant pressure to achieve, while the satisfaction from each achievement quickly fades—like a hamster wheel of accomplishment that never quite leads to lasting fulfillment.

The challenging part is that every time you respond to this drive by achieving more, your brain strengthens these neural pathways. It’s like traveling the same road so many times that it becomes the only route you can see, even when there might be more scenic paths to your destination.

The Origins of Achievement PatternsEver wondered where your intense achievement drive came from? These patterns didn’t just appear overnight—they’re more like sophisticated strategies your brain developed to keep you safe and valued.

Childhood and Early ExperiencesThink back for a moment. Perhaps you grew up in an environment where:

• Praise and attention came primarily when you achieved or performed well
• There was significant emphasis on success, goals, or “being the best”
• You received validation through external markers like grades, awards, or recognition
• You observed important adults who were themselves highly achievement-oriented
• You experienced uncertainty that made achievement feel like security
• Your natural talents were channeled into competitive or high-performance activities
• You learned that achievement was a reliable way to feel good about yourself when other aspects of life felt unpredictable

For many High Achievers, these patterns began as brilliant adaptive strategies. Your wonderful brain noticed what brought you validation, security, or positive feelings and thought, “Let’s do more of that, please!”

Your Brain’s Success StrategyHere’s a perspective shift that might bring some relief: your intense achievement drive isn’t a character flaw—it’s actually your brain’s way of trying to secure your well-being. All that striving is attempting to ensure:

• Your place in the social hierarchy (and thus, safety)
• Your sense of worth and value
• Your security in an unpredictable world
• Your access to resources and opportunities
• Your protection against the fear of “not being enough”

Think of it like a strategy that has worked brilliantly in some ways—look at all you’ve accomplished!—but has also created unexpected costs. Your achievement drive isn’t a broken system—it’s a successful strategy that’s now running on autopilot without considering the full picture of what creates true fulfillment. Recognizing this intention can be the first step toward showing yourself some well-deserved compassion.

How Achievement Drive Affects Your Daily LifeWhile your brain believes it’s helping you thrive through constant achievement, this drive can sometimes feel like a demanding coach who never lets you rest, even after crossing the finish line. Let’s look at how it might be showing up in and impacting your daily life:

Mental and Emotional Impact* A pervasive sense that you should be doing more, even when you’ve done plenty * Difficulty being present because your mind is always planning the next achievement * Comparing yourself to others who seem to be achieving more * Experiencing brief satisfaction from achievements before returning to that familiar emptiness * Measuring your worth through metrics, results, and tangible outcomes * Feeling anxious when you’re not making visible progress * Experiencing imposter syndrome despite objective evidence of your competence * Defining yourself primarily through what you do rather than who you are

Physical Impact* Pushing your body beyond its natural limits—and feeling the effects * Experiencing cycles of intense energy followed by burnout * Difficulty sleeping because your mind is still in productivity mode * Physical tension from the constant internal pressure to perform * Using caffeine or other substances to maintain high performance * Neglecting physical needs like rest, nutrition, or movement in service of achievement * Developing stress-related health issues from the constant pressure * Feeling physically “wired but tired”—simultaneously energized and exhausted

Relationship Impact* Prioritizing achievements over connections with others * Being fully present in work situations but mentally checked out in personal ones * Finding it difficult to relate to people who aren’t similarly achievement-driven * Feeling frustrated when others don’t match your pace or standards * Having relationships that look good on paper but feel somehow empty * Struggling to ask for help because it might suggest you can’t do it all * Finding that achievements have come at the cost of meaningful connections * Evaluating relationships through the lens of productivity or advancement

If you’re nodding along to several of these, take a deep breath—you’re in good company. These experiences are shared by many people with naturally high drive and accomplishment-oriented minds.

How Tapping Transforms Achievement PatternsNow for the really good news: your brain is incredibly adaptable and can absolutely learn to find fulfillment beyond the next achievement. You’re not stuck on the hamster wheel forever! This is where Tapping (also known as Emotional Freedom Techniques or EFT) comes in as your new secret weapon.

Why Tapping Works Like Magic for High AchieversTapping is uniquely suited to help transform achievement patterns for several fascinating reasons:

1. It recalibrates your brain’s reward system – When you tap on specific acupressure points while addressing your achievement patterns, you’re helping your brain create new pathways for experiencing reward and satisfaction beyond just accomplishment. Research shows that Tapping actually helps regulate the brain’s limbic system, which is central to how we experience pleasure and motivation.
2. It addresses the emotional drivers beneath achievement – Your achievement drive isn’t just a behavior—it’s deeply connected to emotions like fear, insecurity, and the need for validation. Tapping helps you safely process these underlying emotions so they stop fueling the compulsive need to achieve.
3. It works with both your mind AND body – Many High Achievers have tried to “think” their way out of their achievement patterns with limited success. Tapping is different because it addresses both the cognitive patterns AND the physical tension that keeps the achievement drive locked in place.
4. It creates immediate relief – While deep transformation happens over time, many High Achievers experience an immediate sense of relief and perspective after just a few minutes of Tapping—a welcome respite from the constant internal pressure to do more.
5. It builds new neural pathways for worth and safety – Each time you tap while acknowledging your achievements and then affirming your inherent worth beyond them, you’re literally creating new neural connections. Over time, feeling worthy without achieving becomes more natural and automatic.

Tapping Applications for High AchieversWhen you’re caught in achievement patterns, Tapping can help in multiple areas of your life. Here are some of the most effective ways to apply tapping for a high-achieving mind:

1. For Finding Fulfillment Beyond AchievementOne of the biggest challenges for High Achievers is the emptiness that persists despite impressive accomplishments. Tapping can help by:

• Reconnecting you with deeper sources of meaning beyond external achievements
• Helping you recognize and enjoy the journey, not just the destination
• Building your capacity to feel inherently worthy without constant proving
• Creating space to discover what truly matters to you, not just what looks successful
• Supporting you in developing an identity beyond your achievements

Many High Achievers find that regular Tapping helps them experience a deeper sense of purpose and satisfaction that isn’t dependent on the next accomplishment.

2. For True Rest and RenewalHigh Achievers often struggle with genuine relaxation, finding that even “downtime” becomes another item on the to-do list. Tapping can support true rest by:

• Calming the sense of urgency that makes relaxation feel uncomfortable
• Releasing the guilt that often accompanies “unproductive” time
• Helping your nervous system recognize that rest is not just permissible but essential
• Breaking the association between worth and productivity
• Creating safety in simply being, not just doing

Many find that as they tap regularly, they develop a newfound capacity to actually enjoy leisure time—often discovering that this renewal actually enhances their performance when they do choose to achieve.

3. For Authentic RelationshipsAchievement patterns often impact relationships, either by pushing them to the background or turning them into another area for performance. Tapping can help by:

• Creating space for connections that aren’t based on productivity or advancement
• Supporting vulnerability that goes beyond the polished “success identity”
• Reducing the need to manage others’ perceptions through achievement
• Helping you be fully present with loved ones instead of mentally planning your next task
• Building comfort with connections that have no explicit “purpose” or outcome

Many High Achievers report that as they tap regularly, their relationships naturally deepen and become more authentic—often without any direct effort to change the relationships themselves.

4. For Career and Purpose AlignmentDespite impressive careers, many High Achievers question whether they’re on the right path. Tapping can help by:

• Distinguishing between goals you genuinely want versus those you’re pursuing from habit
• Reducing fear of change or recalibration in your career path
• Helping you recognize when achievement has become an end in itself rather than a means to fulfillment
• Supporting you in accessing your intuition about your true calling
• Building courage to pursue purpose even when it doesn’t fit the conventional success narrative

With regular Tapping, many find they gain clarity about their authentic path—sometimes recommitting to their current direction with renewed purpose, and other times making courageous changes toward greater alignment.

5. For Physical Well-being and SustainabilityThe physical toll of constant achievement can be significant, but tapping can help by:

• Breaking the pattern of pushing your body beyond its limits
• Supporting sustainable performance rather than cycles of burnout
• Helping you recognize and honor your body’s signals for rest and care
• Reducing the stress hormones that chronically high achievement can generate
• Creating a healthier relationship with your body as more than just a vehicle for achievement

Many High Achievers find that Tapping helps them develop a more sustainable approach to performance—often discovering that they can actually accomplish more of what truly matters when they honor their physical well-being.

With consistent practice, Tapping becomes a versatile tool that you can apply to virtually any situation where achievement patterns emerge. The beauty of this approach is that it adapts to your specific needs and can be used both preventatively and responsively when the achievement drive feels overwhelming.

Your Brilliant Path ForwardLet’s take a moment to acknowledge something important: your remarkable drive and capacity for achievement developed for good reasons—they were your brain’s way of trying to secure your well-being and worth in a world that often values doing over being. Your achievement orientation isn’t a flaw; it’s been your path to success.

As you continue this journey, try approaching yourself with the same compassion you’d offer a good friend. This kindness creates the perfect environment for genuine transformation to unfold.

With consistent Tapping (even just a few minutes daily), you can gradually retrain your wonderful brain to:

• Find fulfillment that doesn’t depend on the next achievement
• Feel inherently worthy without constantly proving yourself
• Discern which goals actually matter to you versus those you pursue from habit
• Enjoy the journey rather than living from milestone to milestone
• Experience true rest without guilt or anxiety
• Measure success by fulfillment and meaning, not just metrics and outcomes

Your achievement-oriented mind is a genuine superpower when it’s working for you rather than driving you relentlessly. The goal isn’t to eliminate your capacity for achievement—it’s to engage it by choice rather than compulsion, and to discover the fulfillment that exists beyond the next accomplishment.

Just imagine for a moment: feeling deeply satisfied with where you are while still enjoying progress, being able to truly rest without guilt, connecting with others without mentally checking your to-do list, and experiencing a sense of worth that doesn’t depend on what you’ve accomplished lately.

These experiences aren’t just possible—with consistent Tapping, they can become your new normal.

Your Next Steps to True FulfillmentReady to give your achievement-driven mind some much-deserved perspective? These Tapping sessions in The Tapping Solution App are specifically designed for High Achievers and can be your perfect next step:

• You Are Enough – Your go-to for disconnecting your worth from your achievements
• I Give Myself Credit for the Progress I’ve Made – Perfect for recognizing and truly celebrating what you’ve already accomplished
• Micro Boost of Presence – Especially helpful when you need to reconnect with the present moment and focus on what’s right in front of you (rather than the next thing)

​​Explore Other ArchetypesWhile High Achiever might be your primary pattern, you may also identify with aspects of other archetypes! Each Archetype offers unique insights and Tapping approaches that could support your journey:

• The Avoider
• The Pressure Cooker
• The Heavy Heart
• The Self-Doubter
• The Perfectionist
• The Sensitive Empath
• The Over Thinker

Browse through these other guides to discover additional perspectives and techniques that might complement your Tapping practice and deepen your self-understanding.

And if you haven’t taken our Tapping Archetypes Quiz yet, you can do so here!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

The post The High Achiever Archetype: Understanding Your Achievement Drive & How to Transform the Emptiness appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Let’s Talk Mom and Dad: Address Childhood TraumaThis kid was SO disappointed!Hope for PTSD: Research Shows Tapping Can Help (Often in 10 Sessions or Less!)

View Details

Money is often a source of endless anxiety, frustration, and self-doubt. We chase it, we fear it, we resent it, we desire it… It’s something a lot of us have a complicated relationship with! But what if the key to financial freedom and abundance isn’t hidden in some secret investment strategy or get-rich-quick scheme, but in releasing the blocks we have around money and reprogramming our minds for financial success? This is where the revolutionary practice of Tapping for money comes in.

Imagine waking up each morning feeling confident and empowered about your financial future, rather than stressed and overwhelmed. Picture yourself making financial decisions from a place of clarity and abundance, instead of scarcity and fear. Envision a life where money flows to you easily and effortlessly, supporting your dreams and allowing you to make a positive impact in the world.

This is the reality that thousands of people have created for themselves through the practice of EFT Tapping for money. And in this comprehensive guide, we’re going to show you how you can do it too.

What is Tapping for money?Tapping for money is the practice of using EFT Tapping techniques to address beliefs, emotions, and blocks related to finances and abundance. The process involves gently tapping on specific acupoints on your body while focusing on money-related issues or goals.

Tapping (also known as Emotional Freedom Techniques, or EFT) is a powerful mind-body approach that combines elements of ancient Chinese acupressure with modern psychology to help you release limiting beliefs, reduce financial stress, create a more abundant mindset, and manifest the financial abundance you desire..

EFT Tapping works by sending calming signals to the amygdala, the part of your brain responsible for the stress response and for processing emotions.

When it comes to money and wealth, many of us carry deep-seated fears, anxieties, and limiting beliefs that trigger our stress response and impact our ability to problem solve, think creatively, and embrace new opportunities – ultimately blocking us from the financial security we desire.

EFT Tapping for financial abundance helps interrupt these old patterns that hold us back, allowing us to reprogram our brain for financial success and open ourselves up to new, more empowering perspectives and behaviors.

By reducing stress and anxiety around money, Tapping creates the mental and emotional space needed to make better financial decisions and attract more abundance into your life.

How EFT Tapping for money can help you transform your financial futureUsing EFT for money, wealth, and abundance can help in several key ways. When you tap you may:

• Release limiting beliefs about money (like this common one about money and spirituality)
• Reduce financial stress and anxiety
• Increase confidence in your ability to earn and manage money
• Overcome money blocks and self-sabotaging behaviors
• Align your energy with abundance and wealth
• Enhance your ability to recognize and act on financial opportunities
• Improve your overall relationship with money

Whether you’re drowning in debt, stuck in a cycle of underearning, or simply ready to uplevel your financial game, EFT Tapping offers a unique and scientifically-backed approach to reprogramming your brain and transforming your money mindset from the inside out.

How to do Tapping for money: Putting it into practiceIf you’re brand new to Tapping or need a refresher on the basics, you can go here to learn all about Tapping and how to do it.

And if you’re ready to dive in and learn how to do the tapping technique for money, give one of the videos below a try!

The first is a short and sweet Tapping meditation (just one-minute long) to release stress about money, and the second is a 15-minute session on Tapping for Financial Anxiety and Overwhelm that can help you dig a little deeper.

Give one a try to experience EFT Tapping for wealth and abundance for yourself!

Are You Stressed About Money? 60-second Tapping meditation15-minute Tapping for Financial Anxiety and Overwhelm sessionTips for effective money TappingInterested in using Tapping to be able to earn more money? Here are some important tips to keep in mind when trying out EFT Tapping for financial abundance.

1. Be specific: The more precise you can be about your money concerns or goals, the more effective your Tapping will be.
2. Address root causes: Often, our money issues stem from childhood experiences or societal conditioning. Don’t be afraid to dig deep when using the tapping technique for money.
3. Tap regularly: Consistency is key. Even 5-10 minutes of daily Tapping can lead to significant shifts over time.
4. Combine with action: While EFT for wealth is powerful, it works best when paired with practical financial steps like budgeting, saving, and investing wisely. Use Tapping to help motivate yourself to take action on what’s most important to you.
5. Stay open to possibilities: As you tap, remain receptive to new ideas and opportunities that may arise to improve your financial situation. This is when EFT Tapping for abundance can really surprise you – in the best of ways!
6. Be patient with yourself: Financial transformation is a journey. It takes time to reprogram your brain for financial success. So celebrate small wins and be compassionate with yourself along the way.

EFT Tapping for wealth and abundance: Real-life success storiesDawn Power had always made a point of avoiding the word MONEY. Growing up, discussing money had been off limits. As an adult, even as a business owner, she remained unable to talk about it.

Then one day, after Tapping on a conversation she’d had about money, she had a breakthrough! As a result, her income doubled within a single week! Read Dawn’s full money story here.

Dawn’s experience is just one of thousands I’ve heard over the years of people having massive money breakthroughs with the help of EFT Tapping. Here are a few more highlights:

“So far amazing results I just changed jobs and got a massive raise, paid off a bunch of credit card debt, and I am seriously working on two business ideas… The best part is the negative chatter in mind has turned down almost completely it feels good to have this improved relationship with money and my purpose.”

-Jacob

“Have been tapping consistently for almost 4 years. Financially my life has changed. I don’t worry about money anymore. I have noticed I don’t think “ I should save that just in case” “I shouldn’t spend just in case”. My business has increased tremendously and even if I have to cancel a dog class due to weather I don’t worry about not getting paid. I just know that everything is okay. All areas in my life I am calmer and flow easier with life.”

-Cath

“I can testify that tapping regarding finances DOES work. I was in a dead-end situation a year ago when I learned about tapping. It worked so well for panic attacks that I plunged into the tapping meditations on finances and abundance. After two or three months of tapping often on the subject, and releasing a lot of negative emotion around finances, I got really angry that my considerable skills were benefiting others (bosses, clients) more than they were benefiting me. It was that anger that flipped the switch for me to move forward, and a month after that I was self-employed, more than doubling my income without any negative side-effects. I’m still more stuck than I like, but everything about my life–no exceptions–is better now than it was before I started tapping!”

-Charissa

“I have never done any work on financial issues but have been Tapping on other issues to clean up things from my past. I have always lived paycheck to paycheck and now I’m retired it wasn’t much different. I did one little thing, changed car insurance so I could save $20 a month and then it was like floodgates opened. I found another $18 to save and then a way to become debt free in a few years. Now I have extra money, starting to have an actual savings. It all seemed to fall into place with very little effort from me so I keep wondering if tapping had a lot to do with it by keeping me more calm and open to possibilities?”

-Rita

And these aren’t just stories I’ve heard from others… I, myself, have experienced massive shifts in my own financial situation thanks to Tapping.

I talk all about my own money story here, where I explain how I went from HUGE amounts of debt to financial security with the help of Tapping.

Want these kinds of results for yourself? It’s time to put EFT for money into practice.

Your path to financial freedom begins here: Are you ready to start your journey of Tapping for abundance?Tapping for money offers a unique and powerful approach to transforming your financial life from the inside out. By addressing the emotional and energetic roots of your money issues and reprogramming your brain for success, you can create lasting change that goes far beyond simple budgeting or financial planning.

Remember, true financial freedom isn’t just about the numbers in your bank account. It’s about cultivating a sense of peace, confidence, and motivation in your relationship with money. Through consistent Tapping practice, you can release old limiting beliefs, reduce financial stress, reprogram your brain, and open yourself up to a world of new possibilities.

Ready to take the next step on your journey to financial abundance? Try incorporating daily EFT for money sessions into your routine, focusing on your specific financial goals and challenges. You may be surprised at how quickly you start to see shifts in both your mindset and your financial reality.

And if you’re looking for more support on your Tapping journey, check out The Tapping Solution App. With guided Tapping meditations specifically designed for financial abundance and stress relief (and many other relevant topics!), it’s like having a money Tapping coach in your pocket 24/7.

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Here are just a few of the meditations that are available to you in the app:

Remember, your financial future is in your hands. With Tapping in your back pocket, you have the power to create the abundant, stress-free relationship with money you’ve always dreamed of (and deserve!)

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

The post Tapping for Money: A Complete Guide to Financial Freedom with EFT appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Research Feature: Tapping May Actually Affect the Way Your Brain Processes EmotionTapping World Summit 202310 Affirmations to Help You Forgive Yourself

View Details

Are you feeling overwhelmed by stress? Do you find yourself constantly on edge, unable to relax? You’re not alone. Chronic stress is a major issue in today’s on-the-go, uncertainty-filled world… and it can wreak havoc on your health and wellbeing through elevated cortisol levels! But what if there was a simple, scientifically-backed technique you could use anytime, anywhere to lower your cortisol and feel more balanced? Enter EFT Tapping to lower cortisol.

In this comprehensive guide, we’ll explore how Tapping can be a game-changer for your stress management routine. You’ll learn step-by-step techniques for using EFT Tapping to reduce cortisol and bring your body back into balance.

What is cortisol? Understanding your body’s stress hormoneBefore diving into how Tapping can help lower cortisol, let’s break down what cortisol is and why it matters in the first place:

• Cortisol is often called the “stress hormone,” because your body releases it in response to stress. It’s part of your body’s “fight-or-flight” response, and helps you handle stressful situations.
• While some cortisol is necessary for normal body functioning, and a temporary increase during stress is a good thing, your body isn’t meant to have high cortisol levels all of the time.
• High cortisol due to chronic stress can lead to various health issues including anxiety, depression, sleep problems, pain, weight gain, and more.

This is where EFT Tapping comes in! Tapping is a powerful tool to help us regulate cortisol levels and manage stress more effectively.

The science behind EFT Tapping to lower cortisolTapping, or Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT), is a mind-body approach that combines elements of ancient Chinese acupressure and modern psychology. It involves gently tapping your fingertips on certain acupressure points on your body while reflecting on whatever is causing you distress.

The process of Tapping is known to send calming signals to the amygdala in the brain, letting your brain know it’s safe to relax. It’s a powerful way to turn down the fight-or-flight stress response in the body.

Tapping has been shown in multiple studies to significantly lower cortisol levels. Here are some key findings:

• A 2012 study by Dr. Dawson Church published in the Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease found that EFT Tapping reduced cortisol levels by 24% after just one hour-long session.[1]
• A 2020 study by Dr. Peta Stapleton in Psychological Trauma aimed to replicate those initial findings and showed even more impressive results. They found that cortisol levels dropped by 43% after an hour of EFT Tapping.[2]

These studies demonstrate that Tapping is an efficient and effective treatment for reducing biological markers of stress, like cortisol.

They show us that using Tapping to reduce cortisol is solidly backed by scientific evidence. To learn more about the science behind Tapping, check out this comprehensive review.

How to use EFT Tapping to lower cortisolNow, let’s get into the practical steps of using EFT Tapping to reduce cortisol:

1. Rating Your Stress: Before you start Tapping, take a moment to identify what’s causing you stress. Rate your stress level on a scale of 0-10.
2. The Setup: Start by tapping on the side of your hand while saying: “Even though I feel stressed about [specific issue], I deeply and completely accept myself.” Repeat this three times, tapping on the side of your hand as you do.
3. The Sequence: Tap about 5-7 times on each of the following points while focusing on your stress. You can say “reminder phrases” out loud to keep your focus such as “This stress” or “I’m worried about [specific issue].”
   • Eyebrow
   • Side of the eye
   • Under the eye
   • Under the nose
   • Under the mouth
   • Collarbone
   • Under the arm
   • Top of the head
4. Reassess: Check in with your stress levels again. Has the intensity gone down?
5. Repeat: Continue tapping through the points as needed, adjusting your wording to reflect any changes in how you feel.

For a deeper dive into the basics of Tapping, check out this comprehensive guide on how to do Tapping.

Tips for maximizing cortisol reduction with EFT Tapping1. Consistency is key: Make tapping a daily habit, even if it’s just for a few minutes. The goal is to make Tapping a regular part of your routine to keep cortisol levels consistently managed and safeguard against the effects of chronic stress. 2. Tap at different times of day: Tap first thing in the morning, before stressful meetings of events, during your lunch break for a reset, or in the evening to unwind or prepare for sleep. 3. Use Tapping preventatively: Don’t wait until you’re extremely stressed to start Tapping. Regular tapping can help keep cortisol levels balanced before things escalate. 4. Be specific: Focus on particular stressors and use language specific to your unique situation for more effective results. 5. Combine with other techniques: Use Tapping alongside other stress-reduction methods that work well for you, such as deep breathing, meditation, or physical activity.

Start Tapping to reduce cortisol now!EFT Tapping offers a simple, effective way to lower cortisol and manage stress. By incorporating this technique into your daily life, you can better regulate your stress response and cultivate greater calm and balance in body and mind.

Ready to experience the cortisol-lowering benefits of Tapping for yourself? Start with just a few minutes a day and see how it impacts your stress levels. Your body (and mind) will thank you!

For guided support that you can carry with you wherever you go, check out The Tapping Solution App. With hundreds of guided meditations as short as two minutes long, there’s a meditation to suit every need.

Stressed about your kids? Check. Worried about an upcoming event? We’ve got you. Feeling the pressure of work taking a toll? There’s something to help with that, too.

Download the app today and start lowering your cortisol, releasing stress, and regaining a sense of calm, peace, and ease in your daily life.

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Have you tried EFT Tapping to lower cortisol? Share your experiences in the comments below!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

References1. Church D, Yount G, Brooks AJ. The effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: a randomized controlled trial. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2012;200(10):891-896. 2. Stapleton P, Crighton G, Sabot D, O’Neill HM. Reexamining the effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: A randomized controlled trial. Psychol Trauma. 2020;12(8):869-877.

The post EFT Tapping to Lower Cortisol: Your Complete Guide to Reducing Stress with Tapping appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationTapping into Better Sleep: Breaking the Cycle Between Stress and Poor Sleep10 Reminders You Might Need to Hear Today

View Details

The concept of sleep programming has long fascinated those seeking self-improvement and accelerated learning. It’s an enticing idea: imagine if you could make positive changes to your mindset, learn new information, or reinforce positive habits – just by going to sleep… But does sleep programming work? Can you really learn or embrace new beliefs while drifting off to sleep?

Let’s explore the science behind sleep programming and how you might leverage the time between wakefulness and sleep to learn, grow, and rewire your brain.

What is sleep programming?Sleep programming involves presenting positive affirmations, suggestions, information, or gentle learning materials to an individual as they transition from wakefulness to sleep.

For example, someone struggling with self-confidence might listen to a guided meditation before bed that includes affirmations like “I am worthy and capable.” Or perhaps a person aiming to improve their eating habits might visualize themselves waking up the next day and starting their morning with a delicious, nutritious meal.

This technique aims to leverage the unique brain state during this transition to potentially enhance learning, promote positive thinking, or influence behavior.

The concept is based on the idea that during this transitional period, often called the hypnagogic state, the mind may be more receptive to new information or suggestions. Proponents of sleep programming suggest that this could be an effective time for personal growth, learning, instilling new beliefs, or rewiring thought patterns.

Depending on your desired outcome, you may choose a specific topic to “program” your mind with. For example, you may want help to program your mind to support goals like improved health, increased confidence, or deeper sleep.

Does sleep programming work? Research shows that when we bring our minds into a highly relaxed and focused state, we are better able to listen and respond to suggestions. This is commonly experienced in hypnosis, an experience that allows people to guide their subconscious to healthy habits, reframe thoughts and beliefs, gain a sense of control, and build positive expectations.[1-3]

The concept of sleep programming involves a particular relaxed state called the hypnagogic state – that drowsy period where you’re not quite asleep but no longer fully awake.

Understanding the hypnagogic state and its role in sleep programmingThe hypnagogic state is a unique phase of consciousness that occurs as we fall asleep.

It’s characterized by:

• Relaxed brain activity
• Increased suggestibility
• Reduced critical thinking
• Enhanced creativity and receptivity to ideas [4]

This state offers a potentially powerful window for influencing the mind. But what does science say about the effectiveness of programming our minds during this time between wake and sleep?

While the scientific evidence in this area is still developing, research on the hypnagogic state and sleep-related learning provides intriguing possibilities.

Findings suggests that that time when we are relaxed and falling asleep can indeed be conducive to learning and internalizing new information.[5]

Researchers note that “external stimuli are readily incorporated in the hypnagogic state.”[5] It turns out that we are unusually receptive to external input when we are between wake and sleep. It’s kind of like our barriers are down and our brains are more likely to take in new information – such as those presented through positive affirmations or meditative suggestions.

Furthermore, researchers know that memory consolidation happens during sleep. This might help any new ideas or positive affirmations presented before bed to be better ingrained into our memory throughout the night.[6]

When we are getting drowsy before sleep, alpha brain waves also increase. Alpha waves are associated with creativity, learning and problem solving.[7,8]

A study from 2017 in the journal Science Advances found that “there is a creative sweet spot within the sleep-onset period,” suggesting that we are able to better solve problems and gain new insights when we spend time in the “twilight zone” between sleep and wakefulness.[9]

You may be more likely to have “aha moments” or think of new solutions you haven’t before in the time right before falling asleep.

In fact, many successful scientists, artists, and other well-known professionals intentionally use this hypnagogic state to solve problems or enhance their creativity – like Beethoven, Carl Jung, Edison, Newton, Tesla, and others.

As you can see, there are many different ways in which the time before bed is particularly well suited to helping you shift your mindset and embrace new information.

The power of Tapping + sleep programming: A potent combinationThe key to making sleep programming work seems to be leveraging that unique, relaxed, and receptive state of mind that occurs as we transition from wakefulness to sleep.

Research tells us that when we combine the power of relaxation with the power of hypnotic suggestions, we can achieve even greater results.[10]

One effective way to tap into that state of mind is to use EFT Tapping. EFT Tapping is a stress-reduction technique that combines elements of psychotherapy with acupressure. It involves tapping on specific points on the body while focusing on particular thoughts or emotions.

The technique of EFT Tapping has been shown to lower cortisol levels and shift our brains and bodies from a state of stress to one of calm.[11]

The bottom line? Tapping can help induce a state of deep relaxation, potentially making the mind even more receptive to positive suggestions.

To learn more about the power of sleep programming with Tapping, check out this comprehensive article.

How to do sleep programming with EFT Tapping In The Tapping Solution App, we offer a whole category of Sleep Programming Tapping meditations. These sessions are designed to help you first calm down and get into a highly relaxed state using the power of Tapping. And then from that state of calm, you are led through positive suggestions and visualizations to support whatever the target objective may be for the meditation.

By combining Tapping with the concepts of sleep programming, you’re not only leveraging the receptive hypnagogic state but also actively reducing stress, promoting relaxation, and increasing the chances of deep, quality sleep. This dual approach can be extremely effective!

Here’s how you can use our Sleep Programming Tapping meditations to your benefit:

1. Choose a Tapping meditation: Select a guided Tapping meditation that focuses on your desired goal, such as reducing anxiety, boosting confidence, or improving sleep quality. The Tapping Solution App offers a variety of Sleep Programming Tapping meditations designed specifically for this purpose.
2. Get comfortable: Prepare for bed as usual, ensuring your sleeping environment is quiet, dark, and comfortable.
3. Start your Tapping session: Begin your chosen Tapping meditation as you’re lying in bed, ready to sleep. Follow along with the guided tapping points and affirmations.
4. Tap and absorb the positive affirmations: As the meditation progresses and you become more relaxed, allow the positive affirmations or suggestions to sink in. These are carefully crafted to align with your goals and promote positive change.
5. Drift off to sleep: Allow yourself to fall asleep whenever you’d like, even before the meditation is over. Even if you don’t hear every word consciously, your subconscious mind remains receptive to the positive messages.

For tips and tricks for making the most of Sleep Tapping Meditations in The Tapping Solution App, go here.

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Ready to give it a try? Want to explore the power of sleep programming combined with Tapping for relaxation, and see how it works for you?

The Tapping Solution App offers Sleep Programming Tapping meditations that leverage this approach. These sessions guide users through relaxation exercises and then provide positive suggestions as they drift off to sleep, aiming to promote positive changes in mood, mindset, and behavior.

Here are just a few of the many topics we offer:

• Sleep Through the Night Sleep Programming
• Increase my Optimism Sleep Programming
• Make Healthy Eating Choices Sleep Programming
• Increase Motivation & Productivity Sleep Programming
• Feeling Confident at Work Sleep Programming
• Get Stronger Sleep Programming
• Be Calm in Social Situations Sleep Programming
• Navigate Change with Ease Sleep Programming
• Release Colds and Flus Sleep Programming
• I Am Enough Sleep Programming

We’ve also created 3 Sleep Programming Challenges in the app that will help you create positive changes in your life and mindset:

1. 5 Day Sleep Programming for Positivity
2. 5 Day Sleep Programming for Productivity
3. 7 Day Sleep Programming for Health

Ready to explore the power of sleep programming combined with Taping? Download The Tapping Solution App right now, so you are ready to get started tonight.

By combining the relaxation of Tapping with positive suggestions as you drift off to sleep tonight, you might just wake up feeling more positive, motivated, and open to new possibilities.

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

P.S. If you have trouble sleeping in the first place and need help with your sleep in general, check out this guide to Tapping into Better Sleep, or try our free Sleep Support Tapping meditation called “Quiet My Racing Mind.” It’s one of our most popular sessions!

P.P.S. Make sure you explore all of the categories within the Tapping Solution Support, beyond just Sleep Support! You can also explore topics like Pain Relief, Wealth & Abundance, Support Your Body, and more.

Check out these 27 Tapping Playlists for Every Mood for meditation suggestions that can help you address whatever you might be dealing with right now!

References1. Sawni A, Breuner CC. Clinical Hypnosis, an Effective Mind-Body Modality for Adolescents with Behavioral and Physical Complaints. Children (Basel). 2017;4(4):19. Published 2017 Mar 24.. 2. Smith BL. “Hypnosis today.” American Psychological Association. Apa.org. https://www.apa.org/monitor/2011/01/hypnosis 3. “6 Surprising Health Benefits of Hypnosis.” Penn Medicine. Pennmedicine.org. https://www.pennmedicine.org/updates/blogs/health-and-wellness/2019/january/hypnosis 4. Ghibellini R, Meier B. The hypnagogic state: A brief update. J Sleep Res. 2023 Feb;32(1):e13719. doi: 10.1111/jsr.13719. Epub 2022 Aug 26. PMID: 36017720; PMCID: PMC10078162. 5. Schacter DL. The hypnagogic state: a critical review of the literature. Psychol Bull. 1976 May;83(3):452-81. 6. Rasch B, Born J. About sleep’s role in memory. Physiol Rev. 2013 Apr;93(2):681-766. 7. Lustenberger C, Boyle MR, Foulser AA, Mellin JM, Fröhlich F. Functional role of frontal alpha oscillations in creativity. Cortex. 2015 Jun;67:74-82. 8. Patel AK, Reddy V, Shumway KR, et al. Physiology, Sleep Stages. [Updated 2024 Jan 26]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2024 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK526132/ 9. Lacaux C, Andrillon T, Bastoul C, Idir Y, Fonteix-Galet A, Arnulf I, Oudiette D. Sleep onset is a creative sweet spot. Sci Adv. 2021 Dec 10;7(50):eabj5866. 10. Olendzki N, Elkins GR, Slonena E, Hung J, Rhodes JR. Mindful Hypnotherapy to Reduce Stress and Increase Mindfulness: A Randomized Controlled Pilot Study. Int J Clin Exp Hypn. 2020;68(2):151-166. 11. Stapleton P, Crighton G, Sabot D, O’Neill HM. Reexamining the effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: A randomized controlled trial. Psychol Trauma. 2020;12(8):869-877.

The post Does Sleep Programming Work? The Science of Programming Your Mind for Positive Change as You Fall Asleep appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from CancerWhy It’s Important to Be Brave and Take RisksA Real-Life Tapping Journey: Lianne’s Pathway from Pain to Positivity

View Details

Trauma and PTSD have a way of disrupting your entire life. Those haunting flashbacks, that intense fear, a constant state of hyper-vigilance… It’s like being trapped in a war zone inside your own mind – bringing intense fear, stress, and anxiety back into your life often when you least expect it. If you or someone you love is navigating the effects of trauma or PTSD, this is for you. We’re here to explore how Tapping for trauma can provide a path to healing and relief.

What is Tapping for trauma?Tapping, or Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT), is a mind-body approach that combines elements of ancient Chinese acupressure and modern psychology. When applied to trauma healing, EFT involves gently tapping on specific acupoints on the body while focusing on strong emotions, triggers, traumatic memories, or something else.

How does Tapping for trauma work?The basic premise of the Tapping for trauma technique is that unresolved emotional issues or past events may lead the brain to become “stuck” in a state of hyperarousal and contribute to physical and psychological symptoms.

The process of Tapping may actually help with rewiring the brain after trauma. The Tapping technique sends calming signals to the amygdala, the part of the brain responsible for processing emotions and that controls the fight-or-flight stress response.

Tapping tells your brain that you are safe, that it’s okay to let go of the stress, put the guards down, and actually relax.

By tapping on meridian endpoints while concentrating on the problem, you can release stuck emotions, reset your nervous system, create healthier neural pathways, and find healing and relief from even long-standing and deep rooted issues.

Tapping techniques for trauma and PTSDIf you are dealing with trauma or PTSD, always consult with your medical provider or psychotherapist. When using Tapping to work through complex concerns, we recommend getting the support of a therapist or trained EFT practitioner so you can safely navigate the process of healing.

As you begin your journey of using Tapping for trauma, you may be curious as to what the process may look like. Let’s break down the basic EFT Tapping sequence and some of the techniques you might use when using EFT for PTSD or trauma.

How to do the basic EFT Tapping sequenceThe basic EFT tapping sequence involves tapping on nine specific points, in this order:

1. Side of the Hand
2. Eyebrow
3. Side of the Eye
4. Under the Eye
5. Under the Nose
6. Under the Mouth
7. Collarbone
8. Under the Arm
9. Top of the Head

While using your fingertips to tap gently on these points, you focus on your emotion, memory, trigger, or whatever it may be. This may involve noticing how your body feels, playing a memory back like a movie in your mind, or repeating certain phrases out loud or in your mind.

Here’s the process, step by step:

1. Identify the issue: Focus on a specific trauma-related problem you want to address. This might be a memory, a physical sensation, a strong emotion, or something else.
2. Rate the intensity: On a scale of 0-10, how intense is the emotional charge, the physical sensation, the memory?
3. Create a setup statement: This should acknowledge how you are feeling, while also accepting yourself, such as “Even though I feel anxious in my body when I think about ___, I deeply and completely accept myself.”
4. Repeat the setup statement three times: Say it out loud or in your mind while continuously tapping on the side of the hand point.
5. Tap through the points: Gently tap each of the remaining points 5-7 times while focusing on the problem. You might reflect on the memory, play it out like a movie, or speak aloud your thoughts or feelings.
6. Complete the sequence: After tapping the Top of the Head, take a deep breath.
7. Re-rate the intensity: Has the intensity on the 0-10 scale gone down? If you don’t feel relief, repeat the process until you do.

To learn all about Tapping and master the basics of this technique, check out this comprehensive EFT Tapping guide.

Specific techniques for trauma release with EFT TappingWhen using EFT Tapping for trauma release, you may use a variety of techniques. These may include:

• Breaking down a traumatic memory into smaller details, such as visual memories, sounds, or emotions felt during or after the event.
• Focusing on physical sensations in your body when you feel triggered or emotionally aroused.
• Visualizing triggers in your mind, slowly exposing yourself to the trigger while reminding your mind and body you are safe in this moment.
• Using the “Movie Technique,” which involves running through the traumatic event in your mind like a movie, tapping through any intense emotions that arise.

Tapping for trauma guided demonstrationYou can watch the Tapping for trauma process in real time in this demonstration of Tapping to Clear Traumatic Events:

As you watch, tap along with us. Even if this isn’t your exact issue, you’ll be surprised as to what happens when you tap along!

The science behind Tapping for trauma Research shows that Tapping can significantly reduce cortisol levels – the stress hormone – by up to 43% in a single session. This reduction is vital for individuals dealing with trauma and PTSD, for whom daily stress can be so magnified.

Research on EFT Tapping for PTSD has shown promising results.

Studies have found that Tapping is very effective and provides significant benefit when treating PTSD – even holding its own against standard treatment options like CBT and EMDR.[1]

A study published in the Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease(CHECK) found that EFT Tapping was significantly effective in treating PTSD symptoms in veterans, with 90% of participants no longer meeting PTSD diagnostic criteria after just six sessions.[2]

According to survey findings, most practitioners find that even complex PTSD can be remediated in fewer than 10 Tapping sessions.[3] Tapping has even been ranked as one of the top two most effective techniques for treating PTSD in young people.[1]

Case studies have shown Tapping to help people heal from traumatic brain injury symptoms related to PTSD.

We’ve also seen the benefits of using Tapping for healing in communities affected by traumas (including school shootings, natural disasters, and more) – and these benefits have been documented worldwide.[4] Go here to read a heartwarming story of how Tapping helped parents affected by a school shooting heal.

Success stories of using Tapping for trauma and PTSDHere are a few real-life stories from people who’ve used Tapping to heal from trauma or PTSD:

“It’s a daily struggle every day with CPTSD. In all my 81 yrs I’ve never believed I could feel peace. In the last 4 yrs of daily tapping I’m having moments of healing and peace, and finally sharing my deep sense of aloneness and fear with others I feel safe with.” -Pamela

“I suffer from agoraphobia, anxiety, and C-PTSD and these meditations are really helping me a great deal! I am becoming less hypervigiliant and able to focus on what I am doing instead of get distracted and need to investigate every sound I hear. My stress level is decreasing, and I feel much more relaxed. I am happier! Life is more enjoyable! These are miracles for me and give me hope that I can recover from C-PTSD and past trauma” – Andrea

“Tapping has been invaluable in helping heal C-PTSD and chronic anxiety. My true and healthy self is emerging, and I am beyond grateful.” -Carol

“Tapping has helped me deal with the fallout from years of PTSD… It is amazing that just a few moments can have such a dramatic positive effect. If you are on the fence about it PLEASE just try it. I was worried in the beginning-it sounded like nonsense to me and I wanted to make sure I practiced where no one could see me! I scoffed and would have missed out on a life changing technique.” -David

“Life-changing. I‘ve been struggling with low self-esteem for years due to trauma. I have done this tapping meditation and other energy medicine protocols for several years, and this time, I was ready. In one week I went from complete overwhelm to inner peace. Thank you.” -Andrea

“As a person that has had a lot of trauma in my life, some as an unknown source, tapping has helped me feel PEACEFUL and secure. I have been able to sleep better & change my thinking.” -Tesser

Start your own healing journey with Tapping for traumaFor many of us, traumatic events don’t just happen once. They may only literally happen once in “real” time, but we replay them, hold onto them, and run through them again and again and again. When we let go of patterns keeping us stuck in fight-or-flight with the help of Tapping, we can truly heal the past and transform our futures.

If you’ve been affected by trauma in your life, Tapping can be an extremely effective tool to support your healing.

When using Tapping for ptsd or trauma, intense emotions may arise. Here are some tips to help you on your journey:

1. Start slow and gentle. Tap on one aspect at a time rather than the whole traumatic event. Keep it general at first (like “this feeling”) rather than more specific details. Take it step by step.
2. Take breaks and practice self-care throughout the process.
3. Work with a qualified professional to safely process your trauma. Many therapists use EFT in their practice, and they may be able to combine different techniques along with Tapping to help you heal.

You can find experienced EFT Practitioners to support you online through our directory here.

I encourage you to try The Tapping Solution App, which features guided Tapping sessions specifically designed for helping to calm the amygdala, quiet the fight-or-flight response, and allow your brain and body to finally settle into a state of greater peace and ease.

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Download the app for free today from your preferred app store, and you’ll find hundreds of options ready for you. Everything from “Stop a Panic Attack” to “Feeling Safe and Secure,” to “Releasing Fear” – we’ve got a meditation for every need.

Our Trauma Support Category includes a 5-Day Transforming Trauma Series led by psychotherapist Dr. Arielle Schwartz, which is a great place to start your healing journey!

Click here on your mobile device to access this series, or open The Tapping Solution App and search for “Transforming Trauma.”

Remember, healing is possible. With tools like Tapping, support from professionals, and your own courage and resilience, you can move beyond trauma and reclaim your life.

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

References1. Mavranezouli I, Megnin-Viggars O, Daly C, et al. Research Review: Psychological and psychosocial treatments for children and young people with post-traumatic stress disorder: a network meta-analysis. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry. 2020;61(1):18-29. 2. Church D, Hawk C, Brooks AJ, Toukolehto O, Wren M, Dinter I, Stein P. Psychological trauma symptom improvement in veterans using emotional freedom techniques: a randomized controlled trial. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2013 Feb;201(2):153-60. 3. Church D, Stern S, Boath E, Stewart A, Feinstein D, Clond M. Emotional Freedom Techniques to Treat Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Veterans: Review of the Evidence, Survey of Practitioners, and Proposed Clinical Guidelines. Perm J. 2017;21:16-100. 4. Feinstein, D. Uses of Energy Psychology Following Catastrophic Events. Frontiers in Psychology. 2022;12.

The post Tapping for Trauma: A Comprehensive Guide to EFT Techniques for Healing Trauma and PTSD appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Research: Tapping Proves Effective for Reducing Breast Cancer Treatment Side EffectsWhat’s Your Relationship With Sleep?12 Reasons to Use The Tapping Solution App

View Details

Menopause is often portrayed as a challenging and uncomfortable phase of life that we just have to “get through”… But does it really have to be that way?

What if we could reframe menopause not as a negative part of life, but as an empowering journey of self-discovery and renewal?

We had the pleasure to collaborate with Dr. Aviva Romm, a Yale-trained physician and best-selling author who is on a mission to help women reclaim their health and embrace their power at every stage of life – especially during menopause.

We’re going to dive into five empowering truths about menopause that can rewrite the narrative and change the game for women (and explore how Tapping can support you on this journey).

But first, let’s meet Dr. Aviva Romm.

Introducing… Dr. Aviva Romm!Dr. Aviva Romm is a Yale-trained, Board Certified Family Physician with specialties in women’s health, obstetrics, pediatrics, and integrative medicine. She is also a midwife, herbalist and a NYT Bestselling author of 9 books including Hormone Intelligence and The Adrenal Thyroid Revolution.

Through her books, online educational programs, membership communities, medical practice, innovative group medical models, and other resources, Dr. Aviva’s work helps women take empowered ownership of their bodies, health, and healthcare, supporting women in harnessing their natural healing abilities while knowing how to effectively navigate conventional medicine, integrative medicine, and wellness therapies.

You can learn more about her work here.

In collaboration with The Tapping Solution App, Dr. Romm has created a series of transformative Tapping meditations designed to support women through the menopausal transition. These meditations combine the power of Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT) with Dr. Romm’s expertise in women’s health to provide a holistic approach to navigating menopause.

5 empowering truths about menopause from Dr. RommLet’s explore five empowering truths about menopause, inspired by Dr. Romm’s wisdom:

1. Menopause is not an ending – it’s a new beginningMany women view menopause as the end of a chapter, but Dr. Romm encourages us to see it differently – as an exciting new beginning. This phase of life is an opportunity to rediscover yourself, to explore what makes you feel alive, whole, and fulfilled. It’s a chance to rekindle your inner spark and embark on new adventures.

Here’s your mantra:

“I’m open to embracing this as an exciting new beginning.”

Play Now

1. Your body is changing, and that can be a beautiful thing!It’s easy to judge ourselves and our bodies as they change during menopause.

However, Dr. Romm invites us to shift our perspective and open ourselves up to seeing beauty in the changes.

She encourages you to embrace the idea that you can fall in love with your current self, your current body, and your current life. This is your opportunity to find peace in the present moment and appreciate the beauty of this new phase.

Here’s your mantra:

“I am open to seeing beauty in the changes, and loving and accepting myself through this transition.”

Play Now

1. You have the power to feel calm and empoweredMenopause can bring worry and stress, but those don’t have to overtake your entire experience.

As Dr. Romm affirms, you can find peace within yourself, no matter what external changes are happening. By honoring the natural cycles of your body with love and navigating changes with an open heart, you can cultivate a sense of inner strength and serenity. You and your body are powerful and resilient – so you trust that!

Here’s your mantra:

“I am open to feeling more calm and empowered.”

Play Now

1. Menopause symptoms don’t have to define your lifeWhile menopause can bring challenges like sleep disturbances, mood swings, and brain fog, Dr. Romm reminds us that these symptoms don’t have to control our lives. With the right mindset and support, you can manage these changes effectively.

Dr. Romm encourages us to view our bodies as resilient and capable. By cultivating a positive outlook and practicing self-compassion and self-care, we can work harmoniously with our bodies through this transition. Remember that these symptoms are often temporary. Trust in your body’s wisdom and its ability to adjust and heal.

Here are some mantras for you:

“I am open to having a restful night’s sleep tonight.”

“Clarity is available to me whenever I need it.”

“Ease is flowing through every cell in my body.”

“My body is resilient and strong.”

Play Now

Play Now

Play Now

1. This is a time to step into your power and do life your own wayMenopause is a time of profound growth and insight. Embrace the wealth of experience and knowledge you’ve accumulated over the years that have led you to this time of transition.

As you navigate this transition, remember that you have the strength and wisdom to do it your way. You don’t need to conform to anyone else’s expectations or stereotypes about what menopause should look like. This is your journey, and you have the power to make it uniquely yours. So use this time to connect more deeply with what’s most important to you and to shape your life in a way that brings you joy, fulfillment, and purpose.

This is your time to shine, to explore new passions, to set new goals, and to create a life that truly resonates with who you are becoming.

Here’s your mantra:

“I choose to do this my way, and step into my most powerful self.”

Navigating your menopause journey with TappingDr. Aviva Romm’s Tapping meditations in The Tapping Solution App offer a powerful tool for embodying these five empowering truths – and many more!

Tapping, also known as EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques), is a simple yet effective method for releasing stress, anxiety, and strong emotions. By combining gentle tapping on specific acupressure points with focused reflection, you can release limiting beliefs and embrace a more positive, empowering mindset about menopause… all the while promoting peace and ease in your body.

The meditations in this collection cover a range of topics, from improving sleep and boosting mood to finding self-love and acceptance during this transition. They provide a practical, accessible way to work through the emotional and physical challenges of menopause while cultivating a sense of empowerment and optimism.

To get started tapping along with Dr. Romm, click below on your mobile device, or search “menopause” in The Tapping Solution App.

Play Now

Additional menopause support resources from Dr. Aviva RommRenowned for her expertise in helping women and thrive in all areas of their lives, Dr. Romm is your go-to resource for anything and everything women’s health related.

If you haven’t read her book Hormone Intelligence yet, this is a great place to start. You can also check out her website to find courses, books, podcast episodes, and other amazing resources to support you on your journey.

Remember, menopause is not just a phase to “get through” – it’s an opportunity to thrive, grow, and step into your power like never before. With the wisdom of Dr. Aviva Romm and the support of Tapping meditations, you have the tools to transform your menopausal experience into a journey of self-discovery, renewal, and empowerment.

Are you ready to embrace your journey with a new perspective? Your empowered, vibrant future is waiting!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Jessica Ortner

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace The post 5 Empowering Truths About Menopause: Wisdom from Dr. Aviva Romm appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Healing Your Gut: Extended Session – The Tapping Solution AppHow Tapping Can Help Your Child AND You Get to Sleep – A Video StoryTapping for Restless Legs Syndrome – The Tapping Solution App

View Details

Imagine discovering a technique that promises to alleviate your anxiety, reduce your stress, and even help manage physical pain – all without medication. It takes just 10 minutes per day. It’s completely free. It’s super simple and easy to do wherever and whenever you need it. Sounds too good to be true, right? That’s exactly what many people think when they first hear about Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT), also known as Tapping. But here’s the thing: sometimes something comes along that really is as incredible as it seems.

You might have come across alarming headlines or well-meaning blog posts warning you about the “dangers” of EFT Tapping and claiming that EFT is debunked. Perhaps you’ve heard myths like:

• “It’s just another New Age fad with no real benefits.”
• “It’s dangerous and can make your problems worse.”
• “It’s a waste of time and money.”
• “It’s not supported by science.”
• “It’s probably just a placebo effect.”

In a world of miracle cures, it’s natural to be skeptical.

I get it. I’ve been there too. When I first heard about EFT Tapping, I was skeptical. It seemed too simple to be effective. But as someone who’s used it and studied it for several decades now, and taught it to millions of people worldwide who are saying it’s completely transformed their lives, I can confidently say it’s not the scam many people think it is.

This article aims to cut through the noise, examining EFT Tapping from all angles to help you make an informed decision about its validity and potential usefulness.

Understanding the controversy: What exactly is EFT Tapping?Also known as EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques), Tapping is a powerful stress relief technique based on the combined principles of ancient Chinese acupressure and modern psychology.

EFT Tapping is a set of techniques which utilize the body’s energy meridian points (from Chinese medicine practices). You stimulate these acupoints by tapping on them with your fingertips.

Tapping on these meridian points (the same used in acupuncture and acupressure) while you think about what is distressing you helps your mind understand that you are not in any physical danger and it is safe to relax, reducing cortisol levels.

The theory behind this technique is that tapping on the points sends calming signals to the brain, helping to regulate the nervous system, turn down the stress response, and help people to better process and manage emotions.

It’s like acupuncture without the needles, mixed with a dash of psychology.

So, is this technique a scam, or is it a legitimate healing technique?

Critics of EFT Tapping often raise the following points:

• Lack of scientific basis: The concept of “energy meridians” isn’t generally recognized by mainstream medicine.
• Oversimplification: The idea that EFT Tapping can solve complex psychological issues seems too good to be true.
• Anecdotal evidence: With so much anecdotal support around EFT Tapping, some people are concerned the claims around benefits aren’t true.
• Placebo effect: Some argue that the benefits may simply be due to the power of suggestion.

Proponents of EFT Tapping, on the other hand, argue:

• Growing body of research: The evidence base for EFT Tapping is expanding, with over 300 research studies on the subject to date.
• Low risk: EFT Tapping is generally considered safe, with minimal side effects compared to some conventional treatments.
• Cost-effectiveness: EFT Tapping is free to learn and use, offering an affordable self-help tool for managing stress and emotions.
• Fast results: EFT Tapping often works fast. You can feel results in just minutes per day, without investing hours or days into.
• Simplicity and ease: EFT Tapping can be used alongside traditional therapies, potentially enhancing overall treatment outcomes for hard-to-treat conditions. Many cognitive behavioral therapists, for example, have found EFT Tapping and CBT to be a very powerful combination for their patients.

Examining the scientific evidence: Why EFT Tapping deserves a closer lookWhile early EFT Tapping research has previously been criticized for poor methodology, more rigorous studies have emerged in recent years. And the results are astounding!

There are now more than 300 scientific studies done on EFT Tapping, showing its effectiveness across a wide range of physical and mental health concerns.

Here are some of the key findings:

• Stress. A 2020 study found that just one hour of EFT Tapping led to a 43% decrease in cortisol levels (the stress hormone).[1]
• Anxiety. A systematic review and meta-analysis of studies on EFT Tapping for anxiety suggested that it leads to significant reductions in anxiety scores.[2]
• Depression. A review study from 2016 found that EFT Tapping was as effective, if not better than, standard depression treatments like medications and therapy. The results of the study showed an average reduction in symptoms of 41% when using Tapping for depression.[3]
• Sleep. A study in lawyers with sleep disorders found EFT Tapping to help improve sleep, and another study in older people found it to be effective for treating insomnia.[4,5]
• Cravings. An fMRI study showed that not only does EFT Tapping decrease the strength of food cravings, but it also leads to changes in brain activity in areas of the brain associated with cravings.[6]
• Pain. People who participated in a 4-day EFT training workshop experienced a 57% reduction in pain levels.[7] Another study in a group of healthcare workers showed that pain levels dropped significantly immediately following EFT Tapping, with improvements in pain lasting for several months after.[8]
• PTSD. A 2020 study ranked EFT Tapping as the second most effective treatment for PTSD in young people.[9]

We now know that EFT Tapping can affect cortisol levels, heart rate, blood pressure, and more. It has even been shown to positively alter brain activity and gene expression! [6,7,10,11]

All of these changes promote vibrant health and vitality from the inside out – protecting you from disease, low energy, reduced quality of life, and long-term health complications.

The power of Tapping is that it helps our brain to understand that we are not actually in any real danger… That it is safe to relax, and that it can deactivate that part of the brain and turn down that stress response.

EFT Debunked: Dispelling Common Myths About EFT TappingMyth 1: “EFT Tapping is just a placebo effect.”Reality: EFT Tapping has been documented to not only change how people feel, but also to lead to measurable changes in the body’s biochemistry and physiology. It can affect everything from feelings of stress or depression to cortisol levels, heart rate, blood pressure, and more.[1,7]

Based on the research, we now know that EFT Tapping helps calm the amygdala and turn down the stress response in the body. As stress is linked to so many different issues like anxiety, weight gain, sleep problems, lack of motivation, chronic pain, stomach issues, and depression, this gives Tapping the power to help people find relief and feel better when they are dealing with these kinds of concerns.

Myth 2: “There’s no scientific evidence supporting EFT Tapping.” Reality: Numerous peer-reviewed studies support EFT Tapping’s effectiveness for certain conditions. And the number of studies published on EFT Tapping is growing by the year. This growing body of evidence includes randomized controlled trials, meta-analyses, and systematic reviews published in reputable scientific journals.

You can read more about the science and research here.

Myth 3: “Tapping on meridian points doesn’t make a difference.”Reality: Studies have actually shown that tapping on meridian points does matter and contributes to the effectiveness of EFT Tapping. The benefits are greater when people tap on these points compared to when they tap on on fake “sham” points.[12,13]

Myth 4: “It’s dangerous and can make you feel even worse.”Reality: EFT Tapping has virtually no known negative side effects. Unlike medication, which can come with a host of potential risks, Tapping is a gentle technique that can be performed safely in the comfort of your own home.

EFT Tapping is a powerful way to process strong emotions and difficult experiences. This can lead to a profound feeling of relief – and usually quite quickly.

Myth 5: “No legitimate professionals use EFT Tapping.”Reality: EFT Tapping was first developed by psychotherapists, and it has continued to be used and promoted by top mental health professionals all over the world in the decades since.

Today, many world-renowned therapists, coaches, and even doctors use this technique in their practices to support the mental and physical wellbeing of their clients and patients.

In fact, many healthcare professionals recommend The Tapping Solution App as a tool for their clients and patients. The App even has Tapping meditations led by doctors, therapists, coaches, and more who are proponents of this technique in their work.

The American Psychological Association (APA) has even acknowledged EFT Tapping as an evidence-based practice for treating PTSD. Recognition from a mainstream mental health organization is a significant leap in adding legitimacy to the practice.

Myth 6: “EFT Tapping will only work if you believe it will.”Reality: Even the most skeptical participants have found surprising benefits when they try EFT Tapping. It doesn’t require you to believe it will work for it to work.

Watch what happens when a skeptic taps on her shoulder pain here… It’s amazing to watch the outcome!

Myth 7: “It’s a waste of time and money.”Reality: Tapping is literally free. You don’t have to pay a single cent to learn it or to start using it. And the best part is, it doesn’t take a huge investment of time, either. You don’t have to go hide in a mountain for months and meditate all day to reap the benefits. You can incorporate it into your life easily, and can help if you only set aside a few minutes at a time.

In the end, the cost of not doing Tapping is often the biggest expense. Investing in yourself with this technique is worth it.

The verdict on EFT Tapping: fake hoax or legitimate healing technique?While healthy skepticism is important, dismissing EFT Tapping entirely as a scam or pseudoscience isn’t consistent with the evidence and what we now know about it. The growing body of research suggests that EFT Tapping has legitimate benefits for many different concerns.

And there are thousands and thousands of real-life stories from real people to back this up. Just go here to explore a few.

As with any healing method, approach Tapping with an open but critical mind. Consider the evidence, consult with healthcare professionals, and if you’re curious, try a simple Tapping sequence yourself to form your own opinion.

EFT Tapping is certainly not a cure-all, but it just might be a valuable tool to add to your healing toolkit.

Interested in learning more about Tapping? Download The Tapping Solution App today to learn the basics, give a few meditations a try for yourself, and see how it works for you.

The worst that could happen is you spend a few minutes slowing down, relaxing, and trying something new. The best thing that could happen is you embark on a brand new journey towards healing that changes your life forever.

As one of our users said, “You literally have nothing to lose… except anxiety!”

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Here’s what some real people have had to say about using Tapping in their own lives

“To say that I was a skeptic is an understatement. I felt the anxiety leave me and the sense of peace was unbelievable. You really can feel the difference after every session. Try it! What do you have to lose?! Let me tell you, there’s SO much to gain.”

-Katie

“Tapping feels like a miracle to me. I still can’t believe how much it has helped me sometimes. I suffered for 6 years straight with chronic insomnia and tried literally everything, including medications, which was the last straw and led me to try tapping. Within a few weeks of consistently tapping on insomnia with the use of this app, the insomnia went away. It has been gone for 6 months now. It has been invaluable for me.”

-Anonymous

“Awesome app, easy to use, it really works. Was a huge unbeliever. I’ve only just started day 1 and it’s really working already. Anyone suffering from anxiety, sleep issues, and beyond should give this app a go. It’s already worth it.”

-Jamie

“Life changing! This app is wonderful and easy to use. Tapping is THE missing piece for those of us who are stuck… wanting to make changes and life improvements, but unable to figure out the roadblocks holding us back.”

-Rena

Even if you are skeptical, give Tapping a try. You just might experience these kinds of unbelievable results for yourself!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

P.S. You can also get started with a simple Tapping script, like this Tapping meditation on forgiveness.

References1. Stapleton P, Crighton G, Sabot D, O’Neill HM. Reexamining the effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: A randomized controlled trial. Psychol Trauma. 2020;12(8):869-877. 2. Clond M. Emotional Freedom Techniques for Anxiety: A Systematic Review With Meta-analysis. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2016;204(5):388-395. 3. Nelms JA, Castel L. A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomized and Nonrandomized Trials of Clinical Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT) for the Treatment of Depression. Explore (NY). 2016;12(6):416-426. 4. Christina D, Panagiotis K, Liza V, George CP. Stress management for the treatment of sleep disorders in lawyers: Pilot experimental study in Athens, Hellas. Journal of Sleep Disorders: Treatment and Care. 2016; 5(2). 5. Lee JH, Chung SY, Kim JW. A comparison of Emotional Freedom Techniques–Insomnia (EFT-I) and Sleep Hygiene Education (SHE) in a geriatric population: A randomized controlled trial. Energy Psychology: Theory, Research, and Treatment. 2015;7(1):1–8. 6. Stapleton P, Buchanan C, Mitchell I, McGrath Y, Gorton P, Carter B. An initial investigation of neural changes in overweight adults with food cravings after emotional freedom techniques. OBM Integrative and Complementary. 2019;4(14):10-21926. 7. Bach D, Groesbeck G, Stapleton P, Sims R, Blickheuser K, Church D. Clinical EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) Improves Multiple Physiological Markers of Health. J Evid Based Integr Med. 2019;24:2515690X18823691. 8. Church D, Brooks AJ. The effect of a brief EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) self-intervention on anxiety, depression, pain and cravings in healthcare workers. Integr Med Clin J. 2010;9(5):40–44. 9. Mavranezouli I, Megnin-Viggars O, Daly C, et al. Research Review: Psychological and psychosocial treatments for children and young people with post-traumatic stress disorder: a network meta-analysis. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry. 2020;61(1):18-29. 10. Maharaj, ME. Differential Gene Expression after Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT) Treatment: A Novel Pilot Protocol for Salivary mRNA Assessment. Energy Psychology Journal. 2016;8(1):17-32. doi:10.9769/EPJ.2016.8.1.MM 11. Church D, Yount G, Rachlin K, Fox L, Nelms J. Epigenetic Effects of PTSD Remediation in Veterans Using Clinical Emotional Freedom Techniques: A Randomized Controlled Pilot Study. Am J Health Promot. 2018;32(1):112-122. doi:10.1177/0890117116661154 12. Church D, Stapleton P, Yang A, Gallo F. Is Tapping on Acupuncture Points an Active Ingredient in Emotional Freedom Techniques? A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis of Comparative Studies [published correction appears in J Nerv Ment Dis. 2020 Aug;208(8):632-635]. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2018;206(10):783-793. 13. Church D, Stapleton P, Kip K, Gallo F. Corrigendum to: Is Tapping on Acupuncture Points an Active Ingredient in Emotional Freedom Techniques: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Comparative Studies. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2020;208(8):632-635.

The post EFT Debunked: The Truth About Emotional Freedom Techniques (aka Tapping) appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from CancerWhy It’s Important to Be Brave and Take RisksGet the Inside Scoop: Celebrities Who Love to Tap

View Details

A magical new feature we’ve been dreaming up for YEARS is finally in the App!

It’s called the Daily Guidance Card Deck, and it’s unlike anything we’ve ever created before.

Watch this short video where my sister Jessica shares the heartwarming story of how this decades-old dream became a reality (and get a sneak peek into how it works!):

And if you’d like a step by step guide on how to use the 52-card deck, watch this short tutorial:

Ready to start your day with some guidance and inspiration? Head to the app now and find “Daily Guidance” on your dashboard. If you’re reading this on your phone, you can click here right now to go straight to it!

I’d love to hear which card you draw today and how it resonates with you. Comment below and let me know!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace The post BIG ANNOUNCEMENT: Introducing The Daily Guidance Card Deck! appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:The Tapping Solution AppThe Tapping Solution App – Instant Boost CategoryHow Does Tapping Work? All About EFT Tapping

View Details

When it comes to holistic healing methods, there’s often skepticism. Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT), also known as Tapping, has gained significant popularity as a holistic approach to managing stress, anxiety, and various emotional challenges. However, with its rise in prominence, some skeptics have raised concerns about its efficacy and safety.

These concerns might have left you feeling wary, confused, or even scared to try EFT Tapping. After all, when it comes to your mental and emotional wellbeing, you want to be sure you’re making the right choices.

If you’ve heard someone explain why Tapping should be avoided, you might be wondering: Are these rumors true? Is EFT Tapping really something to steer clear of, or is there more to the story?

Despite what critics might say, there’s a growing body of evidence that shows EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) EFT Tapping is not only safe but also highly effective for a range of issues, including anxiety, stress relief, and even physical pain.

This article will dive deep into the misunderstandings surrounding EFT Tapping, explaining its core principles and using science to debunk the myths.

Understanding EFT Tapping (aka Emotional Freedom Techniques)Before we explore why some believe EFT Tapping should be avoided, it’s important to understand what EFT Tapping actually is.

Also known as EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques), Tapping is a powerful stress relief technique based on the combined principles of ancient Chinese acupressure and modern psychology.

EFT Tapping is a set of techniques which utilize the body’s energy meridian points (from Chinese medicine practices). You stimulate these acupoints by tapping on them with your fingertips.

Tapping on these meridian points (the same used in acupuncture and acupressure) while you think about what is distressing you helps your mind understand that you are not in any physical danger and it is safe to relax, reducing cortisol levels.

The theory behind this technique is that tapping on the points sends calming signals to the brain, helping to regulate the nervous system, turn down the stress response, and help people to better process and manage emotions.

It’s like acupuncture without the needles, mixed with a dash of psychology.

But skeptics argue that the method lacks evidence. So, is there any scientific backing behind EFT Tapping, or is it all pseudoscience?

Want a deeper dive into EFT Tapping? Check out this complete guide that covers the Tapping basics.

5 False claims about why Tapping should be avoided Let’s take a closer look at why some people claim EFT Tapping should be avoided and what the evidence really says.

Claim #1: “It’s not supported by science. Any benefits are probably just the placebo effect.”This is perhaps the most common concern, and it’s an important one. We should always seek evidence for health claims. So, are claims that EFT Tapping is pseudoscience true or not? Does it actually work, and is there research to back it up?

The truth:

Contrary to what many people think, there’s a growing body of scientific research supporting EFT Tapping. In fact, there are now more than 300 studies on the subject, suggesting it can be effective for a wide range of different concerns.

Here are just some of the findings published in scientific journals:

• Stress. A 2020 study found that just one hour of EFT Tapping led to a 43% decrease in cortisol levels (the stress hormone).[1]
• Anxiety. A systematic review and meta-analysis of studies on EFT Tapping for anxiety suggested that it leads to significant reductions in anxiety scores.[2]
• Depression. A review study from 2016 found that EFT Tapping was as effective, if not better than, standard depression treatments like medications and therapy. The results of the study showed an average reduction in symptoms of 41% when using EFT Tapping for depression.[3]
• Sleep. A study in lawyers with sleep disorders found EFT Tapping to help improve sleep, and another study in older people found it to be effective for treating insomnia.[4,5]
• Cravings. An fMRI study showed that not only does Tapping decrease the strength of food cravings, but it also leads to changes in brain activity in areas of the brain associated with cravings.[6]
• Pain. People who participated in a 4-day EFT training workshop experienced a 57% reduction in pain levels.[7] Another study in a group of healthcare workers showed that pain levels dropped significantly immediately following EFT Tapping, with improvements in pain lasting for several months after.[8]
• PTSD. A 2020 study ranked EFT Tapping as the second most effective treatment for PTSD in young people.[9]

Due to this growing body of research, EFT Tapping is becoming more and more widely used by top doctors, therapists, and other healthcare professionals around the world.

The American Psychological Association (APA) has even acknowledged EFT Tapping as an evidence-based practice for treating PTSD. Recognition from a mainstream mental health organization is a significant leap in adding legitimacy to the practice.

Claim #2: “It’s dangerous.”Many people are concerned that EFT Tapping can be dangerous and have harmful side effects. In fact, “side effects of EFT Tapping” is one of the most commonly searched terms by skeptics.

The truth:

While it’s natural to be cautious, EFT Tapping has virtually no known negative side effects. Unlike medication, which can come with a host of potential risks, EFT Tapping is a gentle technique that can be performed safely by yourself in the comfort of your own home.

If anything, EFT Tapping can sometimes bring up intense emotions as you process deeper issues. But this is actually part of the healing process, not a side effect. In order to heal, we often have to bring up the emotions and experiences we’ve been carrying around for years.

That said, as with any therapeutic approach, it’s important to work with a qualified practitioner when dealing with serious mental or physical health concerns. EFT Tapping should be used as a complementary tool, not a replacement for professional medical or psychological treatment when needed.

Claim #3: “It’s a waste of time and money. You’re better off with traditional therapy.”Some critics argue that EFT Tapping is an ineffective use of time and resources compared to traditional therapy methods.

The truth:

Traditional therapy certainly has its place, and we wholeheartedly encourage people to work with a trained practitioner when working through difficult issues. But EFT Tapping can be a powerful complementary tool or even a standalone approach for many issues.

In fact, you can make a lot of progress with EFT Tapping for concerns that may otherwise take months to address with other techniques. It often works fast, and the effects are long lasting.

The beauty of EFT Tapping is that it can be done anytime, anywhere, with no special training, tools, or equipment. Just you and your fingertips. It’s totally free to learn and use.

Claim #4: “It can make your problems worse.”Some people fear that focusing on negative emotions during EFT Tapping will intensify them. I get it, it can be scary to sit with our emotions and really feel them. But is this really a risk of EFT Tapping? Or is there more to it?

The truth:

It might feel like focusing on negative emotions will make your problem worse. However, the opposite is actually true!

EFT Tapping allows you to safely process and release your emotions. By acknowledging and accepting your feelings while simultaneously sending calming signals to your brain through tapping, you’re actually helping to rewire your neural pathways. This process can lead to a reduction in the intensity of negative emotions over time, rather than making them worse.

Many users report feeling a sense of relief and lightness after tapping through difficult emotions.

Claim #5: “EFT Tapping is too simple to work so well.”Some people may say, “If it’s that simple, it can’t possibly be effective.” That something as straightforward as EFT Tapping on meridian points could reduce anxiety or relieve pain seems too good to be true for some. But it really is that good.

The truth:

While EFT Tapping is simple, that doesn’t make it ineffective. In fact, the simplicity of the technique is one of its greatest strengths. Just because something is easy to learn and accessible to everyone doesn’t mean it lacks depth or power.

Many scientific breakthroughs seemed “too simple” when they were first introduced, but later became cornerstones of health and wellness practices. For instance, the idea that handwashing could prevent the spread of disease was initially ridiculed by the medical community in the 19th century, but is now a fundamental health practice.

Thousands of people worldwide have reported positive experiences with EFT Tapping across a wide range of issues. This is because EFT Tapping helps address the root cause of common concerns like physical pain, insomnia, anxiety, low mood, and more – stress! When we actually calm our nervous system and relax the stress response that’s exacerbating all these other issues, we can finally find deep relief.

Check out this list of 23 symptoms of stress to find out how EFT Tapping can help you.

Real-world benefits: What people experience with EFT TappingEFT Tapping is changing millions of lives all over the world.

Common benefits include:

• Significant reduction in anxiety and stress levels
• Improved ability to regulate emotions
• Enhanced sleep quality and duration
• Decreased physical pain and discomfort
• Relief from cravings and addictive behaviors
• Noticeable boost in mood and overall outlook
• Enhanced sense of overall well-being and life satisfaction

Here’s what people are saying:

“Tapping has helped me break down walls that prevented good sleep, and limited my joy. With each session I feel more freedom from lifelong anxiety. It has changed my life.”

-Jason Siegel (Actor, producer and screenwriter)

“I’ve never heard of anything like this before. My Aunt introduced me to tapping and it is changing me. This truly works. I have very bad insomnia and anxiety and I never found something that worked, especially this instantly.”

-Ashley (Therapist)

“Life-changing. I’ve been struggling with low self-esteem for years due to trauma. In one week I went from complete overwhelm to inner peace.”

-Andrea (Tapping Solution App user)

“Tapping is helping me take control of my health in ways I never was able to achieve before!”

-Hocie (Tapping Solution App user)

Imagine how different your life could feel if you were able to experience these results for yourself in your own life?

Conclusion: Why Tapping should NOT be avoidedFor those searching for phrases like “why EFT tapping should be avoided” or “dangers of EFT,” it’s important to remember that many of the claims about EFT Tapping’s lack of effectiveness are based on misunderstanding or a lack of familiarity with the method.

As someone who was once skeptical myself, I understand the concerns. But I’ve also seen the transformative power of EFT Tapping firsthand.

I’ve watched veterans find peace after years of PTSD, seen chronic pain sufferers regain their quality of life, and witnessed countless individuals overcome anxiety and phobias that once controlled their lives.

Tapping certainly isn’t magic, and it’s not a cure-all. But it is a safe, effective tool that has helped millions of people worldwide.

Rather than avoiding EFT Tapping due to misunderstandings or fears, I encourage you to approach it with an open mind. Do your research, consult with qualified practitioners when needed, and consider giving it a try.

You can learn all about how to do EFT Tapping here, and familiarize yourself with the Tapping points here. Just be sure to avoid these 5 common mistakes people make with Tapping!

You might just find, like so many others have, that EFT Tapping opens the door to a level of emotional freedom and wellbeing you never thought possible.

If you’re still on the fence, why not dive in and experience it for yourself?

The worst that could happen is you spend a few minutes slowing down, relaxing, and trying something new. The best thing that could happen is you embark on a brand new journey towards healing that changes your life forever.

As one of our users said, “You literally have nothing to lose… except anxiety!”

Download The Tapping Solution App today and start your journey towards greater emotional freedom and well-being.

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

References1. Stapleton P, Crighton G, Sabot D, O’Neill HM. Reexamining the effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: A randomized controlled trial. Psychol Trauma. 2020;12(8):869-877. 2. Clond M. Emotional Freedom Techniques for Anxiety: A Systematic Review With Meta-analysis. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2016;204(5):388-395. 3. Nelms JA, Castel L. A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomized and Nonrandomized Trials of Clinical Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT) for the Treatment of Depression. Explore (NY). 2016;12(6):416-426. 4. Christina D, Panagiotis K, Liza V, George CP. Stress management for the treatment of sleep disorders in lawyers: Pilot experimental study in Athens, Hellas. Journal of Sleep Disorders: Treatment and Care. 2016; 5(2). 5. Lee JH, Chung SY, Kim JW. A comparison of Emotional Freedom Techniques–Insomnia (EFT-I) and Sleep Hygiene Education (SHE) in a geriatric population: A randomized controlled trial. Energy Psychology: Theory, Research, and Treatment. 2015;7(1):1–8. 6. Stapleton P, Buchanan C, Mitchell I, McGrath Y, Gorton P, Carter B. An initial investigation of neural changes in overweight adults with food cravings after emotional freedom techniques. OBM Integrative and Complementary. 2019;4(14):10-21926. 7. Bach D, Groesbeck G, Stapleton P, Sims R, Blickheuser K, Church D. Clinical EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) Improves Multiple Physiological Markers of Health. J Evid Based Integr Med. 2019;24:2515690X18823691. 8. Church D, Brooks AJ. The effect of a brief EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) self-intervention on anxiety, depression, pain and cravings in healthcare workers. Integr Med Clin J. 2010;9(5):40–44. 9. Mavranezouli I, Megnin-Viggars O, Daly C, et al. Research Review: Psychological and psychosocial treatments for children and young people with post-traumatic stress disorder: a network meta-analysis. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry. 2020;61(1):18-29.

The post Why Tapping Should Be Avoided: Are the Claims True, or Is There More to the Story? appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Does the Physical Act of Tapping on Acupoints Really Make a Difference? Research Says Yes!Simple Exercise to Bring More Self-Love and Self-Compassion Into Your DayWords of Wisdom and Comfort from Louise Hay

View Details

In today’s world, more and more people are looking for new, holistic ways to overcome trauma, anxiety, and emotional challenges without relying solely on medication. Two of the most talked-about techniques are Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT Tapping) and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR).

Both have gained recognition for their effectiveness, but how do they compare? Let’s dive into the world of EFT vs. EMDR to help you understand these powerful tools for emotional healing.

In this post, we’ll explore the similarities and differences between EFT and EMDR, dive into their effectiveness, and provide insights to help you decide which one might be best for your needs.

EFT Tapping and EMDR: What are they?EFT, also known as Emotional Freedom Techniques or Tapping, is a mind-body approach that combines elements of ancient Chinese acupressure and modern psychology. It involves gently tapping on specific points on the body (that correspond to meridians) while focusing on emotions or issues you want to address. This process helps calm the nervous system, reduce cortisol (the stress hormone), and rewire the brain’s emotional response.

EMDR is a psychotherapy treatment originally designed to alleviate the distress associated with traumatic memories. It uses bilateral stimulation, often in the form of side-to-side eye movements, while the patient focuses on traumatic memories. The process helps reduce the emotional intensity of those memories over time.

Many therapists use both EFT and EMDR therapy in their practices, and these techniques are even sometimes combined (for example in something called the Gamut Point Procedure).

But while both techniques aim to promote healing and emotional balance, they differ in their approach and application.

Comparing EMDR vs. EFT: Key Differences and SimilaritiesEFT Tapping and EMDR are both designed to help people manage and release emotional distress, but their methods and approaches differ significantly. Let’s take a closer look at how they stack up.

Key similarities1. Address emotional and psychological issues: Both EFT and EMDR are effective for navigating strong emotions, relieving stress and anxiety, and helping regulate your emotional state. 2. Used for trauma and PTSD: Both techniques are effectively used to help people heal from trauma and overcome PTSD symptoms. 3. Non-invasive and natural: Both are gentle, holistic approaches that don’t involve medication or invasive procedures. 4. Based on modern psychology principles: These techniques both draw from powerful psychological practices like cognitive behavioral therapy, exposure therapy, and memory reprocessing. 5. Involve bilateral stimulation: EFT and EMDR both involve a form of bilateral stimulation, meaning they stimulate both the left and right sights of the brain. 6. Effective and backed by research: Research supports the effectiveness of both techniques. For example, a comparative study published in the Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease found that both EFT and EMDR were similarly effective in reducing PTSD symptoms.[1]

Key differences1. Technique: EFT involves using your fingertips to tap on acupoints, while EMDR uses eye movements or other forms of bilateral stimulation. 2. Accessibility: EFT can be self-administered after learning the technique, while EMDR typically requires structured sessions led by a trained therapist. 3. Focus: EFT is often used for a wide range of issues, from daily stress to trauma. EMDR is primarily used for processing traumatic memories and healing from PTSD. 4. Duration: EFT can be practiced in short sessions; even just a few minutes can provide relief. EMDR sessions are typically longer and may require multiple sessions for full effect. 5. Cost: EFT can be learned and practiced for free, while EMDR usually involves the cost of therapy sessions.

Why Consider EFT Tapping? While both techniques have their merits, and both EMDR and EFT are extremely effective healing techniques for serious issues, EFT Tapping can offer some unique advantages.

Here’s why it’s such a powerful option:

1. Easy to learn and practice: You can learn the basics of Tapping in minutes and start applying it immediately.
2. No special equipment needed: All you need is your own hands.
3. Cost-effective: Once learned, Tapping is free to practice on your own. Additional support resources like books, app subscriptions, and others are generally low-cost options.
4. Can be done anywhere, anytime: Whether you’re at home, at work, or on the go, you can tap to find relief.
5. Addresses a wide range of issues: From anxiety and stress to physical pain and phobias, Tapping has shown effectiveness across various concerns.
6. Extremely effective: Many people report feeling calmer after just one Tapping session. And research shows it’s highly effective for even some of the most serious concerns (for example, it’s considered one of the most effective treatments for PTSD in young people). You can read all about the research on Tapping for PTSD here.
7. Empowering self-help tool: Once learned, you can use Tapping on your own, putting the power of healing in your hands.

As you can see, EFT Tapping stands out for both its simplicity and accessibility.

Ready to Try Tapping?If you’re intrigued by the power of EFT Tapping, you can learn all about Tapping here.

The Tapping Solution App is an excellent resource to get started and learn the technique on your own.

With hundreds of guided Tapping meditations covering a wide range of topics, it’s like having a Tapping coach in your pocket 24/7.

Our users report significant benefits:

• 41% reduction in anxiety after just 9 minutes of Tapping (based on 1 million+ uses of our Releasing Anxiety meditation)
• 36% drop in pain intensity after one session with our Release General Pain meditation
• 56% more confident after our Boost of Confidence meditation

Whether you’re dealing with stress, anxiety, trauma, or just want to improve your overall well-being, Tapping could be the tool you’ve been looking for.

Download The Tapping Solution App today and start your journey towards emotional freedom.

It’s free to try, and you might be surprised at how quickly you can find relief.

Remember, while both EFT and EMDR are powerful techniques, the best approach is the one that works for you.

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

P.S. Have you tried EFT Tapping or EMDR? Share your thoughts and experiences in the comments below

References1. Karatzias T, Power K, Brown K, McGoldrick T, Begum M, Young J, Loughran P, Chouliara Z, Adams S. A controlled comparison of the effectiveness and efficiency of two psychological therapies for posttraumatic stress disorder: eye movement desensitization and reprocessing vs. emotional freedom techniques. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2011 Jun;199(6):372-8.

The post EFT vs. EMDR: Comparing Two Powerful Techniques for Emotional Healing appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from CancerWhy It’s Important to Be Brave and Take RisksGet the Inside Scoop: Celebrities Who Love to Tap

View Details

Did you know that some of the most powerful meridian points for healing and stress relief are located right on your face?

When you tap on these face meridian points, you activate the body’s natural ability to calm the nervous system and bring balance to your emotional well-being and physical health.

In this guide, we’ll explore the most important meridian points on the face used in EFT Tapping.

You’ll discover their locations, benefits, and how stimulating these points can help alleviate stress, relieve pain, improve focus, and more.

What are face meridian points? Meridian points, also known as acupoints, are specific locations on the body where the body’s energy, or “qi,” flows. These points lie along energy pathways called meridians, which have been mapped out in traditional Chinese medicine for thousands of years.

There are hundreds of acupoints found throughout your body, with many being located on the head and face.

Research shows that when you stimulate meridian points, you send calming signals to the amygdala in the brain, the part of the brain responsible for dealing with stress and processing emotions like fear and anxiety. This stimulation can be done through traditional practices like acupressure and acupuncture, or through more modern techniques like EFT Tapping.

Several studies indicate that the simple act of tapping on acupoints can lead to measurable changes in our physiological and emotional state. Go here to learn all about the science-backed benefits of facial Tapping.

Want to learn more? Check out this guide for more information on meridians and acupoints.

The 5 key face meridian points used in EFT TappingIn EFT Tapping, we focus on nine key points, including five meridian points on the face that are easily accessible and incredibly effective in calming the nervous system.

Let’s dive into each of the major meridian points located on the face (plus a bonus point located on the head):

1. Eyebrow Point (Bladder Meridian)Location: Where the eyebrow begins, close to the bridge of the nose.

How It Helps: Tapping on the eyebrow point helps to release trauma, hurt, and sadness and promotes peace and emotional healing.

1. Side of the Eye (Gallbladder Meridian)Location: On the bone directly along the outside of either eye.

How It Helps: This point is connected to the gallbladder meridian, which is associated with decision-making and emotional stability. Tapping here can help alleviate feelings of resentment and anger while promoting clarity and compassion.

1. Under the Eye (Stomach Meridian)Location: On the bone directly either eye.

How It Helps: This point is linked to the stomach meridian, which can help ease fear, anxiety, and worry and promote feelings of contentment, calmness, and safety. Tapping under the eye is also often used to address physical symptoms of stress, like digestive discomfort or an unsettled stomach.

1. Under the Nose (Governing Vessel)Location: In the area directly between the nose and upper lip.

How It Helps: Tapping here can help release feelings of shame or powerlessness. It is particularly useful for cultivating self-acceptance, self-empowerment, and compassion for self and others.

1. Under the mouth (Conception Vessel)Location: In the crease just below your bottom lip and above the chin.

How It Helps: This point, associated with the conception vessel meridian, helps to release feelings of confusion and uncertainty. Tapping here encourages clarity, certainty, confidence, and self-acceptance.

Bonus: Top of the Head (Meeting Point of Multiple Meridians)Location: Directly on the crown of your head.

How It Helps: Although not located directly on the face, this point is part of the traditional EFT Tapping sequence and is where several major meridians intersect. It’s often the last point used, and it promotes spiritual connection while anchoring in the new balance that’s been created through the Tapping session.

Looking for more Tapping meridian points on the body? Here’s a complete guide to the traditional and alternative acupoints used in EFT Tapping.

Face Meridian ChartHow to Tap on Face Meridian PointsHere’s a simple step-by-step guide to using the face meridian points in Tapping:

1. Focus on the Issue: Begin by focusing on what’s bothering you, whether it’s stress, a strong emotion, or physical discomfort.
2. Rate Your Intensity: Rate the intensity of your feeling on a scale of 0 to 10.
3. Create a Setup Statement: Use a setup statement that acknowledges the issue while accepting yourself, such as “Even though I feel this anxiety, I deeply and completely accept myself” or “Even though I’m in pain, I accept how I feel and choose to relax now.”
4. Start Tapping: Tap about 5-7 times on each point. You can tap on just a few points on the face, or go through the entire Tapping sequence using all 9 Tapping points. As you tap, repeat reminder phrases to yourself that keep you focused on the issue, like “This anxiety,” “This worry,” or “This pain.”
5. Reassess: After tapping through the points, take a deep breath and assess how you feel. Has the intensity of your emotion decreased? If necessary, continue tapping until you feel better.

New to Tapping and want a full breakdown of the Tapping points, the sequence to follow, and top tips for making the most of this technique? You can learn the basics of what Tapping is and how to do it here.

Ready to experience the full power of EFT Tapping?Tapping on face meridian points is a simple, accessible tool that you can use anytime, anywhere to calm your mind and body. Whether you’re feeling stressed, anxious, or overwhelmed, Tapping can bring you back to a state of balance in just a few minutes.

Want to try it for yourself? Download The Tapping Solution App today to explore our vast library of guided Tapping meditations, including sessions specifically designed to help with stress, anxiety, pain relief, focus, and more.

Whether you’re new to Tapping or a seasoned practitioner, our app has something for everyone to help you get the most out of this powerful practice.

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

The post Face Meridian Points: Your Guide to EFT Tapping’s Powerful Facial Acupoints appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Wayne Dyer Woke Me Up This MorningImprove Your Sleep with TappingBreathe In, Breathe Out: A Simple Exercise to Shift Your Day!

View Details

EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques), also known as Tapping, is known for its ability to reduce stress, calm anxiety, and promote emotional healing. But what happens when we combine this powerful technique with another ancient energy system – the chakras? Together, EFT Tapping and the chakra system provide an integrative, holistic way to unblock energy, navigate strong emotions, and support your overall well-being.

In this guide, we’ll explore how to use EFT Tapping to unblock chakras and promote synergy in mind, body, and spirit.

EFT Tapping and chakras: The perfect pairTapping to unblock chakras is an incredibly effective way to clear emotional and energetic blockages because it combines two potent systems of healing: the ancient wisdom of the chakras and the scientifically supported technique of EFT Tapping.

Chakras are believed to be the energy centers of the body. There are seven in total, each associated with different aspects of your physical, emotional, and spiritual self. When these chakras are balanced and aligned, energy flows freely, promoting health and harmony. However, stress, trauma, and emotional pain can block or disrupt this flow, leading to physical or emotional discomfort.

EFT Tapping is a mind-body technique with roots in ancient Chinese acupressure and modern psychology that helps release stress, clear emotional blockages, and improve the flow of energy. By Tapping on specific meridian points (similar to acupressure points) while focusing on a specific issue, Tapping helps bring your body, mind, and emotions back into a calm and balanced state.

When you combine EFT with chakra work, you are able to bring your chakras back into alignment. As you tap and focus on each of the chakras, you can release emotional and energetic blocks, allowing your chakras to return to their natural state of balance. This in turn can help promote healing in all areas of your life.

The benefits of chakra clearing with EFT TappingMany people find that Tapping through the chakras not only provides relief from physical symptoms but also helps resolve deeper emotional issues and promotes spiritual growth.

Here are some of the potential benefits of chakra Tapping:

1. Emotional Balance: As you release stuck emotions, you may experience deeper emotional healing.
2. Improved Energy Flow: By clearing chakra blockages, you encourage better energy flow throughout your body.
3. Reduced Stress and Anxiety: As you come back into balance and calm your mind, body, and spirit, you can feel more relaxed and at ease in your daily life.
4. Enhanced Creativity and Confidence: Clearing your chakras with Tapping can help you step into your power, boost creativity, and overcome self-doubt.
5. Spiritual Growth: When your chakras are balanced and your nervous system is regulated with Tapping, you may feel more connected to yourself and the world around you, fostering a deeper sense of purpose and peace.

Whether you’re dealing with stress, anxiety, or a sense of being “stuck,” chakra tapping offers a holistic path to healing and self-discovery.

To learn more about the chakra system and the benefits of EFT chakra work, watch this interview with Carol Tuttle (you’ll even get to experience some chakra energy healing Tapping!)

How to do chakra Tapping with EFTHere’s a simple step-by-step guide to begin tapping through your chakras:

1. Identify the block or area of focus: First, choose an area of your life that needs attention. Get specific, and focus on an emotion, belief, or physical sensation related to one of your chakras. For example, if you’re feeling insecure or ungrounded, this could indicate a blocked Root Chakra, and you may want to focus on that.
2. Create a setup statement: Craft a statement that acknowledges the issue while accepting yourself. For example, “Even though I feel insecure and ungrounded, I accept myself and how I feel, and I’m open to bringing my root chakra back into alignment.”
3. Begin Tapping: Tap on the side of the hand Tapping point while repeating your setup statement.
4. Tap through the points: Tap through the rest of the 9 traditional EFT Tapping points in order (Eyebrow, Side of the Eye, Under the Eye, Under the Nose, Under the Mouth, Collarbone, Under the Arm, Top of the Head).
5. Use phrases specific to the chakra: As you tap, focus on the chakra and associate issue, using chakra-specific language. For example, for the Heart Chakra, you might say, “I’m struggling to forgive” and “I allow my heart chakra to begin to open.”
6. Take a deep breath and Assess: After one round of Tapping, take a deep breath and notice how you feel. Continue Tapping through the points in order until you feel a sense of relief or balance.

New to Tapping or need a refresher? Here’s a guide to the Tapping basics, and here’s a breakdown of all the Tapping points.

Chakra Tapping phrasesTo guide you through the process, here are some chakra-specific Tapping phrases you can use as setup statements to get your Tapping rounds started:

• Root Chakra: “Even though I feel unstable and unsafe, I choose to breathe deeply and ground myself now.”
• Sacral Chakra: “Even though I’m struggling with my creativity, I allow my emotions to flow freely and joyfully.”
• Solar Plexus Chakra: “Even though I’m lacking confidence, I step into my personal power with ease.”
• Heart Chakra: “Even though I’m feeling hurt, I choose to open my heart to love and compassion.”
• Throat Chakra: “Even though part of me is afraid to speak up, I choose to express myself with clarity and confidence.”
• Third Eye Chakra: “Even though I sometimes feel unsure, I open myself up to intuitive guidance.”
• Crown Chakra: “Even though I feel disconnected right now, I allow divine wisdom to flow through me.”

Root chakra Tapping meditationWant to experience EFT chakra Tapping for yourself, right now? Here’s a short and sweet video aimed to balance the root chakra with the help of Tapping:

https://tappingsolution.s3.amazonaws.com/videos/TIC/925000168-RootChakra.mp4Note: This is a sample Quick Tap from The Tapping Solution App. To experience all 7 Chakra Tuneup sessions, download the App and type “chakras” in the search bar.

Combining EFT with other healing techniques to balance chakrasWhile EFT Tapping is powerful on its own, combining it with other healing modalities can enhance its effectiveness in balancing your chakras. Here are some complementary techniques you might consider:

1. Visualization: As you tap, visualize each chakra as a spinning wheel of light, becoming brighter and clearer with each round of Tapping. This can deepen your connection to each energy center.
2. Hypnotherapy: Combine self-hypnosis techniques with EFT to access deeper levels of consciousness and facilitate chakra healing.
3. Crystal Healing: Hold or place crystals associated with specific chakras on your body while Tapping to amplify the energy work.
4. Sound Therapy: Incorporate chakra-specific healing frequencies or mantras into your Tapping practice to resonate with and balance each energy center.
5. Breathwork: Use specific breathing techniques aligned with each chakra as you tap to enhance energy flow and promote balance.

By integrating these complementary practices with EFT, you can create a holistic approach to chakra balancing that addresses your energy system on multiple levels. Experiment with different combinations to find what works best for you and your unique energy needs.

Using The Tapping Solution App for chakra clearingBy tapping through the chakras with EFT, you can release emotional blocks, improve energy flow, and promote healing on multiple levels.

Whether you’re new to Tapping or a seasoned practitioner, integrating chakra work can deepen your experience and bring you closer to a state of balance and harmony.

If you’re curious about using EFT and chakra work together, download The Tapping Solution App today and start with one of our Chakra Tuneups meditations.

This series of 2-minute guided video sessions will help you address each of the seven chakras as needed. Or, try our All 7 Chakra Tuneups session to bring harmony and balance to your entire chakra system.

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Additionally, for those looking for a deeper, more meditative experience, you can explore the Sleep Journey Into the Seven Chakras, a soothing guided meditation designed to balance your chakras as you drift off to sleep.

Have you done chakra Tapping? What’s you favorite way to combine the healing modalities of EFT and chakras? Share your thoughts and experiences in the comments below.

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

The post EFT and Chakras: Unlock Your Energy Centers with EFT Tapping appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:The Tapping Solution Sneak Peek! – Chapter 7: Releasing Physical PainLearning When to Slow DownCelebrate!

View Details

Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD) can feel overwhelming, consuming your thoughts and leading to compulsive behaviors that interfere with daily life. While traditional therapies like Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) and medication can be helpful, many people with OCD are looking for additional tools to manage their symptoms and take their healing into their own hands. That’s where EFT Tapping comes in.

Tapping for OCD offers a complementary approach to help you manage the anxiety and distress that come with OCD. In this guide, we’ll explore how EFT Tapping works for OCD and provide step-by-step instructions to help you integrate this powerful tool into your management plan.

Note: Please consult with a doctor on any symptoms you are experiencing. The information and meditations referenced here are designed to support your healing, and aren’t a substitute for professional medical advice.

How does Tapping for OCD work?Tapping (also known as Emotional Freedom Techniques or EFT) is a powerful mind-body approach that has shown promising results for many individuals struggling with OCD symptoms.

A unique combination of acupressure, psychology, and neuroscience principles, EFT Tapping for OCD works to interrupt the cycle of obsessive thoughts and compulsive behaviors in several ways:

• Calms the nervous system: Tapping on acupoints sends calming signals to the amygdala, the brain’s fear center. This helps reduce the anxiety and distress that fuel OCD.
• Rewires neural pathways: Tapping involves various strategies like reframing limiting beliefs, challenging unhelpful thoughts, visualization, neuro-linguistic programming, and more to create new, healthier neural connections in the brain.
• Provides an alternative coping strategy: Tapping gives you a concrete action to take when obsessive thoughts arise, providing a calming and healing alternative to compulsive behaviors.
• Addresses underlying emotions: Tapping allows you to safely process difficult emotions, memories, or experiences that may be at the root of OCD symptoms.
• Increases mindfulness: The Tapping sequence encourages present-moment awareness, helping break the spiral of anxious thoughts and bringing you back to the here and now.

Does Tapping for OCD really work? Research on EFT for OCD is still emerging, but studies on EFT for stress and anxiety shows promising results.

For example, a 2019 study found that Tapping decreased anxiety levels by 40%.[1] In The Tapping Solution App, we’ve observed similar results, with users experiencing an average reduction in anxiety of 41% after completing our Releasing Anxiety session (just 9 minutes long).

Researchers have also found that just one hour of Tapping can decrease cortisol (the stress hormone) levels by 43%, helping our bodies calm, our minds settle, and our entire nervous system return to a relaxed state.[2]

Since OCD is an anxiety-based disorder, these findings are encouraging and provide hope for those looking to support their OCD symptoms through Tapping.

We’ve heard story after story of people finding relief and freedom from OCD with the help of Tapping. Here are just a few real-life examples:

“Hi!! After 15 years of debilitating health and OCD that kept me housebound for most of the time, I am now starting a part time job next week!! I’ve been tapping daily for about 2 years and this is the result!!” –Chris

“Tapping has helped me and it has also improved my mood and I’ve noticed I have been more compassionate and forgiving to myself. I have also noticed a significant improvement in my OCD.” –Dylan

I’m so happy, I had to share my success! I’ve had this terrible habit throughout most of my life since I was about 13 that try as I might, I’ve never been successful to break. It has spontaneously disappeared sometimes for a year or even two at a stretch, but then just as spontaneously started up again, and no matter how hard I try, I’ve never been able to consciously stop. In the past year, it’s become stronger than ever. I’ve even been seeing a therapist to see if she could help me work through any stress or anxiety that might be underneath it (although I’m not aware of any particular emotion driving or triggering it). She introduced me to tapping. I’ve been tapping on it for the past 10 days, and yesterday, for the first time, I did not engage in the behaviour! Each time I caught myself starting or having the urge, I did some tapping (I think I tapped 3x on it yesterday).

Today the urge is strong again, and I’ve just tapped on it again. It’s helped reduce the urge enough that I’ve stopped for now. I’ll tap again when I need to. For the first time, I’m feeling hopeful that maybe I can finally break this habit!

AND, I also had a good day diet-wise yesterday too. Made healthy choices based on wanting to take care of myself and feel good in my body, more so than just to lose weight (I’ve been tapping on this too) –Audrey

Step-by-step EFT Tapping technique for OCDHere’s how to use Tapping to manage OCD symptoms:

1. Identify the specific obsession or compulsion you want to address. Rate its intensity from 0-10.
2. Create a setup statement that acknowledges the issue while accepting yourself. For example: “Even though I have this urge to check the locks repeatedly, I deeply and completely accept myself.”
3. Tap on the side of your hand while repeating your setup statement 3 times.
4. Tap through the following points 7-10 times each while focusing on your OCD symptom:
   • Eyebrow
   • Side of the eye
   • Under the eye
   • Under the nose
   • Under the mouth
   • Collarbone
   • Under the arm
   • Top of the head
5. Take a deep breath and reassess the intensity of your symptom. Repeat the process as needed until you feel relief.

New to Tapping? Want to learn the basics? Check out this comprehensive guide on how to do EFT Tapping.

EFT Tapping Script for OCDHere’s a basic Tapping script you can follow to address OCD symptoms:

Side of the hand:

“Even though I feel compelled to [specific compulsion], I accept myself and how I feel.”

“Even though this obsessive thought won’t go away, I’m open to feeling calm and in control.”

“Even though OCD makes me anxious, I choose to be gentle with myself.”

Eyebrow: “This obsessive thought”

Side of the eye: “I just feel so anxious”

Under the eye: “The urge to [compulsion]”

Under the nose: “Part of me feels out of control”

Under the mouth: “I want to get out of this pattern”

Collarbone: “But I can’t seem to stop”

Under the arm: “I fear something bad will happen”

Eyebrow: “What if I could let this go?”

Side of the eye: “Maybe I’m safer than I think”

Under the eye: “I choose to breathe deeply now”

Under the nose: “I’m open to shifting this old pattern”

Under the mouth: “I am strong, flexible, and resilient”

Collarbone: “Letting go of the need to [compulsion]”

Under arm: “I am in control of my actions”

Top of head: “Feeling calmer and more relaxed now”

Tips for using EFT Tapping for OCD1. Start with less intense symptoms: Begin by Tapping on milder obsessions or compulsions to build confidence in the technique. 2. Be specific: Target one thing at a time for best results, such as an intrusive thought or compulsion. 3. Customize your statements: Use language that resonates with your specific OCD experiences for maximum effectiveness. 4. Stay aware: As you tap, stay present with your physical sensations and emotions without judgment. 5. Be persistent: OCD patterns often take time to shift. Regular Tapping, even when symptoms aren’t present, can help rewire the brain. 6. Combine with other treatments: EFT is a great tool to put into your healing toolbox and can work well alongside therapy, medication, and other OCD management strategies. 7. Seek professional guidance: An EFT practitioner experienced with OCD can help tailor the technique to your needs and support you on your healing journey.

Getting started with Tapping for OCDMany people with OCD find Tapping to be a valuable tool for managing symptoms and reducing overall anxiety. The beauty of Tapping is that it’s always available to you as a coping strategy, no matter where you are.

If you’re interested in exploring EFT Tapping for OCD, anxiety, stress, or other concerns, The Tapping Solution App offers guided sessions specifically designed to support you through the process from start to finish. It’s like having a Tapping coach in your pocket 24/7.

Download the app for free today and see how it works for you.

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Here are some of the sessions you can choose from that might help:

• CBT & Tapping: The Power of Combined Therapies
• Change Your Thinking Category
• Anxiety Relief: I Can’t Stop Worrying About Everything
• Micro Boost of Safety
• Instant Boost of Peace
• Release Overwhelm Quick Tap

Remember, healing from OCD is a journey. Be patient and compassionate with yourself as you explore new ways to manage your symptoms.

Have you tried Tapping for OCD? Share your experience in the comments below!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

References1. Bach D, Groesbeck G, Stapleton P, Sims R, Blickheuser K, Church D. Clinical EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) Improves Multiple Physiological Markers of Health. J Evid Based Integr Med. 2019;24:2515690X18823691. doi:10.1177/2515690X18823691 2. Stapleton P, Crighton G, Sabot D, O’Neill HM. Reexamining the effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: A randomized controlled trial. Psychol Trauma. 2020;12(8):869-877.

The post Tapping for OCD: How EFT Tapping Can Help Manage Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder Symptoms appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:This Video is THAT good…What is possible? (Video with Bruce Lipton)Study Finds Tapping Helps Reduce PMS Symptoms

View Details

Most of us can’t even begin to imagine a life in which we face intense crises, emergencies, violence, and traumatic experiences one after the other, day after day, year after year without a break. But that’s the reality for frontline first responders working on the streets, who see and experience some of the toughest stuff out there on a daily basis.

For Samantha Sonnett, a 20-year NYPD veteran, these relentless pressures pushed her to the edge. After two decades on the job, she faced the all-too-common foe of burnout.

Journey with us as we uncover how Tapping became Samantha’s trusted go-to tool to regulate her nervous system and heal from burnout. Plus, learn about Samantha’s incredible work to help first responders around the country learn how to better take care of each other and themselves.

You can watch our full interview below.

But first, let’s meet Sam!

Meet Samantha SonnettSamantha Sonnett is a 20-year veteran of the NYPD. She specializes in counterterrorism, trains specialized units in chemical and biological warfare, and collaborates with the Department of Homeland Security and the Department of Defense on HazMat & WMD response strategies.

Before joining the NYPD, Samantha served in the US Air Force Reserves. As a police officer, she worked as an investigator for the Domestic Violence Unit, with her advocacy leading to significant changes in NYC’s Strangulation laws. Additionally, she engaged with the United Nations on human trafficking and women’s rights issues alongside global leaders.

Samantha’s Journey From Burnout to HealingAfter an initial period of feeling excited and energized by her job in the NYPD, Samantha noticed that she started to get tired. It’s a pattern she’s seen time and time again happen for almost everyone in the profession.

By the time Samantha hit her 10th year of service as a police officer on the streets of New York, she was fully burned out. The demands of being a first responder led her to experience mental and physical exhaustion, culminating in Post-Traumatic Stress Injury.

She would be at work for three days at a time, she never took time off, she couldn’t ever decompress… and it was weighing on her. She knew she needed a change.

Luckily a shift in her career to start in the counterterrorism department helped give her the reset she needed.

But it wasn’t as simple as that. Even though she was no longer on the streets experiencing intense situations one after the other, her body didn’t know how to calm down and feel safe. It didn’t know how to get out of the “fight-or-flight’ mode it had been stuck in for so long.

So, despite the stigma and blocks to doing so, she sought help.

Her first experience with conventional therapy was unfortunately a disaster. Her therapist asked her to journal about every single traumatic experience she’d had. She couldn’t do it.

As she told her therapist at the time: “Do you know how long it will take me to write about every single trauma from the last decade? I wouldn’t even know where to begin. It’s impossible.”

She tried her best, but it wasn’t working. It just made her feel worse.

That’s when she found a new therapist who taught her about how trauma is stored in the brain and body. And that’s when her true healing began.

She began to learn how to calm her nervous system down, and let it know it was OK to relax.

Her therapist introduced her to The Tapping Solution App, and it became one of her go-to tools to calm her nervous system.

Hear from Samantha herself: an exclusive interview If you want to hear the rest of Samantha’s story, learn why she loves Tapping so much, and discover how she became a collaborator with The Tapping Solution App to bring FREE content to first responders, then watch our interview here:

Come Tap with Samantha in the AppWe are so honored to be able to feature a collection of sessions led by and created in collaboration with Samantha Sonnett.

Only someone who’s been there, who’s lived and experienced the life of a first responder, can understand what it’s like.

Sam knows how impossible it can feel to decompress after a shift and be present at home.

She knows the toll burnout can take, and how it can feel like there’s never going to be a light at the end of the tunnel.

She knows how difficult it can be to rest at night when your brain and body are locked in fight-or-flight mode.

We are SO grateful Samantha helped us create sessions designed specifically for first responders, addressing the unique challenges they face in their day to day lives.

Our goal with these sessions was to provide first responders with tools they can use to support themselves anytime, anywhere they need it.

Here’s a sneak peak into the guided meditations we have in our First Responder Support Collection.

Note: As part of The Tapping Solution Foundation, these sessions are ALL FREE, ALL THE TIME.

Decompress after a shift, release stress and tension, and process the day so you can transition into whatever comes next feeling more grounded and at ease.

Get grounded and focused before a shift, so you can navigate the demands of the day and perform at your peak.

Reset and get ready to take on the rest of your shift with this powerful, short Tapping break.

Calm your nervous system, rest, and recover – so you can keep performing at your peak!

Release built-up stress so you can get the sleep you need to replenish your energy, strength, and focus.

If you are reading this on your phone, click the images above. If you’re on your computer, open the app on your phone and type the meditation title into the search bar.

Learn More About Samantha’s WorkAfter experiencing the power of healing her post-traumatic stress, regulating her nervous system, and learning tools to keep her in balance day in and day out, Samantha has been inspired to share these tools (like Tapping, meditation, deep breathing, and more) with as many people as possible.

In addition to creating these guided Tapping meditations for The Tapping Solution App, Sam is working hard to support the grassroots movements that are helping shape the landscape for first responders across the country.

As she shared,

“*We, as the first responder community, need to teach each other:

1. It’s okay to get support, and#2. This is how you do it, this is how you take back your power.*”

Samantha is in the process of building a large-scale online platform dedicated to the health and wellness of first responders, members of the military, and their families.

More information about this incredible project can be found here: www.gettheguild.com

A Message for First Responders Who May Be StrugglingWhen asked what she’d tell fellow first responders who are out there, giving their all, and feeling the weight of it, Samantha had this message to share:

“You are not alone. The things you are experiencing do not mean that you are weak, and it’s completely normal. Whatever you are going through, it is okay. Meet yourself wherever you are, and try to build a better life and be open to different avenues in which to do that.“

I’ve been so inspired by the work Samantha has done and is continuing to do to shape the future for first responders, military members, and their loved ones everywhere.

She has my heartfelt gratitude for her service, and I consider myself lucky to know and learn from her.

Do you know a first responder?

Police Officer
Firefighter
Paramedic
Emergency medical technician (EMT)
Dispatcher

Share the link to this blog with them, and be sure to let them know that the sessions in our First Responder Support Collection are ALL free, ALL the time!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Jessica Ortner

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace The post Tapping for First Responders: A Closeup with Samantha Sonnett appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Take the Next Step, Again and AgainMotivate Me to Have A Productive Day Tapping MeditationThe Tapping Solution App – Teacher Self-Care Tapping Meditations

View Details

Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) can make daily life challenging, affecting focus, organization, and emotional regulation. While traditional treatments like medication and therapy are common, many are turning to alternative, natural approaches that provide long-term results and put the power back in their own hands – like EFT Tapping (Emotional Freedom Techniques). But what exactly is EFT Tapping, and how can it help those with ADHD?

This guide will explore the potential benefits of Tapping for ADHD and provide practical tips for getting started.

What is Tapping for ADHD and how does it work? EFT Tapping is a mind-body technique that combines elements of modern psychology with acupressure. It involves gently tapping on specific acupoints on the body while focusing on thoughts and emotions related to a particular issue – in this case, thoughts or feelings related to ADHD symptoms.

Tapping has been shown to send calming signals to the brain, particularly the amygdala. By calming the brain and regulating the nervous system, Tapping may help individuals with ADHD better manage their symptoms and emotional reactions.

For people with ADHD, Tapping can help in several ways:

1. Focus Enhancement: Many people find Tapping to be helpful for improving concentration and reducing distractions so you can focus on the task at hand with greater ease and clarity. Tapping can clear mental clutter and often leads to a feeling of calm alertness that can be particularly helpful for individuals with ADHD.
2. Stress Reduction: ADHD often comes with heightened stress and anxiety, and stress and anxiety can also contribute to worsened symptoms (a vicious cycle!). Tapping has been shown to lower cortisol levels, helping to calm the nervous system and bring us from a state of stress to a state of peace and ease
3. Emotional Regulation: By addressing underlying emotional issues, Tapping may help improve emotional stability, which is often a challenge for those with ADHD.
4. Release of Limiting Beliefs: Tapping can help you identify and shift limiting beliefs associated with ADHD. You might start with a belief of “I’m bad at focusing,” but through Tapping can reinforce a more empowering belief of, “I can find strategies that help me concentrate on what’s important.”
5. Self-Acceptance: Many people with ADHD may judge themselves for their symptoms, or feel frustrated with themselves. Tapping often incorporates positive affirmations and elements of self-acceptance, which can boost self-esteem and reduce negative self-talk.

Tapping provides a reliable, simple, and free way to address whatever stressors, anxieties, doubts, or distractions may be getting in the way of what you’ve set out to do, helping you feel more peaceful, calm, and in the zone.

Tapping is also an excellent meditation alternative for people who might find it hard to sit still and find it soothing to fidget – like many people with ADHD. When you tap, you’re able to move your body as you tap through the Tapping points, making it a more “active” form of meditation than many traditional practices.

Because of this, many people with ADHD find Tapping to be a good fit compared to other meditation techniques.

EFT Tapping for ADHD: Does it really work?Note: Tapping should always be used as a complementary approach alongside professional medical advice and treatment.

While research specifically on Tapping for ADHD is still emerging, several studies have shown the effectiveness of Tapping on ADHD-related concerns such as anxiety, stress levels, school and work success, and more. You can read all about the research on Tapping here.

Many of the research-backed benefits of Tapping are directly relevant to managing ADHD symptoms and improving overall functioning for those with ADHD.

For example, one study from 2020 found that just one hour of Tapping can lead to a 43% decrease in cortisol levels (the stress hormone), helping our bodies calm down.[1] When our bodies are able to move into a relaxed and regulated state, we transition from feeling distracted, hyperaroused, and ungrounded to feeling settled, focused, and clear – a shift that can be particularly beneficial for individuals with ADHD.

Additionally, a 2019 study found that Tapping decreased anxiety by 40%.[2] We’ve observed similar results in data from The Tapping Solution App, where users experience an average reduction in anxiety of 41% after completing our Releasing Anxiety session (which is just 9 minutes long!). Given that anxiety often co-occurs with ADHD and can exacerbate its symptoms, these findings suggest that Tapping could be a valuable tool in managing ADHD-related challenges.

For ADHD specifically, many individuals report positive experiences with using Tapping:

“I have ADHD and a big part of managing my symptoms is to get grounded when I’ve become disregulated… I will definitely add this to my ADHD toolbox. ” -Kat

“This has helped my ADHD daughter so much to calm down to be really ready to sleep” -Chris

“Another success with tapping. I tapped every day of this term and my marks have gone from 4.0 GPA to 4.075 since tapping. ALSO this is without taking stimulant medication for my ADHD! I’ve never liked being on stimulants but felt I couldn’t keep my life in order without them. I’ve been off them since I started tapping (3 months) I just don’t feel the need for them anymore. I feel more clarity without them.” -Karrie

“I can’t believe how much stress has been lifted since starting this app. I’m so glad I found it, and been using it for 3 days and already noticed a difference. I have ADHD so it’s been super helpful for me.” – Melanie

“I am working with a therapist for help with my adult ADHD and one of the things that is so common is the negative self-talk and the frustration of why we still struggle with things we’ve been struggling with for decades. It leads us to tear ourselves down and beat ourselves up versus showing ourselves grace and compassion because we have a life challenge. This tapping session is such a great tool for my ADHD toolbox.” -Jenn (Instant Boost of Self-Love)

“I am so happy with this app. I was recently diagnosed with ADHD at the age of 56… the free selections really help calm down my racing mind.” -Tina

“This session truly centered me in a moment where I felt all over the place. I found it effective and accessible for people like me who deal with ADHD & resistance to change.” – Tameka (Rooted Resilience Quick Tap)

“I have Bipolar Disorder, Type II: Manic, Social Phobia, and ADHD. They give me everything from Adderall to Valium (literally), but when it comes down to it, EFT saves the day.” -Vicki

For an extra dose of inspiration, watch this moving video from a mom who’d try anything to get her son with ADHD to sleep better.

How to use Tapping for ADHDNow that we’ve explored what EFT Tapping is and how it can benefit those with ADHD, let’s dive into the practical application.

Learning how to tap effectively can be a game-changer in managing ADHD symptoms and improving overall well-being.

Tapping for ADHD involves focusing on specific challenges related to the condition while going through the Tapping sequence. If you are doing Tapping for ADHD you might tap on issues like:

• Difficulty focusing
• Feeling overwhelmed
• Procrastination
• Negative self-talk
• Settling your body

Below, we’ll walk through a simple Tapping sequence designed to help improve focus, a common challenge for those with ADHD. Feel free to modify the language to best fit your personal experience.

And if you’re new to Tapping or need a refresher on the basics, click here for a comprehensive guide on how to do Tapping.

OK, so are you ready to do some Tapping? Before we start, take a deep breath in… and then out. I always find that starting with a deep breath helps to get my energy flowing and opens up my mind to better find what to tap on.

Calibration: On a scale of 0-10, how much do you feel that you are struggling to focus right now (0 being not at all, and 10 being you’re really struggling to focus)

We’ll start off with a very general round of Tapping, and then get into more specifics.

ROUND ONE – General Tapping

Starting on the Karate Chop Point: “Even though I can’t focus, I accept myself anyway”
Again on the Karate Chop Point: “Even though I just can’t seem to focus, I accept myself anyway”
One last time on the Karate Chop Point: “Even though I really want to focus, but I just can’t seem to, I accept myself anyway”

Now we’ll go through all the points:

Eyebrow Point: “I can’t focus”
Side of the Eye: “I just can’t seem to focus”
Under the Eye: “I really want to focus”
Under the Nose: “But I just can’t seem to focus”
Chin Point: “I’m struggling to focus”
Collarbone Point: “I need to get things done”
Under the Arm: “I need to focus, but I just can’t seem to focus”
Top of the Head: “I can’t focus, but I accept myself anyway”

And now take a deep breath again.

Go ahead and calibrate again. On a scale of 0-10, how much do you feel that you are struggling to focus right now? Don’t worry if it’s close to the same, as we’re just getting started.

That was just a general round. Let’s get to tapping on some more specifics for you.

ROUND TWO – What are you distracted by?

When you think about focusing, what do you think might be getting in your way?

Is there something else in your life that is running in your mind that is taking away your focus? Are you worried about your finances? Or struggling with a relationship? Has something happened today that you’re upset about? Has anything happened recently that has changed your stress level, either up or down?

Fill in this sentence: I’m struggling to focus because in the back of my mind, I’m distracted by _____________.

OK, let’s do some tapping…

Starting on the Karate Chop Point: “Even though I’m struggling to focus because I’m distracted by _______________, I accept myself anyway.” (If you can’t think of anything just say “…because I’m distracted by something, and I can’t figure out what it is…”
Again on the Karate Chop Point: “Even though I just can’t seem to focus because in the back of my mind I’m thinking about ______________, I accept myself anyway”
One last time on the Karate Chop Point: “Even though I really want to focus, but I just can’t seem to because I’m distracted by __________________, I accept myself anyway”

Now we’ll go through all the points:

Eyebrow Point: “I’m distracted by _______________”
Side of the Eye: “I just can’t seem to focus”
Under the Eye: “I really want to focus”
Under the Nose: “But I just can’t seem to focus because I’m distracted by ________________”
Chin Point: “I’m struggling to focus”
Collarbone Point: “I need to get things done”
Under the Arm: “I need to focus, but I just can’t seem to focus because I’m distracted by _________________”
Top of the Head: “Even though I can’t focus because I’m distracted by ___________________, I accept myself anyway”

Back to the Eyebrow Point: “I’m struggling to focus because I’m distracted by ________________.
Side of the Eye: “What if I let this distraction go?”
Under the Eye: “What if I allowed this distraction to go away for a little while, so I can focus?”
Under the Nose: “What if I allowed myself to focus for a little while?”
Chin Point: “I’m struggling to focus because I’m distracted by _____________, but I accept myself anyway”
Collarbone Point: “I’m really distracted by _____________ in the back of my mind, but I don’t have to be”
Under the Arm: “I can allow the noise of the distraction to quiet down for a little while, and allow myself to focus”
Top of the Head: “I can allow the distraction to quiet down for a little while, and allow myself to focus”

Go ahead and calibrate again. On a scale of 0-10, how much do you feel that you are struggling to focus right now?

Now at this point, depending on what has come up for you, you have the choice to continue tapping on the distraction that has come up, or you can move on. If things came up as you were tapping, I suggest continuing tapping on that to resolve it, if it’s something you can address.

If you have something big that has come up that needs a lot of attention, and you’re at the office with other people around you, it may not be the best time. That’s when it’s best to tap to allow the distraction to quiet down for now, to allow you to focus. If you have the time and space to tap on what has come up, then feel free to do that.

ROUND THREE – What if I can’t focus and complete the tasks? And what if I do?

Very often the stress of having to get certain things done prevents us from focusing. When we’re too tied to a certain outcome or result, it can inhibit our ability to focus and achieve what we want to get done.

So let’s ask ourselves some important questions: If I’m not able to focus and get this done, what will happen? How will I feel? Am I concerned about what somebody will think of me if I don’t get this done? If so, who is that and what am I worried they think or say about me? How will I feel towards myself? What emotions come up when you think about not being able to focus and not accomplishing what you need to get done?

So fill in the blank with what you think might happen: “If I’m not able to focus and get this done, ____________________”

And then let’s think about the flip side. If you are able to focus and get the task done that you’re wanting to focus on, what will happen? Is there any downside to completing the task? What is the upside to completing it? How will you feel about yourself? Is there anybody that will be happy that you were able to focus and is there anybody that will be upset?

So fill in the blank with what you think might happen if you do get it done: “If I am able to focus and get this done, _____________________”

OK, let’s get to some Tapping… I asked a number of questions above that can bring up things to tap on. Find what is best for you to tap on. If you’re most concerned about what somebody will think of you, tap on that. Stressed about getting things done? Tap on that. Listen to your body when you answer the above questions and tap on the issue that is strongest for you.

For the purposes of this tapping, I’m going to focus on general stress and anxiety about focusing and getting the task or tasks done.

Starting on the Karate Chop Point: “Even though I feel stressed and anxious about focusing and getting this done, I accept myself anyway” (feel free to replace with any other emotions that have come up for you)
Again on the Karate Chop Point: “Even though I just can’t seem to focus, and I’m stressed and anxious about getting this done, I accept myself anyway”
One last time on the Karate Chop Point: “Even though I really want to focus, but I just can’t seem to because I’m stressed and feel anxious about getting this done, I accept myself anyway”

Now we’ll go through all the points:

Eyebrow Point: “I’m really stressed about getting this done”
Side of the Eye: “I’m worried about not getting this done in time”
Under the Eye: “I’m stressed about there being so much to do”
Under the Nose: “What if I don’t get this done?”
Chin Point: “I have to get this done”
Collarbone Point: “But I’m just so stressed about getting this done”
Under the Arm: “I feel so stressed about getting a lot of things done!”
Top of the Head: “Even though I’m stressed about getting this done, I accept myself anyway”

Back to the Eyebrow Point: “Maybe I can take it one step at a time”
Side of the Eye: “What if I let some of this stress go?”
Under the Eye: “What if I allowed this stress to go away for a little while, so I can focus?”
Under the Nose: “What would happen if I actually was able to focus and get this done?”
Chin Point: “Even if I’m not able to focus and get this done, I accept myself anyway”
Collarbone Point: “What if I just did my best and allowed the stress and anxiety to go away?”
Under the Arm: “I can allow the stress and anxiety to quiet down for a little while, and allow myself to focus”
Top of the Head: “I can allow the stress to release from my body, and allow myself to focus”

Go ahead and calibrate again. On a scale of 0-10, how much do you feel that you are struggling to focus right now?

Those were just three quick rounds to get you going. Continue Tapping as you feel the need for anything else that came up for you.

Go here for an audio guided meditation on Clearing Distractions and Creating Focus.

Conclusion: Is Tapping Right for Your ADHD Journey?EFT Tapping offers a promising, non-invasive approach to managing ADHD symptoms. Many individuals with ADHD find Tapping to be a valuable addition to their ADHD toolkit.

As with any new technique, it may take some time and practice to see results. Be patient with yourself and approach Tapping with an open mind. You may be surprised at the positive changes you experience in your focus, emotional regulation, and overall well-being.

Have you tried Tapping for ADHD? We’d love to hear about your experiences in the comments below!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

References1. Stapleton P, Crighton G, Sabot D, O’Neill HM. Reexamining the effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: A randomized controlled trial. Psychol Trauma. 2020;12(8):869-877. 2. Bach D, Groesbeck G, Stapleton P, Sims R, Blickheuser K, Church D. Clinical EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) Improves Multiple Physiological Markers of Health. J Evid Based Integr Med. 2019;24:2515690X18823691. doi:10.1177/2515690X18823691

The post Tapping for ADHD: A Comprehensive Guide to EFT for Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:This Video is THAT good…What is possible? (Video with Bruce Lipton)Study Finds Tapping Helps Reduce PMS Symptoms

View Details

Imagine itching, discomfort, and an uncontrollable urge to scratch… For 1 in 10 adults, this is the exhausting, daily reality of living with eczema.

Today, we’ve got an extra special treat in store for anyone dealing with eczema. Dr. Ana-Maria Temple, lovingly known as “The Eczema Lady” is here to transform the way we think about, treat, and heal from eczema.

Forget the creams and the expensive supplements; we’re going deeper. Dr. Ana-Maria is here to bust some myths and guide us through a holistic approach to eczema that goes beyond skin deep.

Meet Dr. Ana-Maria Temple, “The Eczema Lady”Dr. Ana-Maria Temple is a holistic pediatrician and mother of three living in Charlotte, NC.

She’s all about helping parents supercharge their kid’s health, and her mission is to educate, inspire, and empower families to raise healthy, strong, resilient children.

Known on Instagram as “The Eczema Lady,” Dr. Temple specializes in treating eczema and helps kids and families heal their skin holistically.

She’s helping people all around the world finally find lasting, real relief.

Top 5 things Dr. Ana-Maria wants you to know about eczema#1. Eczema isn’t just a skin issue, it’s a whole-body issueWe often think of eczema as just a skin problem. After all, the symptoms are all skin related – rashes, itchiness, sores, and so on.

But your skin is just where the problem shows itself.

As Dr. Ana-Maria says,

“Eczema is actually a whole-body issue that just happens to pop up on the skin. If you are going to heal eczema, you need to take a holistic, whole-body approach that addresses all the pieces of the puzzle. I believe eczema is nature’s way of telling us there is a problem inside.”

We can’t just put a lotion on or take a supplement and expect it all to be better. We need to look at all the factors, and address the true root causes of eczema.

This means looking at micronutrient deficiencies, diet and food sensitivities, and lifestyle factors – just to name a few examples. You can learn more about these factors and so much more in Dr. Ana-Maria’s book Ending the Eczema Epidemic.

While there are many different pieces of the puzzle that are important to address if you are healing from eczema, there’s one central piece of the puzzle that is essential.

And that brings me to the second thing Dr. Ana-Maria wants you to know:

2. Addressing stress is vital if you want to healThere’s a common theme that Dr. Ana-Maria continually sees in her practice when helping people treat eczema:

“I have seen it time and time again in my programs; everyone tries to skip the emotional part. People just want the right supplement, the right pill, the right diet that will magically fix everything. And so they literally skip over the emotional sections in my programs.”

But as Dr. Ana-Maria knows all too well from the thousands of families she has supported, it never works to skip the stress component.

There’s a biological link between stress and eczema. And you can’t avoid it.

When we are stressed, anxious, or dealing with strong emotions, the body goes into a state of fight or flight. In fight-or-flight mode, our body does things like release histamines and other chemical messengers which can contribute to eczema flare ups.

Simply put, if stress is present we aren’t in a healing state.

If we want to heal from eczema, we need to create a positive, calm, balanced internal environment.

As Dr. Ana-Maria puts it:

“You can’t put a band-aid on the outside to heal. You can’t out-supplement an anxious mind. You can’t out-lotion a stressful lifestyle. You have to address the root issue of stress and do the internal work in order to heal.”

Want help releasing stress and overwhelm? Try our Releasing Eczema-Related Stress & Overwhelm Tapping meditation in The Tapping Solution App!

Tip: Click here on your phone to go straight to this session in the app. Or, if you’re on your computer, open up the app on your phone and search for the title in the search bar!

3. If you’re mean to your body, it will be mean backThe way we treat ourselves and our body has a major impact on how we feel.

When our internal landscape is full of worries, overwhelm, self-judgment, self-criticism, and guilt, our physical bodies will suffer. All of that will come out to the surface and our symptoms will flare.

When it comes to eczema, Dr. Ana-Maria describes it like this:

“The body is like a two-year old having a tantrum. It will say, ‘If you’re mean to me, then I’m going to be mean back! I’m going to make you itch!’”

So guilt, self-judgment, critical self-talk… that all just feeds the tantrum and will make your symptoms even worse. Ultimately, the meaner you are to yourself and your body, the more your eczema will flare.

The solution? Learning to release self-judgment, practice self-love, and prioritize taking care of yourself.

This Tapping meditation can be a great place to start:

Tip: Click here on your phone to go straight to this session in the app. Or, if you’re on your computer, open up the app on your phone and search for the title in the search bar!

4. You’ll get the best results when you have a plan and supportEczema can be completely overwhelming and confusing. There’s so much information out there! And on top of that, society downplays the complexity of eczema, making people feel like they should be able to handle it themselves.

But that’s just not realistic.

As Dr. Ana-Maria says,

“If you had any other illness – heart disease, cancer, diabetes, whatever – no one would tell you ‘Go figure it out and heal yourself!’ Eczema should be no different.”

With eczema, you need someone to guide you, so you can have a plan and approach it in a systematic way. That’s where getting support from someone like Dr. Ana-Maria can make all the difference, so you can heal your body one intentional step at a time.

Dr. Ana-Maria says,

“People tend to read a bunch of information and then try to do it all. They buy all the supplements, they change their diet completely, and they just do everything all at once. But the body doesn’t respond to that well. You need to do it in the right order to get the best results with the least amount of side effects.”

Plus, having a plan with an expert guide does something else really important: it helps reduce stress and leaves us feeling more calm and in control.

Dr. Ana-Maria says this can make all the difference:

“People that heal with a plan have significantly lower anxiety than people who have to figure it out themselves. About a month into my program, moms say their anxiety decreased by 50%.”

You can read all about Dr. Ana-Maria’s courses and programs here (and even book a free call to see if you’re a good fit here).

5. Tapping is a powerful healing tool for eczemaAs we’ve learned, eczema is a whole-body issue. Stress, anxiety, fear, overwhelm, self-doubt, and other strong emotions can all block the body from healing.

We must learn to prioritize ourselves and create a positive, loving internal environment if we want to get relief.

Luckily, there is a tool that can help with all of that. Tapping!

Tapping is a scientifically-backed method that helps you manage stress and emotions. It’s even proven to lower cortisol levels (the stress hormone). That’s a really good thing for your body if you have eczema.

Tapping helps us cultivate a calm, balanced, loving internal environment – an environment in which the body can heal and thrive.
Dr. Ana-Maria loves using Tapping to help her patients heal. It’s one the top tools she recommends to reduce stress, calm the mind, and put the body into a healing state:

“My patients, my children, and myself love Tapping because one just follows along without too much overthinking and within 7-12 min, depending on the session, one feels the relief. It is very encouraging to sense the overwhelm or anxiety decrease with just one session.”

Try these Tapping meditations for eczemaWe’re so excited to share that Dr. Ana-Maria and The Tapping Solution App have partnered together to create transformational Tapping sessions designed specifically for people with eczema!

The Tapping meditations in our Eczema Support Collection are led by Dr. Ana-Maria herself and are designed to help you relieve stress about eczema, soothe itchy skin, promote healing and peace in your body, and so much more.

We even have a 5-Day Eczema Support Series to help walk you through the healing process with Tapping.

Here’s what you’ll find in the series:
Day 1: The Possibility of Hope and Healing
Day 2: Releasing Stress & Overwhelm
Day 3: Releasing Self-Judgment
Day 4: Exploring the Onset of Your Symptoms
Day 5: Imagining Healing & Freedom

To find all these sessions, follow these steps:

• If you’re reading this on your computer or laptop, grab your mobile phone, open up The Tapping Solution App, and click the search icon (). Type “eczema” into the search bar.
• If you’re reading this on your phone, click directly on this link and you’ll be brought straight to the category in the app.

Here’s what people have been saying:

Remember: you can heal!We’re so grateful to Dr. Ana-Maria for sharing her wisdom with us! Her insights help us see that eczema is a whole-body issue, one that requires peeling back the layers and addressing stress, anxiety, self-critical thoughts, and more.

If there’s one takeaway Dr. Ana-Maria wants you to walk away with, it’s this: you have the power to heal.

Life’s too short to be stressed and itchy. So put yourself at the top of your to-do list, take back control, integrate Dr. Ana-Maria’s wisdom, get the support you need, and start Tapping!

Join us in The Tapping Solution App, and let us know what you think of the meditations!
And if you’d like to learn more from Dr. Ana-Maria and get her expert support as you navigate this journey, be sure to check out her website and her book Ending the Eczema Epidemic.

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace The post 5 Things an Eczema Doctor Wants You to Know appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Sleep Support: Quiet My Racing MindHeal Your Body: Common Cold & Upper Respiratory IllnessReleasing Self-Doubt – Tapping Meditation

View Details

Your heart pounds like a drum in your chest. Sweat beads on your forehead as the world starts to spin. Your breath comes in short, painful gasps. Thoughts of dread race through your mind: “What’s happening to me?” you wonder. If you’ve ever experienced a panic attack, you know this terrifying scenario all too well.

In moments like these, you’d do anything to find relief. Traditional solutions like medication can help in the short term, but they often come with unwanted side effects and don’t actually address the root cause.

So imagine having a powerful tool at your fingertips that you could use anytime, anywhere to truly calm your mind and body during these intense episodes and even prevent future attacks? Introducing: Tapping for panic attacks.

Tapping is a powerful mind-body approach that combines elements of ancient Chinese acupressure and modern psychology to provide relief from anxiety, stress, and yes – even panic attacks.

In this comprehensive guide, we’ll explore how to use Tapping for panic attacks, diving deep into the technique and providing you with practical steps to find calm when you need it most – so you have the tools to prevent or relieve a panic attack next time you feel one coming.

Understanding panic attacksBefore we delve into the how-to of Tapping, let’s briefly understand what panic attacks are.

Panic attacks are sudden, intense surges of fear, panic, or anxiety that involve physical and psychological symptoms. They can be triggered by specific situations or can occur unexpectedly.

Common symptoms include:

• Rapid heartbeat
• Shortness of breath
• Chest pain or tightness
• Dizziness
• Sweating
• Nausea
• Trembling or shaking
• Feeling of impending doom or danger
• Fear of losing control

While the exact cause isn’t always clear, several factors can contribute:

• Chronic stress: Prolonged periods of stress can make you more susceptible to panic attacks.
• Traumatic experiences: Past traumas can trigger panic attacks, especially in situations reminiscent of the traumatic event.
• Major life changes: Significant life events, both positive and negative, can increase the likelihood of panic attacks.
• Family history: Anxiety disorders can run in families, so if you have a relative with panic disorder you may be at increased risk.
• Brain changes: Certain changes in the brain may play a role in panic attacks.
• Medication use or withdrawal: Caffeine, alcohol, and certain drugs can trigger panic attacks, as can withdrawal from these substances.
• Cognitive factors: Catastrophic thinking or overthinking patterns or misinterpretation of bodily sensations can lead to panic attacks.

How Tapping works for panic attacks Tapping is a simple yet effective technique that helps regulate your nervous system, bringing your body out of the fight-or-flight stress response often associated with panic and anxiety.

The process works through several interconnected mechanisms.

Firstly, tapping on specific acupoints sends calming signals to the amygdala, the brain’s alarm center. At the same time, you’re also focusing on your feelings and acknowledging your anxiety. The process also incorporates other evidence-based psychological strategies like concepts from exposure therapy, making it a comprehensive approach to anxiety management. By engaging both your body and mind, Tapping can quickly shift you out of panic mode and into a more balanced emotional state.

As you tap and acknowledge your feelings, you’re essentially telling your brain, “I’m safe, even though I feel anxious right now.”

Research backs this up: studies show that just one hour of Tapping can reduce cortisol (the stress hormone) levels by 43%. This significant drop in stress hormones may explain why Tapping can often provide almost immediate relief from the physical symptoms of anxiety and panic.

It’s incredible what a difference just a few minutes of Tapping can make. Our users report a 41% average reduction in anxiety after just 9 minutes when using our Releasing Anxiety Tapping meditation.

Moreover, regular practice of Tapping can lead to long-term changes in how your brain responds to stress. Through neuroplasticity – the brain’s ability to form new neural connections – Tapping can help your brain create new, calmer responses to situations that previously triggered panic or anxiety. It’s like retraining your brain to stay calm under pressure.

This makes Tapping for anxiety relief super helpful as a preventative measure for things like fear of flying, fear of the dentist, social anxiety, and more.

Where to tap for anxiety and panic attacks: understanding the Tapping pointsSo, how can we use Tapping to prevent or relieve panic attacks?

Tapping involves using your fingertips to gently tap on certain acupoints on the body – some of the same points used in acupressure and acupuncture.

While there are thousands of acupoints on the body where meridians can be accessed, you’ll use a set of nine traditional Tapping points when doing EFT Tapping for panic attacks:

1. Side of the Hand (Karate Chop) – This is the fleshy, narrow side of the hand on the side of the pinky finger.
2. Eyebrow – On the brow bone where the eyebrows begin, closest to the bridge of the nose.
3. Side of the Eye – On the bone directly along the outside of either eye.
4. Under the Eye – On the bone directly underneath either eye.
5. Under the Nose – The area directly beneath the nose and above the upper lip.
6. Under the Mouth – This is the area just below your bottom lip and above the chin, right in the crease.
7. Collarbone – Starting from where your collar bones meet in the center, go down an inch and out an inch on either side.
8. Under the Arm – On your side, about four inches beneath the armpit.
9. Top of the Head – Directly on the crown of your head.

Each point corresponds to different meridians in the body and can help address various aspects of anxiety and panic.

Now that you know where to tap for anxiety, let’s walk through the process.

How to do Tapping for panic attacks: A step-by-step guideWhen you’re experiencing a panic attack or intense anxiety, follow these steps to use Tapping to calm down:

1. Assess Your Anxiety Level: Rate your anxiety or panic on a scale from 0-10, with 10 being the most intense.
2. Create a Setup Statement: Acknowledge your feelings while accepting yourself. For example, “Even though I’m feeling this intense panic, I deeply and completely accept myself.”
3. Begin Tapping: Start tapping gently on the side of your hand while repeating your setup statement three times.
4. Tap through the points: Gently tap about 5-7 times on each of the remaining points while focusing on how you feel. Follow this sequence:
   • Eyebrow
   • Side of the eye
   • Under the eye
   • Under the nose
   • Under the mouth
   • Collarbone
   • Under the arm
   • Top of the head
5. Focus on Your Feelings: As you tap, focus on the physical sensations and thoughts associated with your panic or anxiety.
6. Use Reminder Phrases: At each point, use short phrases to keep your focus, such as “This feeling of dread,” or “This panic,” or “This tightness in my chest.” Repeat these in your mind or out loud.
7. Take a Deep Breath and Reassess: After completing one round, take a deep breath and rate your current anxiety level again.
8. Repeat as Necessary: Continue tapping through all the points until you feel a reduction in your anxiety or panic symptoms.

For an in-depth guide on how to Tap, go here.

Remember, there’s no “perfect” way to tap. The key is to maintain a rhythm and focus on your emotions as you go through the points.

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Tapping phrases for anxiety and panic attacksThe phrases you use while Tapping can significantly impact the effectiveness of the technique. Here are some examples of Tapping phrases for anxiety and panic attacks:

“Even though I feel this panic rising in my chest, I choose to remain calm and centered.”

“This anxiety feels overwhelming, but I am safe and in control.”

“My mind is overthinking and assuming the worst, but I choose to remember I am safe.”

“I release this fear and allow peace to fill my body.”

“My body knows how to relax, and I allow it to do so now.”

“I am stronger than this panic, and it will pass.”

To experience a Tapping meditation in action, follow along with me in this guided Tapping for anxiety session.

When to expect results from Tapping for panic attacksMany people experience some level of relief in minutes when they use Tapping for anxiety. For others, it can take repeated practice to notice a shift.

Remember, like any skill, Tapping becomes more effective with practice. Don’t be discouraged if you don’t see immediate results. With consistency and patience, you may find that Tapping becomes an invaluable resource in your anxiety management toolkit.

And before long, you’ll find yourself breathing easier and feeling more in control – no matter what life throws your way.

Curious what it’s like to use Tapping for panic attacks? Here’s a first-hand account of someone who used Tapping to stop their panic attacks. And here’s a story from a mom who helped her 12-year-old son find calm in the middle of an anxiety attack.

Ready to try Tapping for your panic attacks?Panic attacks and anxiety can be challenging to manage, but Tapping offers a powerful, accessible tool for finding relief. By combining ancient wisdom with modern psychology, this technique provides a holistic approach to calming your mind and body. It works quickly and is extremely effective.

Download The Tapping Solution App for free today to explore guided Tapping meditations specifically designed to help with anxiety and panic.

Here are a few options to get started with in the app:

Give one of these a try for free in the app, and then leave me a comment below to let me know how it worked for you.

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

The post Tapping for Panic Attacks: Your Ultimate Guide to Finding Calm When Anxiety Strikes appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:How Does Tapping Work? All About EFT Tapping10 Mantras to Power You Up for a Great Day10 Affirmations to Help You Forgive Yourself

View Details

Imagine having a secret weapon against stress that you could unleash anytime, anywhere. No special equipment needed, no prescription required. Just you, your hands, and a super simple technique. Sounds too good to be true? Enter Tapping, a groundbreaking method that sends calming signals to the brain and helps you find relief in just minutes. With EFT Tapping scripts, you can unlock the power of Tapping whenever and wherever you need it most.

Whether you’re a Tapping newbie or a seasoned pro, this Tapping script for stress relief can supercharge your practice and fast-track your path to calm.

Stress Relief EFT Tapping ScriptHere’s an effective script designed to help you release the stress from your daily life. Remember to tap on each point as you say the phrases:

Take a deep breath in, and out. Start Tapping on the side of the hand.

Side of the hand:

Even though I’ve been feeling all this stress,

I acknowledge the pressure I have been under,

and I give my body permission to relax.

Side of the hand:

Even though I’m feeling all this stress,

and part of me has been holding on to it,

I now choose to begin to let it go.

Side of the hand:

Even though Im feeling all this stress,

right now and right here,

it’s safe to relax.

Moving to the eyebrow point. No need to repeat, just tap through the points as you reflect on the prompts.

Eyebrow: What is creating the most stress in your life right now? Simply notice what comes to mind.

Side of the eye: We can feel stress from so many different directions. But is there something you think about that creates the most amount of stress? And if nothing comes up, that’s okay too. You are being present with what is.

Under the eye: Be present with any stressful thoughts that appear. You don’t need to fear your thoughts or try to control them. You are making room for all your thoughts and feelings.

Under the nose: Your body reacts to those thoughts with a feeling of stress because it’s trying to protect you. Your body has gotten into the habit of being on high alert to try to keep you safe. It’s just misguided self love.

Under the mouth:
You can thank your body for its good intentions and with every tap, you are letting your mind and body know that it is safe to let go and relax.

Collarbone point: You don’t need to control your stressful thoughts. Because you don’t need to believe everything you think. A thought can come in and a thought can go out. With every tap you are releasing the charge around stressful thoughts and coming home to your body

Under the arm: With new energy comes new clarity. With more peace comes new insights. You can’t stress yourself to a solution, so you are finding a new way.

Top of the head:
Allowing your mind body to relax more and more now.

Now move back to the eyebrow point, and repeat the following phrases either in your mind or out loud:

Eyebrow: I acknowledge how stressed I have been feeling.

Side of the eye: And I open myself up to more peace.

Under the eye: I recognize this pattern of stress and worry.

Under the nose: This pattern has never led me to the clarity and solutions I’m looking for.

Under the mouth: With every tap I am breaking this pattern.

Collarbone point: Any stressful situations will pass eventually.

Under the arm: So I choose to feel more peace now.

Top of the head:
Right now and right here it’s safe to relax.

Eyebrow point: Body, it’s safe to relax.

Side of the eye: Mind, it’s safe to take a break.

Under the eye: I am connecting to my inner wisdom.

Under the nose: Feeling grounded and centered.

Under the mouth: Feeling protected and safe.

Collarbone point: Feeling present and clear.

Under the arm: Solutions are on their way.

Top of the head:
I am finding my way.

Take a deep breath in, and out.

Did you know? This EFT Tapping script is from our FREE “Release Stress” Tapping meditation in The Tapping Solution App! If you want the full experience of being guided through the script (so you can just press play, relax, and follow along), download the Tapping Solution App for free and give it a try.

You can find it by typing “release stress” into the search bar in the app.

Click here to try the FREE “Release Stress” Tapping meditation now.

Looking for EFT Tapping scripts on other topics? Here are a few you might enjoy:

• Tapping Script for Courage, Hope, Peace, and Love
• Tapping Script to Let Go and Forgive

How to use EFT Tapping scripts effectivelyTo get the most out of this Tapping script, here are a few tips:

1. Refresh yourself with the basics of the Tapping technique (including where the points are, tips for Tapping, and more).
2. Find a quiet space where you won’t be interrupted.
3. Take a few deep breaths to settle in.
4. Before you begin, notice how you feel. Rate your stress levels, or the intensity of the feeling on a scale from 0-10. Do the same thing after you’ve finished to see if there’s any change in how you feel.
5. Repeat the sequence 2-3 times, or until you feel a noticeable reduction in stress.
6. As you tap, feel free to adjust the words in the script to better match your specific situation.

Customizing EFT Tapping scriptsWhile pre-written scripts are great starting points, don’t be afraid to customize them:

• Use your own words: If certain phrases don’t resonate, change them to something that feels more authentic to you.
• Add specific details: Include particular situations or feelings that are contributing to your stress.
• Incorporate physical sensations: If you feel stress in your body (e.g., tight chest, clenched jaw), mention these in your script.

Taking your Tapping practice to the next levelWhile EFT Tapping scripts can be super helpful to get you started with this practice, they’re just the beginning of what’s possible with Tapping.

To truly harness the full potential of this transformative technique, consider taking your practice to the next level with The Tapping Solution App.

With 750+ guided Tapping meditations on a variety of topics, you can experience Tapping on a whole new level. These guided sessions allow you to immerse yourself fully in the experience.

There are meditations on all sorts of themes, ranging from 2 minutes to 20+ minutes.

Ready to supercharge your tapping practice? Download The Tapping Solution App for free today and start your journey to a calmer, more balanced you. Your future stress-free self will thank you!

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

The post EFT Tapping Scripts: A Powerful Stress Relief Technique You Can Use Today appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Removing the“taboo” to Feel AngerA jar with rocks, pebbles, and sand – what would you do?Rethinking Overwhelm

View Details

Imagine discovering a secret pathway in your body, one that calms your emotions, deepens your intuition, and promotes your physical wellbeing.

This isn’t the stuff of fantasy – it’s a real thing, and it’s called the vagus nerve.

Nestled within your body, the vagus nerve is a vital component of your nervous system, capable of transforming your health, and your life, in ways you never imagined.

To learn all about the healing potential of the vagus nerve, we’ve had the pleasure of sitting down with clinical psychologist and vagus nerve expert, Dr. Arielle Schwartz.

Stay tuned to learn:

• What the vagus nerve is
• Why the vagus nerve is so important for our emotional, mental, and physical wellbeing
• 3 of the top benefits of toning your vagus nerve
• How to support your vagus nerve with Tapping

Meet vagus nerve expert Dr. Arielle SchwartzDr. Arielle Schwartz is a clinical psychologist, EMDR consultant, somatic therapist, and veteran yoga teacher with a profound depth of knowledge in the field of polyvagal theory. At the helm of the Center for Resilience Informed Therapy, Dr. Schwartz champions a holistic, mind-body approach to healing.

A renowned teacher and author, her latest book is called Applied Polyvagal Theory in Yoga. In it she explores vagal toning and other important practices that aid in rewiring the nervous system.

Dr. Schwartz is an expert in the vagus nerve, and she’s here to teach us all about why it’s so important to strengthen our vagus nerve for improved wellbeing.

What is the vagus nerve?The vagus nerve is a bi-directional information highway between the mind and the body. It extends from the brain through the throat, heart, and lungs, reaching all the way down into your stomach and intestines.

When it is toned and healthy, the vagus nerve promotes an overall sense of physical and emotional well-being where we feel balanced, safe, healthy, and calm.

There are many practices that can help you “tone” your vagus nerve – meaning help it function optimally so you can feel your best.
These practices include things like yoga, meditation, deep breathing, physical movements, and, you guessed it, Tapping!

3 Benefits of toning your vagus nerveToning your vagus nerve, and supporting it in functioning at its best, has a long list of benefits.

Here are 3 of the top reasons to support your vagus nerve:

1. Physical Healing and RecoveryWhen it is toned and healthy, the vagus nerve promotes optimal health and wellbeing, helping digestion, hormone function, heart health, immunity, and more. It helps activate the ‘rest and digest’ response, where we can recover, repair, replenish, and revitalize our bodies.

Supporting healthy vagal tone is a way to keep the information highway between mind and body running smoothly, so our brains can do the best job possible taking care of our bodies.

When you take care of your vagus nerve, it essentially allows your body to do what it’s designed to do – heal, recover, and be well.

Want to activate the healing power of your vagus nerve to support your physical body? Try this meditation led by Dr. Arielle Schwartz in The Tapping Solution App:

Tip: Click here on your phone to go straight to this session in the app. Or, search for the title in the search bar!

2. Emotional Balance and EaseWhen you support your vagus nerve with healing practices, it can help you experience greater emotional balance and ease.

A toned vagus nerve helps us feel safe and calm enough to experience a full range of emotions, allowing us to express our emotions fully and easily without getting stuck in them.

It also helps us tolerate stress and respond effectively and flexibly to whatever comes our way, whether that involves rising to meet a challenge or calming down to rest deeply.

Want to activate the healing power of your vagus nerve to balance your emotions and help you feel more at ease? Try this meditation led by Dr. Arielle Schwartz in The Tapping Solution App:

Tip: Click here on your phone to go straight to this session in the app. Or, search for the title in the search bar!

3. Inner Wisdom and ClarityVagal toning can also help you tune into your intuition, find clarity, and follow your own inner wisdom.

The vagus nerve helps to bring a sense of balance and calm to the nervous system, allowing you to feel safe, secure, and grounded in the moment.

As we feel more comfortable and at ease, and as we deepen the mind-body connection through the vagus nerve, the more we are able to connect to our intuition.

We gain greater clarity of mind, and we are better able to reflect on ourselves, our choices, and our lives. This allows us to make decisions from a deeper and wiser place. And from there, you have the potential to fully and creatively express your wisest self.

Want to activate the healing power of your vagus nerve to balance your connect with your intuition and find clarity? Try this meditation led by Dr. Arielle Schwartz in The Tapping Solution App:

Tip: Click here on your phone to go straight to this session in the app. Or, search for the title in the search bar!

How to tone your vagus nerve: Come Tap with Dr. Schwartz in the app!As an expert in applied polyvagal theory, Dr. Schwartz helped us create a brand new category of Tapping meditations in The Tapping Solution App to help us all strengthen and tone our vagus nerve.

These groundbreaking meditations are designed to help you activate the healing powers of your vagus nerve with the help of Tapping.

Whether you are looking to heal and recover, find emotional balance and ease, or tap into your intuition, these powerful Tapping sessions have got you covered!

Here’s how to find these sessions:

1. If you’re reading this on your computer or laptop, grab your mobile phone, open up The Tapping Solution App, and click the search icon (). Type “vagus nerve” into the search bar.
2. If you’re reading this on your phone, click directly on this link and you’ll be brought straight to the category in the app.

There are 3 sessions you can choose from:

• Emotional Balance and Ease: Vagus Nerve Toning
• Inner Wisdom and Clarity: Vagus Nerve Toning
• Physical Healing and Recovery: Vagus Nerve Toning

Curious what the Vagus Nerve Tapping meditations are like? Hear from real users who’ve been Tapping along in the app:

“I feel strong, comforted and happy.”

“This meditation is very grounding for me with very profound wisdom for my anxious self.”

“I think this takes the Tapping meditations to another level. Feels subtly powerful within the body and my sense is that doing these meditations will have a deep and lasting effect.”

“I love love love the vagus nerve meditations! They are soooo soothingThank you! ”

“This is the most powerful healing and calming meditation coupled with visualization that I have used in this app.”

Additional resources from Dr. Arielle SchwartzFor more insightful resources and to learn all about Dr. Arielle Schwartz’s incredibly transformative work, visit www.drarielleschwartz.com.

Her offerings include trainings, books, therapeutic yoga sessions (join via Zoom!), an incredible blog, and so much more. You can pre-order her latest book, “Applied Polyvagal Theory in Yoga” on Amazon now.

And guess what? You can even meet Dr. Arielle Schwartz in person at her upcoming Beyond Trauma Retreat at the Art of Living Retreat Center this September. Based on “The Post-Traumatic Growth Guidebook,” this incredible retreat will be a weekend of deep healing, taking you on a mind-body journey toward resilience, hope, and transformation.

Sign Up Here!

We are so excited that Dr. Schwartz has shared her expertise with us, and that we’ve been able to create these powerful Vagus Nerve Support sessions in the app.

Be sure to tap along with the sessions and leave a comment below to let us know what your experience is like!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Jessica Ortner

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes* Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace The post 3 Benefits of Toning Your Vagus Nerve (And How Tapping can Help!) appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Release Your Anxiety with TappingThe Tapping Solution App – Instant Boost CategoryFrom Fear and Worry to Peace – The Tapping Solution App

View Details

Addiction is a challenging issue that affects millions of people worldwide. Whether you’re struggling with cigarettes, sugar cravings, or other addictions, finding effective tools for recovery can be difficult.

One powerful technique that has shown promise in addiction support is Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT), also known as Tapping. Over the past several decades, I’ve personally witnessed many people break free from a variety of different addictions with the help of Tapping.

In this article, we’ll explore how to use Tapping for addictions and cravings, dive into the scientific research that backs this practice up, and hear success stories from real people who’ve put this technique to the test.

What is Tapping and how does it work for addiction?Tapping is a mind-body approach that combines the principles of modern psychology with ancient Chinese acupressure.

The technique involves gently tapping on specific points on the body while focusing on the issue at hand – such as stress, a strong emotion, a physical symptom, or a craving, for example. That process sends a calming signal to the brain, allowing you to feel more relaxed and in control.

Tapping works on many levels to support recovery from addiction and cravings:

1. Reduces stress Tapping regulates the nervous system and calms the fight-or-flight stress response (even lowering levels of the stress hormone cortisol), helping you to release stress and bring your mind and body into a calmer state.[1,2]

This is important, because stress and addiction are tightly linked.

Research shows that the more stressed we are and the less well we manage that stress, the more likely we are to use substances. People with addiction and substance abuse disorders also often report that they turn to their substance of choice to “self-medicate” psychological distress and mental health issues.[3]

Researchers believe that when we can better manage our response to stress, it can help us to prevent cravings, substance use, and risk of relapse.[4]

With the help of Tapping, we can learn to respond to challenges from a place of greater balance and calm, potentially disrupting unhelpful patterns that may contribute to addictions or cravings.

1. Release unresolved emotional issuesTapping is an excellent tool for addressing unresolved emotional issues that is often at the root of addiction.

I’ve worked with many people around addictions and cravings using Tapping. With this kind of work, we usually start on the surface to address the physical craving, but then we almost always dig deeper to the feelings that are buried underneath whatever the substance of choice may be (whether it is alcohol, sugar, or cigarettes).

Through Tapping, we are able to find the unresolved emotional issues that are truly at the root of the issue. This paves the way for long-term resolution of addictive behaviors, because we have actually gone underneath the surface to the deeper issues at hand.

Research confirms that Tapping can help people address difficult experiences from early life that may play a role in substance use.[3]

1. Provides a healthy behavior replacementWhenever a craving hits, individuals can turn to the Tapping technique as a positive habit to take the place of their old behaviors.

For example, if you’re trying to avoid alcohol and find yourself tempted to drink a glass of wine with your dinner, you could excuse yourself briefly to do a few rounds of Tapping instead. Or, if you always crave a cigarette on your lunch break to help release stress, you could practice Tapping on that break instead as a healthier, and more effective, alternative.

Tapping is a great way to interrupt old patterns so we can release the old habits that have been causing harm and replace them with new, more empowering ones.

How to use Tapping for addiction and cravingsTapping can be used in the moment when experiencing a craving or urge, and it can also be used on an ongoing basis to release stress, process emotions, and explore the deeper root of addictive behaviors.

If you want to get started right away with a few minutes of Tapping, try these 7 simple steps to release a craving:

1. Identify the craving or addictive urge you’re currently experiencing.
2. Rate the intensity of the craving or urge on a scale from 0-10, with 10 being the most intense.
3. Create a setup statement that acknowledges the problem and accepts yourself, such as: “Even though I’m craving a cigarette right now, I deeply and completely accept myself.”
4. Tap on the side of your hand while repeating your setup statement three times.
5. Tap through the following Tapping points while focusing on your craving or the feelings you are having related to the craving:
6. Eyebrow
7. Side of the eye
8. Under the eye
9. Under the nose
10. Under the mouth
11. Collarbone
12. Under the arm

13. Top of the head

14. Rate the intensity of the craving or urge again on a scale from 0-10.

15. Repeat the previous steps as necessary until your intensity goes down and you feel more calm and grounded.

For a complete guide on how to use Tapping and how to apply it to various issues, check out this comprehensive how-to guide.

And be sure to head to The Tapping Solution App to find guided meditations like these:

What does the research say on Tapping for addiction?Scientific studies have shown that Tapping can be a valuable tool in addiction treatment.

One study published in the Journal of Scientific Research & Reports in 2013 by Dawson Church and Audrey Brooks demonstrated the effectiveness of Tapping in individuals with addiction.

The study involved 39 participants at a weekend workshop. Participants who practiced Tapping reported significant reductions in distress and psychological symptoms such as anxiety and depression, both immediately following the workshop and at a 90-day follow-up.

The participants in the study were specifically instructed on how to use EFT Tapping to address adverse childhood experiences – which is one of the reasons Tapping may have proved to be so helpful in the study.

From the data, the researchers concluded that “EFT may be an effective adjunct to addiction treatment.”[3]

Common, traditional treatments for addiction often don’t address the whole picture. But this research suggests that Tapping can offer a more holistic approach to addiction, addressing both the emotional and physical aspects involved.

To learn more, read this article on how Tapping proves an effective addition to addiction treatment.

Success stories of using Tapping for addictionLet’s hear from a few real people who have had incredible results with the help of Tapping to overcome addictions and cravings:

“I used tapping and it was fantastic. There were no withdrawals and it was like I had never smoked, quite amazing. Couldn’t believe it. After 45 years of smoking and the day before I stopped I was smoking 30 to 50 a day. Love that tapping could do that for me.”

-Elly

“Years of anxiety was kicked to the curb in one day with Tapping and it was also key in my recovery from alcoholism. Tapping literally saved my life!”

-Kelly

“I have been tapping for a number of years now – following ‘The Tapping Solution’ – Jessica Nick and Alex – it works it really works I have lost 50lbs ( without restrictive dieting or crazy workouts) I have completely erased ‘ panic attacks’ and anxiety and overcome addictions to alcohol and painkillers– all this has happened slowly and gently over the past 7 years and I continue to use tapping every day – I love it.”

-Julie

Tips for using Tapping for addictionTapping for addiction offers a powerful, accessible tool for managing cravings and supporting long-term, sustainable change. By addressing both the physical and emotional aspects of addiction, Tapping can help you break free from destructive patterns and build a healthier, more balanced life.

Here’s how to make the most of this technique:

• Practice consistently: Use Tapping regularly to calm your system, release strong emotions, and empower your mind and body to let go of old patterns and build new, healthier ones. The more you practice, the more you’ll rewire your brain and support your road to recovery.
• Be patient: Freeing yourself from cravings and addictions is a process that takes time – Tapping can help you on your journey if you are patient and stay committed to the process.
• Seek support when needed: Tapping can be a valuable addition to your recovery toolkit, but it’s not a substitute for professional medical advice or treatment. Always consult with a healthcare provider or addiction specialist when dealing with substance abuse issues and when exploring deeper concerns.

Ready to try Tapping for yourself? Download The Tapping Solution App today for guided Tapping meditations specifically designed to support you on your journey.

Here are a few examples of topics covered in the app:

• Opioid Detox Support – Craving Relief
• Opioid Detox Support – Sleep Programming
• Overcome Cigarette Cravings & Quitting Smoking
• Cravings Buster: Alcohol
• Cravings Buster: General Cravings Quick Tap
• Cravings Buster: Sugar

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes* Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

References1. Church D, Yount G, Brooks AJ. The effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: a randomized controlled trial. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2012;200(10):891-896. 1. Stapleton P, Crighton G, Sabot D, O’Neill HM. Reexamining the effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: A randomized controlled trial. Psychol Trauma. 2020;12(8):869-877. 2. Church, D & Brooks, AJ. The Effect of EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) On Psychological Symptoms In Addiction Treatment: A Pilot Study. Journal of Scientific Research and Reports. 2013;2(2):315-322. 3. alʼAbsi M. Stress and Addiction: When a Robust Stress Response Indicates Resiliency. Psychosom Med. 2018;80(1):2-16. doi:10.1097/PSY.0000000000000520

The post How to Use Tapping for Addiction and Cravings appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Some Inspiration for YouResearch: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People10 Reminders That All Is Well

View Details

From indecision to headaches, from stress to digestive issues… what if all these seemingly unrelated issues had a common thread? Meet the gallbladder meridian, a key element from traditional Chinese medicine that can influence both your physical health and emotional wellbeing.

So what exactly is the gallbladder meridian? And can you really relieve stress, boost courage, and ease digestive issues through the simple act of tapping on the side of your eye (a gallbladder meridian point)? Let’s find out.

What is the gallbladder meridian? In Western medicine, we know the gallbladder as an organ that stores and concentrates bile, aiding in the digestive process.

But according to traditional Chinese medicine, an ancient practice dating back thousands of years (making it one of the most enduring systems of medicine in human history), the gallbladder is much more than that.

In this ancient healing practice, the gallbladder isn’t just considered a physical organ, but also a part of a complex energy system known as the meridian system, influencing both our physical and emotional wellbeing.

The gallbladder meridian is one of the 12 primary meridians in traditional Chinese medicine, each corresponding to a different organ in the body. These major meridians are like energy highways, through which vital life force energy flows. Each meridian is connected to specific bodily functions and emotional processes.

The gallbladder meridian has a symmetrical pair of pathways running along both sides of the body. It starts from the outer corner of each eye and travels down either side of the body to the fourth toe.

Along this pathway are several key points, called acupoints, each with specific benefits and functions. Activating these acupoints is thought to restore energy flow and balance, alleviate various physical or emotional issues, and promote healing in mind and body.

The role of the gallbladder in traditional Chinese medicineAccording to traditional Chinese medicine, the gallbladder meridian is thought to be associated with:

• Digestion
• Muscle health
• Vision and eye health
• Decision making and judgment
• Courage and assertiveness
• Planning and execution of ideas
• Processing emotions, particularly frustration and anger

The gallbladder meridian plays important roles in both emotional and physical health, making it a gateway to greater wellbeing in mind, body, and spirit.

What are the symptoms of gallbladder meridian imbalance? An imbalance in the gallbladder meridian can manifest in various ways:

Physical symptoms:

• Headaches, particularly migraines
• Neck, shoulder, or hip pain
• Digestive issues, especially related to fatty foods
• Eye problems or blurred vision

Emotional symptoms:

• Indecisiveness
• Frustration or repressed anger
• Lack of courage or assertiveness
• Difficulty coping with stress

If you’re experiencing any of these issues, supporting your gallbladder through techniques like acupressure or EFT Tapping that access the gallbladder meridian points may help you find relief.

What are the gallbladder meridian points?The gallbladder meridian starts at an acupoint point on the side of the eye, travels down the side of the body, and ends on an acupoint on the fourth toe.

Along this pathway are a total of 44 gallbladder meridian points. Key points can be found at the base of the skull, on the top of the shoulder, on the hip, below the knee, and more.

Each of these points can be stimulated through various methods, including acupuncture, acupressure, and of course EFT Tapping, to address specific imbalances and promote overall wellbeing.

How to use EFT Tapping to address gallbladder imbalancesEFT Tapping offers a simple yet powerful way to work with the gallbladder meridian.

The first gallbladder meridian point, located on the side of the eye, is one of the 9 main Tapping points used in the traditional EFT Tapping sequence.

To support gallbladder meridian balance, healthy energy flow, and to address gallbladder-related issues, you can simply gently tap on this point. Tap gently using your fingertips right on the bone outside of your eye, while focusing on the specific symptom or emotion related to gallbladder imbalance (such as trouble making a decision, frustration, or digestive discomfort).

You can also go through the entire EFT Tapping sequence, which incorporates the gallbladder meridian point on the side of the eye, to address any symptoms or emotions you might be struggling with. You can learn the basics of how to do EFT Tapping in this comprehensive guide.

And if you’re interested in diving deeper into using Tapping for gallbladder meridian imbalance or other concerns, try a guided session in The Tapping Solution App today!

By regularly incorporating EFT Tapping into your routine, you may notice shifts in how you feel physically and emotionally. Give it a try and see what you think!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

P.S. Have you tried EFT Tapping for any of these gallbladder-related issues? Have you noticed improvements in your decision-making abilities or emotional processing? In physical symptoms like headaches, digestive issues, or eye strain?

Let us know in the comments below

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes* Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace The post A Comprehensive Guide to the Gallbladder Meridian Points in Traditional Chinese Medicine appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Research Feature: Tapping May Actually Affect the Way Your Brain Processes EmotionTapping World Summit 2023Tapping in Prisons: Supporting the Work of Compassion Prison Project

View Details

The Gamut Point Procedure

“You want me to do what? Roll my eyes and then hum and count?!”

Many of us may have reacted this way when we first observed Gary Craig teaching the 9 Gamut Procedure. Some clients will ask for more details about the seemingly strange technique and whether or not it’s even necessary. In fact, some EFT therapists have taken out the gamut procedure completely because the tapping itself works wonders and skipping the gamut point saves time (as if EFT didn’t work fast enough already)!

So the question is: Do you have to use the gamut procedure? And how does the gamut procedure really work anyway? Why is it so important?

To begin, it is important to recognize that the gamut procedure essentially contains two different components. The first component is the tapping of the gamut point; and the second component includes the eye movements, humming, and counting which essentially can be summarized as “bilateral stimulation of the brain.”

The gamut point is located on the back of either hand between the knuckles at the base of the ring finger and the little finger. It is the third point on the Triple Warmer meridian, in connection with the spleen meridian point (the EFT “under arm” meridian point).

What It Does

The Triple Warmer meridian, which runs along this path, is responsible for turning on/off the fight or flight response when we feel stressed or threatened. When this happens, energy is first pulled and drained from the spleen meridian and then from other meridians. Some think that a spleen energy imbalance is what causes the majority of physical issues ranging from pain to allergies. You can tap on the under arm point to balance the spleen when using the basic EFT format, but some feel that adding in the 9 Gamut Procedure and tapping directly on the gamut point is more effective for balancing. Some people find relief when they simply press or rub the gamut point when they feel their body going into a stress reaction.

So why bother rolling your eyes, humming and counting if tapping the gamut point on the back of the hand is enough to turn off the fight or flight stress response in the body? The 9 movements that are included in the 9 Gamut Procedure, as taught originally by Gary Craig include: looking down hard to the right, looking down hard to the left, rolling the eyes in a circle in one direction, rolling the eyes in the other direction, humming, counting and humming again. Is all this really necessary? Absolutely!

It’s important to understand that what is actually happening in the brain during the eye movements, humming and counting is something called “bilateral stimulation of the brain.”

For example, when your eyes look right you are actually firing the left hemisphere of the brain and when your eyes look to the left, it is firing the right hemisphere. When you hum, it fires the right hemisphere of the brain and counting fires the left hemisphere. This repeated stimulation of both sides of the brain creates a “whole brain” experience or a blending of both hemispheres. This blending of both hemispheres of the brain has also been used in other well known forms of trauma therapy techniques including Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). The parallels between EMDR and the 9 Gamut Procedure deserve further examination.

EMDR and the 9 Gamut Procedure

EMDR was first developed by psychologist Francine Shapiro, Ph.D., of the Mental Research Institute in Palo Alto, California. The psychotherapeutic use of EMDR evolved in the late 1980’s after Dr. Shapiro went for a walk in the park. It was during this walk that Dr. Shapiro discovered that she could not maintain her focus on painful images/memories while walking or when scanning her eyes from side to side while looking at stones along the pathway. She later discovered that purposefully moving the eyes rapidly from side to side for a brief period while maintaining attention to a targeted traumatic experience, produces dramatic relief from painful affect associated with the memory. In addition, it causes a shift in negative beliefs associated with the event.

When we receive sensory information or experience an event during the day, it passes through an emotional filter (amygdala) in the right half of the brain. If there is nothing emotionally-charged, the information then passes through another structure (hippocampus) that processes the information and allows it to pass to the left hemisphere. This experience is then stored normally in memory.

However, when incoming sensory information is emotionally-charged (e.g. traumatic), it gets stuck in the central nervous system (CNS) in the right hemisphere of the brain. It does not get processed in time and space so when reminders occur, the stuck memory is triggered and feels like it is happening in the present. This accounts for flashbacks, intrusive thoughts and nightmares so familiar to those who have Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD).

In other words, when a traumatic or very negative event occurs, strong negative feelings or dissociation can interfere with the processing of the event. For example, years after the event, a rape survivor may “know” that rapists are responsible for their crimes, but this information does not connect with her feeling that she is to blame for the attack. The memory has become stored in a dysfunctional way with many aspects still unprocessed. It is not only major traumatic events that can cause psychological disturbance as sometimes a relatively minor event from childhood, such as being teased by one’s peers or disparaged by one’s parent, may not be adequately processed either.

EMDR can assist to alleviate symptoms of PTSD by processing the aspects of the distressing memories. Information processing is thought to occur when the targeted memory is linked with other more adaptive information. The process of EMDR (and any type of bilateral stimulation of the brain) allows learning to take place and then the experience/event is stored with appropriate emotions able to appropriately guide the person in the future.

Eye movements (or other bilateral stimulation) are used during one part of the EMDR session. After the clinician has determined which memory to target first, they ask the client to hold different aspects of that event or thought in mind and to use their eyes to track the therapist’s hand as it moves back and forth across the client’s field of vision. As this happens, for reasons believed by a Harvard researcher to be connected with the biological mechanisms involved in Rapid Eye Movement (REM) sleep, internal associations arise and the client begins to process the memory and disturbing feelings. The event is often recalled as a series of “scenes” and processed one at a time.

This is very similar to how Gary Craig describes the “Story Telling Technique” and the importance of processing every “aspect” of the event.

How REM Sleep Plays a Part

The similarity between REM sleep, EMDR and the 9 Gamut Procedure is also something to be acknowledged.

During REM sleep, our eyes flutter back and forth rapidly (sound familiar?) beneath closed eyelids, our breathing is somewhat shorter and more erratic, our heart beat quickens, and our blood pressure increases. It is when we are in REM sleep that we are dreaming. The reason REM sleep is important is that this is when the learning and memory areas of our brains become stimulated. It is theorized by some that when we dream during REM sleep, the dreams are the result of our brains trying to segregate, analyze and file away the data that we have absorbed during the day (similar to how a client process an event with EFT). It is also thought that our brains revisit certain childhood memories (the “writing on our walls,” as Gary Craig would say) to use them as a sort of reference point to facilitate this filing process. It is also theorized that this “filing” activity clears room for new data and helps to improve our overall memories. Essentially, dreaming helps us to process the events of our day and store them away into memory….again very similar to the effects of both EMDR and the bilateral stimulation aspect of the 9 Gamut Point Procedure!

More About Bilateral Brain Stimulation

Finally, it also important to note that “bilateral brain stimulation” within EMDR is not restricted to eye movements alone. The bilateral stimulation is achieved through either rapid eye movements across the field of vision, auditory tones or clicks via headphones, or tactile stimulation of alternate sides of the body.

Obviously, bilateral brain stimulation, whether used in EFT or EMDR has the potential to assist the brain in processing stored emotions related to traumatic events, both big and small.

Whether it is in a successful EFT session, or in EMDR therapy, the meaning of painful events is significantly transformed on an emotional level. For instance, a war veteran shifts from feeling horror and shock to holding the firm belief: “I survived it and I am strong.” Unlike talk therapy, the insights clients gain result not so much from the therapist’s influence, but from the client’s own intellectual and emotional processes. The end result is that clients feel empowered by the very experiences that once haunted them. Their wounds have not just closed, they have healed and transformed. Given the similarities between the two techniques, it appears as though bilateral stimulation of the brain is the key to processing traumatic events and setting ourselves free!

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes* Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace The post The Gamut Point: A Guide to Its Role in EFT Tapping appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationPrescriptions for Health & HappinessColor Cue Challenge: Reminding Yourself to Breathe, Relax, and Take Care of Yourself

View Details

What do ancient Chinese medicine practices and modern stress-relief techniques have in common? The answer lies in meridian points – a network of energy centers that could hold the key to balanced health and emotional wellbeing.

Meridian points have guided practitioners for thousands of years, and today, they’re at the heart of popular wellness techniques like acupuncture and EFT Tapping.

Ready to explore the hidden highways of healing running through your body?

In this guide, you’ll find everything you need to know about meridian points.

What are meridian points?Meridian points, or acupoints, are specific locations on the body that serve as gateways to the body’s vital energy (often referred to as “qi”).

The theory of meridians and meridian points originated in ancient China over 2,000 years ago. According to traditional Chinese medicine practices, these specific sites on the body are access points to an intricate network of energy pathways – called meridians – through which life force energy flows.

You can think of meridian points like the body’s energy hotspots.

Mapped out over thousands of years by Chinese medicine practitioners, meridians are believed to be connected to various organs and bodily functions. When the acupoints along these channels are stimulated – whether through acupuncture needles, finger pressure, or Tapping – it can help balance the body’s energy flow, alleviate physical discomfort or emotional distress, and promote healing.

This knowledge around meridians and acupoints has been passed down through generations and forms the basis for many energy healing modalities still used today – making it one of the oldest and most enduring systems of medicine and healing in human history.

Whether you’re interested in traditional Chinese medicine, energy healing, or simply looking for new ways to support your health and wellbeing, understanding meridian points can be incredibly valuable.

Why are meridian points important?Meridian points play a crucial role in many holistic health practices and offer several key benefits:

• Gateway to energy healing: Meridian points serve as the foundation for numerous healing modalities, including acupuncture, acupressure, and EFT Tapping. They provide practitioners with precise locations to focus their efforts for maximum impact, and offer an integrative approach to caring for the whole person.
• Stress reduction: Techniques like EFT Tapping that utilize meridian points have been shown to reduce cortisol (the stress hormone) levels and activate the body’s relaxation response, making them powerful tools for stress management.[1]
• Pain relief: Many people find that stimulating certain meridian points can help alleviate various types of physical discomfort, from headaches to chronic pain conditions.
• Emotional regulation: Working with meridian points, especially through practices like EFT Tapping, can help process and release difficult emotions, leading to greater emotional stability and resilience.

For those of us who practice EFT tapping, meridian points are particularly significant. The Tapping sequence utilizes specific meridian endpoints that, when stimulated, help to regulate the brain and body, effectively relieving both physical and emotional distress.

How many meridians are there? There are 12 principal meridians recognized in traditional Chinese medicine. Each is associated with a specific organ system:

1. Lung Meridian
2. Large Intestine Meridian
3. Stomach Meridian
4. Spleen Meridian
5. Heart Meridian
6. Small Intestine Meridian
7. Bladder Meridian
8. Kidney Meridian
9. Pericardium Meridian
10. Triple Warmer (San Jiao) Meridian
11. Gallbladder Meridian
12. Liver Meridian

In addition, there are two other major meridians that aren’t linked to specific organs:

• Central Meridian (or Conception Vessel)
• Governing Vessel

All of these meridians exist in symmetrical pairs, with channels running along each side of the body.

Each of the meridians also has a varying number of acupoints along its path, where the meridian can be “accessed” through practices like acupuncture, acupressure, or EFT Tapping.

The meridian system is kind of like an intricate network of energy highways running through the body.

Interestingly, although the theory of meridians is based in ancient practice, recently researchers have discovered that the meridians are linked to specific physical structures in the body called fascia.[2]

Other researchers believe the meridians correspond to the nervous system.[3,4]

Key meridian point locationsThis article will cover a few of the common points to help you get started, but there are hundreds of acupoints found across the body along the various meridians.

Even working with a few key points, as we do in EFT Tapping, can lead to significant positive changes in your life.

Here are some of the most commonly used points in practices like EFT Tapping:

• Side of the hand – Small Intestine
• Eyebrow – Bladder
• Side of the Eye – Gallbladder
• Under the Eye – Stomach
• Under the Nose – Governing Vessel
• Chin – Conception Vessel
• Collarbone – Kidney
• Under the Arm – Spleen
• Top of the Head – A meeting point of many meridians, like the Governing Vessel and Bladder

These points are the nine acupoints used in the traditional EFT Tapping sequence, and they were chosen for their effectiveness in addressing a wide range of emotional and physical concerns.

When you tap on these points while focusing on a specific problem, you’re sending calming signals to the amygdala, the part of the brain responsible for processing emotions. This can help you let go of stress, anxiety, and other negative emotions, allowing you to approach challenges with greater ease and clarity.

You can learn more about each of these points and why we use them in this EFT Tapping Point guide. And for a more comprehensive understanding of meridian point locations, it’s best to consult detailed acupuncture charts or work with a trained practitioner.

Want to learn more about how to use meridian points to improve your own health and wellbeing? Explore our Tapping resources or try a guided Tapping meditation in The Tapping Solution App today!

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes* Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

References1. Stapleton P, Crighton G, Sabot D, O’Neill HM. Reexamining the effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: A randomized controlled trial. Psychol Trauma. 2020;12(8):869-877. 2. Maurer N, Nissel H, Egerbacher M, Gornik E, Schuller P, Traxler H. Anatomical Evidence of Acupuncture Meridians in the Human Extracellular Matrix: Results from a Macroscopic and Microscopic Interdisciplinary Multicentre Study on Human Corpses. Evid Based Complement Alternat Med. 2019;2019:6976892. 3. Eigenschink M, Dearing L, Dablander TE, Maier J, Sitte HH. A critical examination of the main premises of Traditional Chinese Medicine. Wien Klin Wochenschr. 2020;132(9-10):260-273.

Longhurst JC. Defining meridians: a modern basis of understanding. J Acupunct Meridian Stud. 2010;3(2):67-74.

The post Meridian Points: A Comprehensive Guide to the Acupoints Used in Acupressure, Acupuncture, and EFT Tapping appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Wayne Dyer Woke Me Up This MorningResearch Feature: Tapping for Reducing the Fear of ChildbirthImprove Your Sleep with Tapping

View Details

Are you struggling with sinus pain, sinus pressure, and congestion? While many turn to medication for relief, there’s a natural, holistic approach that might surprise you: Tapping for sinus relief.

Let’s explore how this simple technique can help alleviate your sinus symptoms by addressing the often-overlooked emotional components of physical discomfort.

What is Tapping for sinus relief?Tapping, also known as Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT), is a powerful mind-body approach that combines elements of ancient Chinese acupressure and modern psychology.

When applied to sinus issues, Tapping involves gently tapping on specific acupoints on the face and body while focusing on the physical sensations and emotions associated with sinus discomfort.

Tapping sends calming signals to the brain, helping your brain – and body – move into a relaxed and healing state. This process can help address the underlying stress, emotions, and energy imbalances that may be contributing to or exacerbating your sinus symptoms.

How EFT Tapping for sinus relief worksTo understand how Tapping can help with sinus issues, we need to look at the intricate connection between stress, emotions, and our physical health.

The brain and the body are intimately connected. The state of our mind influences the state of our body, and vice versa.

Maybe you’ve felt butterflies in your stomach when nervous about something, felt your heart pound in fear, or gotten a headache during periods of stress. These are all examples of how stress or emotional arousal can influence our bodies on a very real, physical level.

What if your sinus pain was something similar?

Emotions like stress, frustration, anger, and overwhelm can all manifest as physical symptoms – including sinus discomfort.

Chronic stress, in particular, can take a big toll on the body. It can weaken the immune system, increase inflammation, and lead to muscle tension – all of which might worsen sinus discomfort or pain.

Often, our bodies store stress and emotions without us even realizing it, so we might not be aware of what is going on at first.

But if we investigate closer, we may find that the physical symptoms we are experiencing are our body’s way of signaling to us that something is going on beneath the surface on an emotional level.

So, that sinus pressure you are experiencing? It might be mirroring the emotional pressure you’re under in daily life.

And here’s where Tapping comes in.

Tapping provides a simple way for us to release any stress or strong emotions from our physical bodies. Tapping also creates positive changes in our physiology, such as reducing cortisol levels. As we tap, our body can relax, inflammation can go down, muscles tension can release, and so on.

As stress levels decrease, the body’s natural healing processes can function more effectively, paving the way for healing and helping us experience relief from symptoms like sinus discomfort.

If you want to better understand the ties between emotions and physical ailments (and how Tapping can help), check out this guide on the mind-body connection.

Sinus Tapping benefits: Why give it a try?Now that you understand how Tapping can help with sinus issues, you might be wondering, “Is it really worth trying?”

Let me tell you, the benefits can be so profound they might surprise you.

• Stress Relief: Tapping is like a reset button for your stress levels. As you tap, you’re literally sending calming signals to your brain, potentially easing that sinus pressure along with easing the burden of stress in your life.
• Emotional Release: When we are dealing with something like sinus pain, we might naturally carry around a lot of feelings about it. Tapping gives you a chance to acknowledge and release those pent-up feelings that might be contributing to your physical discomfort, like frustration about the pain, annoyance about not being able to breathe properly, etc. You might be surprised how much better you feel in mind, body, and spirit after you give it a try.
• Pain Relief: Often, one of the hardest parts about sinus issues is the intensity of the sinus pain. EFT Tapping for pain (of all sorts!) is incredibly effective. Research shows it can even help with chronic pain, so if your sinus issues are ongoing, it’s well worth your while!
• Whole-Person, Long-Term Healing: Unlike popping a pill that will give you just temporary relief from your symptoms, Tapping addresses the root causes of your sinus issues – leading to long-term relief. It’s like giving your whole self a tune-up so you can feel good from the inside out.
• Self-Empowerment: With Tapping, you’re not relying on anyone or anything else for relief. It’s a tool you can use anytime, anywhere – whether you’re stuck in traffic or lying in bed unable to sleep due to sinus pain. Tapping puts the power of healing in your own hands.
• Complementary Technique: Tapping can be used alongside other treatments, potentially enhancing their effectiveness. It’s like having an extra player on your healing team.

I’ve seen firsthand how effective EFT Tapping can be for sinus issues, the common cold, congestion, and other related issues.

In fact, the very first time I introduced Tapping to my sister Jessica (who was completely skeptical it would work at all), we used this technique to help her clear a sore throat and sinus headache. We were both shocked by just how well it worked to help her feel better – and fast!

So if you’re on the fence about it or feeling skeptical (like Jessica was), I highly encourage you give it a chance, and try something new.

After all, what have you got to lose? Except maybe some stress and discomfort?

Get started with EFT Tapping for sinus reliefReady to try Tapping to relieve sinus pressure or discomfort?

The Tapping Solution App offers guided meditations specifically designed to help with sinus relief.

Here are a few you can try right now to start feeling better:

Tip: Click the images above using your mobile device, or type the name of the meditation into the search function in the app. These guided Tapping meditations will walk you through the process, helping you address both the physical sensations and emotional aspects of your current symptoms.

I highly suggest you explore the Heal Your Body Category in the app as well, which features the powerful work of the late and great Louise Hay.

Remember, sometimes our bodies need us to slow down and pay attention.

By using Tapping to address the stress, pressure, and emotional burdens in your life, you may find that your sinus symptoms begin to lift, allowing you to breathe easier and feel more comfortable.

Give Tapping for sinus relief a try – your sinuses (and your whole self) will thank you!

Download the app now to be guided through the entire process, start to finish.

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes* Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

The post Tapping for Sinus Relief: A Natural Approach to Ease Sinus Discomfort appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Tapping into Better Sleep: Breaking the Cycle Between Stress and Poor Sleep10 Reminders You Might Need to Hear TodayDon’t Underestimate the Power of Little Shifts

View Details

I’m SO excited to introduce you to our latest addition to the app… our Grow Younger Affirmations!

When we released our Grow Younger Active Transformational Meditation (ATM) a while back, we were blown away by the response we got. You all fell in LOVE with this meditation (and so did we)!

Since then, we’ve gotten so many requests to release an Affirmation version of the session!

Well, we’re thrilled to announce that we listened to your requests, and theGrow Younger Affirmations session is here. The affirmations in this brand new session are the same as those found in the Grow Younger ATM.

This session is designed to help open your mind to positive possibilities and new beliefs about aging. Using the power of affirmations, we will empower ourselves to turn back the clock and grow younger – so that we can live our lives with youthful energy and vitality.

Are you ready to give it a try?

Click here on your mobile device, or type “Grow Younger Affirmations” into the search bar in the app. And if you haven’t tried the full ATM version yet, I highly recommend that you do!

Make sure to leave me a comment below to let me know what you think!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

The post Introducing… Grow Younger Affirmations! appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:EFT Tapping for Sleep: Try This If You’re Having Trouble SleepingLouise Hay Talks TappingWelcome, Baby Enzo!

View Details

What if the benefits of face tapping could include both skincare advantages and emotional balance in one go, helping you both look good and feel good at the same time?

When most people think of facial tapping, they might imagine just another skincare fad to add to their beauty routine to improve skin tone or reduce wrinkles. But you don’t just want to look good, you want to feel good, too. And the simple act of tapping on certain points on your face can lead to benefits that go beyond skin deep – helping you glow from the inside out.

Face tapping is part of a technique called Tapping (also known as EFT Tapping, or Emotional Freedom Techniques), which involves tapping certain points on your face, hands, and body with your fingertips.

In this comprehensive guide, we’ll explore the numerous benefits of face tapping and learn the basic EFT Tapping technique.

The Surprising Benefits of Facial TappingTapping has gained widespread recognition in recent years as an effective tool for boosting emotional and mental wellness. This technique combines the principles of ancient Chinese acupressure and modern psychology, offering a wealth of powerful (and surprising) benefits for body, mind, and spirit that include stress reduction, improved sleep, pain relief, and more.

Here are some of the key benefits you can expect from incorporating facial tapping into your daily routine:

1. Stress Reduction Tapping directly targets the amygdala, the part of your brain that’s like the alarm system for stress, fear, and all kinds of emotional responses. When you tap on specific acupressure points during Tapping, you’re essentially calming down and ‘turning off’ this alarm system. The process sends calming signals to the amygdala, rewiring how we respond to the stressors and challenges of daily life.

When we’re stressed, our brain acts like it’s in danger. Tapping helps remind our brain that everything is okay and it can relax.

To give you an idea of how effective this can be, just one hour of EFT Tapping has been shown to reduce cortisol, the stress hormone, by 43%.[1]

2. Anxiety Relief Tapping can lower anxiety levels by disrupting negative thought patterns, calming the fight-or-flight response, and promoting a more balanced emotional state.

In The Tapping Solution App, users of the guided Releasing Anxiety Tapping meditation report an average reduction in anxiety of 41% after just 9 minutes.

3. Better Sleep By reducing stress and promoting relaxation, tapping on acupressure points on your face and other parts of your body can help you settle in, wind down, and fall asleep with greater ease.

People often report falling asleep faster, staying asleep longer, and finding relief from sleep issues like insomnia.

4. Pain ReliefTapping through the points on the face and rest of the body can help alleviate pain. EFT Tapping works quite well for pain relief because pain is often tied to stress or unresolved emotional issues. Through Tapping, you can release stress from your body and work through emotions that may be held in your body, helping to put your body into a relaxing and healing state.

In one study, participants’ pain levels decreased by 57% after just a 4-day workshop in EFT Tapping.[2]

5. Improved Mental Wellbeing and Emotional Resilience Facial tapping can help you process and release difficult emotions more effectively, leading to greater emotional resilience and mental wellbeing. This is a powerful tool that can help you navigate the demands and stressors of daily life with greater balance and ease.

With over 300 scientific studies on EFT Tapping, we now know it can be effective to help people improve mental wellbeing and work through conditions like depression and PTSD.[3,4,5]

6. Soothed StomachTapping on your face, particularly on the acupressure point under the eye, can help settle your stomach and ease digestion. This point corresponds to the stomach meridian in traditional Chinese medicine, and tapping that point on your face may help when your stomach is feeling unsettled or uneasy.

7. Increased Energy and Focus As you release stress and help your nervous system feel safe, you’ll give your brain and body a break from working so hard. With the extra resources you get back, you’ll be able to experience greater energy, focus, and clarity – leaving you feeling more vibrant and alert.

8. Improved Markers of HealthTapping actually works on a physiological level to create changes in both the brain and body, leading to improved markers of physical health.

Studies suggest Tapping can impact physiological markers of health, such as cortisol levels, heart rate, blood pressure, and more. It’s even been suggested to positively influence gene expression and brain activity.[1,2,6,7]

While some people may experience skin-related benefits from facial tapping like improved circulation and a healthy glow (not surprising, since stress reduction is a great “anti-aging” approach!), as you now know the practice of Tapping is about so much more than that.

It’s about rewiring your brain, regulating your nervous system, managing your emotions, and setting yourself up to feel more calm, cool, and collected no matter what life throws your way.

How to Do Facial Tapping: A Step-by-Step GuideNow that we understand the benefits, let’s explore the proper technique for Tapping.

Getting familiar with the 9 Tapping points

Tapping involves nine acupressure points, called Tapping points. They are found along the meridians used in traditional Chinese medicine.

Most of the Tapping points are found on the face (6 out of 9 are on the face and head!), while the other three are found on the side of your hand, your collarbone, and under your arm.

Many meridians either start or end on the face, making it a key area for this practice. That’s why during Tapping, you spend so much time tapping on your face.

To do the Tapping technique, you’ll use your fingertips to gently tap on each of the nine points in order, as you think about what is bothering you and repeat certain statements.

Here’s a handy diagram to show you where each of the 9 Tapping points are located on the face and body:

1. Side of the Hand (Karate Chop): This is the fleshy, narrow side of the hand on the side of the pinky finger.
Why we use it:Releases feeling stuck and promotes ease in moving forward, letting go, healing from grief, and becoming happy in the present moment.

2. Eyebrow – On the brow bone where the eyebrows begin, closest to the bridge of the nose.
Why we use it:Releases trauma, hurt, and sadness and promotes peace and emotional healing.

3. Side of the Eye – On the bone directly along the outside of either eye.
Why we use it:Releases resentment and anger and promotes clarity and compassion.

4. Under the Eye – On the bone directly underneath either eye.
Why we use it:Releases fear and anxiety and promotes feelings of contentment, calmness, and safety.

5. Under the Nose – The area directly beneath the nose and above the upper lip.
Why we use it:Releases shame and powerlessness and promotes self-acceptance, self-empowerment, and compassion for self and others.

6. Under the Mouth – This is the area just below your bottom lip and above the chin, right in the crease.
Why we use it:Releases confusion and uncertainty and promotes clarity, certainty, confidence, and self-acceptance.

7. Collarbone – Starting from where your collar bones meet in the center, go down an inch and out an inch on either side.
Why we use it:Releases the feeling of being stuck, promotes ease in moving forward, and boosts confidence and clarity.

8. Under the Arm – On your side, about four inches beneath the armpit.
Why we use it:Releases guilt, worry, and obsessing and promotes clarity, confidence, relaxation, and compassion for self and others.

9. Top of the Head – Directly on the crown of your head.
Why we use it:Opens the crown chakra and promotes spiritual connection, while anchoring in the new balance and alignment from the tapping round that has just been completed.

Even just a few minutes of Tapping through the points each day can lead to significant improvements in your mental, emotional, and physical well-being over time.

Curious to learn more about each point? Check out this guide to the 9 main Tapping points.

How to do the Basic Tapping SequenceYou can try Tapping yourself by following these easy steps:

Step 1. Identify the issue you want to focus on and rate how you feel.This might be a specific situation that you are stressed about, a physical symptom, or an emotion like anxiety or fear, for example. Ask yourself, “What is on my mind? What am I stressed or bothered about? What is my most pressing issue right now?” Anything causing your stress or discomfort can be the focus of your Tapping session.

Step 2: Rate how you feelWhen you think about your stress, your discomfort, or the emotion, how intense is it right now? Rate how you feel right now on a scale from 0 to 10, with 0 being the lowest intensity and 10 being the highest. So if you are very stressed, you’ll be a 10 and if you are feeling completely at ease you’ll be a 0.

Step 3: Compose a “setup statement”Tapping often begins with something called a “setup statement.” This statement acknowledges the problem you want to deal with. It should focus on accepting how you feel right now.

A setup statement often follows a framework that sounds something like this:

“Even though I [fill in the blank with your specific problem or feeling], I accept how I feel.”

An example might be, “Even though I’m anxious about my meeting at work, I accept how I feel.”

Step 4: Repeat the setup statement three times while Tapping on the side of the handTake a deep breath in, and then out. It’s time to start Tapping!

Gently tap your fingertips on the Side of the Hand. Continue Tapping here as you repeat your setup statement (either out loud or in your mind) three times over.

Step 5: Tap through the rest of the pointsNext, it’s time to move through the remaining eight Tapping points starting at the Eyebrow and ending at the Top of the Head, in the following order:

• Eyebrow
• Side of the Eye
• Under the Eye
• Under the Nose
• Under the Mouth
• Collarbone
• Under the Arm
• Top of the Head

Tap gently with your fingertips for a few moments on each point before moving on to the next. As you tap on the points, simply say how you feel – either in your mind or out loud. Be honest with what is going on for you and how you are feeling about it. This process lets you release the emotion or discomfort as you go along.

You can repeat this entire sequence as many times as you’d like – until the intensity of your feelings have decreased and you are feeling more comfortable.

Step 6: Move towards the positive with one final round of TappingNow that you’ve released some of the intensity and you are feeling more balanced and at ease around the issue, you can begin to say empowering, uplifting statements to help you end on a powerful note.

Examples of empowering, positive statements to end with could include:

• “I am safe.”
• “I’ve got this.”
• “I am strong and capable.”
• “I am feeling calm and confident.”
• “All is well.”

Repeat these positive statements to yourself in your mind or out loud as you go through the Tapping points one more time.

Step 7: Rate how you feel againAfter you finish Tapping, take a deep breath in and out, and then notice how you feel. How intense are your feelings now on the 0 to 10 scale? If you are feeling better, your new number will be lower.

For an in-depth explanation of the technique with extra tips and tricks, check out this comprehensive guide.

And if you truly want to experience the full benefits of facial tapping, incorporate this EFT Tapping into your daily routine. Following along to our short and easy guided sessions in The Tapping Solution App makes the process super easy and can help you build a regular habit.

The app has hundreds of options to choose from, with topics to suit every issue or need. You can start your day with a short Tapping meditation to set a positive tone, use it during stressful moments for quick relief, or end your day with Tapping to promote relaxation and better sleep.

As with any new practice, it’s important to approach this practice with an open mind and give yourself time to experience its effects.

Download The Tapping Solution App today to access hundreds of guided Tapping meditations available anytime you need, right in your pocket (and it’s free to get started!)

Get Started For FreeTry the Tapping Solution App and lower stress in under 10 minutes* Instantly reduce anxiety and stress * Fall asleep faster and sleep better * Boost productivity, stay motivated * Relieve chronic or occasional pain * Release anger, find peace Until next time… Keep Tapping!
Nick Ortner

References1. Stapleton P, Crighton G, Sabot D, O’Neill HM. Reexamining the effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: A randomized controlled trial. Psychol Trauma. 2020;12(8):869-877. 2. Bach D, Groesbeck G, Stapleton P, Sims R, Blickheuser K, Church D. Clinical EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) Improves Multiple Physiological Markers of Health. J Evid Based Integr Med. 2019;24:2515690X18823691. 3. Clond M. Emotional Freedom Techniques for Anxiety: A Systematic Review With Meta-analysis. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2016;204(5):388-395. 4. Nelms JA, Castel L. A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis of Randomized and Nonrandomized Trials of Clinical Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT) for the Treatment of Depression. Explore (NY). 2016;12(6):416-426. 5. Church D, Stern S, Boath E, Stewart A, Feinstein D, Clond M. Emotional Freedom Techniques to Treat Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Veterans: Review of the Evidence, Survey of Practitioners, and Proposed Clinical Guidelines. Perm J. 2017;21:16-100. doi:10.7812/TPP/16-100. 6. Maharaj, ME. Differential Gene Expression after Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT) Treatment: A Novel Pilot Protocol for Salivary mRNA Assessment. Energy Psychology Journal. 2016;8(1):17-32.

Stapleton P, Buchanan C, Mitchell I, McGrath Y, Gorton P, Carter B. An initial investigation of neural changes in overweight adults with food cravings after emotional freedom techniques. OBM Integrative and Complementary. 2019;4(14):10-21926.

The post The Benefits of Face Tapping and How to Do It appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from CancerWhy It’s Important to Be Brave and Take RisksA Real-Life Tapping Journey: Lianne’s Pathway from Pain to Positivity

View Details

Being a caregiver for another person is one of the most profound acts of kindness you can perform, but it’s also not without its challenges.

It’s a journey that can be both rewarding and exhausting, filled with moments of both gratitude and overwhelm.

If you’re a caregiver, I’m glad you are here. Today, we’ve got Linda Abbit here to provide support and to share some powerful reminders that all caregivers need to hear.

Introducing… Linda Abbit!Linda Abbit is an eldercare professional and caregiver with more than 25 years of experience caring for her parents and other family members.

Having worked for over ten years in the eldercare and healthcare professions, Linda holds a Master’s degree in Education and was a support group facilitator for the Alzheimer’s Association in Orange County for many years. Linda received the Caregiver of the Year Award by Caregiving.com in 2009.

Linda is the author of The Conscious Caregiver: A Mindful Approach to Caring for Your Loved One Without Losing Yourself. She currently writes, speaks, leads workshops and assists family caregivers through her book and her Tender Loving Eldercare website.

Her motto is “Self-care is NOT selfish!”

7 Reminders All Caregivers Need To HearLinda was a family caregiver for over 25 years, and she’s dedicated her career to supporting caregivers around the world. She knows what the experience is like, and she knows just how tricky the journey can be.

Here’s what Linda wants you to know if YOU are walking the caregiving journey:

#1. You are not alone on this journey.You aren’t the only one feeling this way, and you are not alone in your experiences. Even if it doesn’t feel like it right now, you are surrounded by people who get it, and who can help support you.

#2. You are doing the best you can in a difficult circumstance.You don’t have to be perfect. Simply show up, do your best with the resources you have, and keep moving forward.

#3. All of your feelings make sense.No matter how you feel, your emotions are valid. Whether you feel overwhelm, guilt, grief, loneliness, or something else, there’s nothing wrong with you. Your feelings will ebb and flow, but they won’t last forever.

#4. You deserve the same care, compassion, and understanding you give others.You are dealing with a lot, and self-compassion and self-acceptance can go a long way in helping you navigate this journey.

#5. It’s okay to ask for support.No one should have to do this all on their own. There are people and resources who can support you. Create a team of support around you to help you through.

#6. You will find your way one step at a time.Even if there are a lot of unknowns and challenges ahead of you, you are strong and capable, and you will figure it all out as you go. You will cross each bridge when it comes.

#7. You have permission to rest.You can be an excellent caregiver, AND take care of yourself, too. Your needs matter. Taking care of yourself and taking breaks for rest helps you show up as your best self. Remember – self-care is NOT selfish!

With these reminders fresh in your mind, it’s a great time to take another step towards nurturing your own well-being.

If you’d like to practice some well-deserved self-care right now, then it’s time to try some Tapping!

Calling all caregivers: Come tap with us in the App!We are so grateful to Linda, who lent her insights, wisdom, and guidance to The Tapping Solution App to create the Caregiver Support Collection.

This collaboration is so exciting for us, because we’ve heard from SO many of you over the years that caregiving is an area where you’ve been seeking support. And so to have a caregiver develop these sessions for us is a dream come true.

With the help of Tapping, you can honor and acknowledge all of the emotions you are experiencing, help calm your body and mind, and allow yourself to navigate this journey with greater self-compassion and ease.

Explore our Caregiver Support Category to find a topic that resonates with you. Here are the sessions we currently have to offer:

• Caregiver Support: Releasing Loneliness & Cultivating Connection
• Caregiver Support: Releasing Overwhelm
• Caregiver Support: Burnout Recovery
• Caregiver Support: Navigating the Unknowns
• Caregiver Support: Releasing Resentment
• Caregiver Support: Letting Go of Guilt

Here’s what people have been saying about these Tapping meditations:

“I loved this session! As a parent of a child with significant disabilities this is just what I needed today.”

“Thank you so much for creating these sessions. They are of great value in maintaining my personal self care while being a caregiver for my loved one. ”

“I did tapping around caring for the elderly this morning and I was amazed at the emotions that came up. I felt so much better afterwards when I was in with my elderly parents, both in their 90’s…The tapping was very helpful.”

“If you are taking care of someone, maybe a family member that’s struggling mentally or health-wise. This is wonderful. If you’re burnt-out because of the care (emotional &/or physical) try this one. I went from a 10 to a 5!”

“all of the caregiver tappings are exactly what I’ve been searching for. Thank you so much.”
“I started doing them last night – I’m going to do one every day. It’s great – thank you ”

Get the Support You Need: More from Linda AbbitAre you a caregiver? Could you use some extra support as you navigate this journey?

Linda’s got a whole bunch of resources available to help.

First, you’ve got to check out Linda’s amazing book, The Conscious Caregiver: A Mindful Approach to Caring for Your Loved One Without Losing Yourself.

This book is packed full of advice and lessons that Linda has gathered from her many years of experience. With everything from how to talk to your loved ones about the situation, how to stay financially secure during this time of life, and how to take the time to care for yourself, this guide can help better you care for your loved one and yourself at the same time.

Linda also currently writes, speaks, leads workshops, and assists family caregivers through her website, Tender Loving Eldercare.

Check out her work – I promise you’ll feel more supported, and you’ll learn invaluable tips and tricks to help you feel calmer and more empowered on your caretaking journey.

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

P.S. If you try the Caregiver Support Tapping meditations, let us know what you think by leaving us a comment below! And if you have a reminder of your own you’d like to share with the caregiving community, post it in the comments

The post 7 Reminders All Caregivers Need to Hear appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:EFT Tapping for Sleep: Try This If You’re Having Trouble SleepingHeal Your Body with Positive Affirmations and TappingHealing Your Gut: Extended Session – The Tapping Solution App

View Details

Something pretty cool happened recently…

The Tapping Solution had a billboard ad displayed right in the heart of Times Square in NYC for an entire week!

My sister Jessica, my brother Alex, and I had the incredible opportunity to go to the city, stand in front of the ad, and soak in the surreal experience.

But here’s where it gets even more special: On the day our ad first went live, someone sent us a video of a crowd of Argentinians gathered right underneath it, there to celebrate Messi’s birthday (he’s a famous Argentine soccer player)!

For those who don’t know, Jessica, Alex, and I were all born in Argentina and moved to the U.S. when we were kids.

Seeing our ad up there, with the American flag waving above and a crowd of fellow Argentinians below, felt like a beautiful wink from the universe.

It was one of those magical moments that made us feel so grateful for our journey.

I just had to share it with you because your support has been such a big part of this adventure.

Thank you for being along for the ride with us!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

The post The Tapping Solution in Times Square appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Welcome, Baby Enzo!Turn Your Day Around: Release Overwhelming ThoughtsFrom Fear and Worry to Peace – The Tapping Solution App

View Details

A little while back, our customer service team forwarded me an email that said,

“Steve Guttenberg, the actor, responded to our email about the new Caregiving Support Collection, letting us know how much he loves Tapping and the APP and that he has a new book out about his caregiving journey.”

Wait, what…?

Like THE Steve Guttenberg?

Mahoney in Police Academy (1, 2, 3 AND 4!) – Mahoney who cracked Jess, Alex and I up as we huddled around our little TV, all squished together on the couch during our childhood?

Like THE Steve Guttenberg from Cocoon (so beautiful!), Diner (groundbreaking!), Short Circuit (deep and so relevant to our time of machines seeming to come alive now), 3 Men and A Baby (after having kids more relatable and funny than ever) and countless other films?

Yup, that Steve.

So I emailed him back right away, learned that he’s an avid Tapper and credits it in helping him immensely in the past year (turns out he learned about it from another brilliant actor, Jason Segel) and that he’s one of the sweetest people on the planet!

I got to spend some time with him last week and it was an honor and treat for SO many reasons. As I hugged him I kept thinking, “I’m hugging Mahoney!” and my 12 year old self was in shock. Lol.

After he got in touch with us, he generously offered to speak with my sister, Jessica. The conversation they shared was touching, moving, and full of wisdom.

You’ve GOT to watch it. At about 13 minutes in, he shares a hilarious story about a day his father joined him on set, and had the chance to stand in for an impressive stunt… in front of Julie Andrews.

We are SO thrilled and humbled that Steve is a fan of The Tapping Solution App.

Want to tap along to some of Steve’s favorite sessions?

Give some of his recommendations a try:

• Micro Boost of Courage
• Micro Boost of Happiness
• Micro Boost of Energy
• 21-Day Gratitude Series
• Caregiver Support Category

Tip: You can find these meditations in the app by clicking the links above on your mobile device, or search for the titles in the search bar ()in the app.

Steve also listens to the Daily Inspiration each and every day. Head to the dashboard on your app to listen to today’s audio!

Grab Your Copy of Time to ThankI’m really excited to share one more exciting part of this story with you.

Steve has written a beautiful, moving, stirring, funny, thought provoking book that I just finished reading cover to cover.

It’s called “Time To Thank” and it’s a profoundly moving and beautifully written memoir that delves deep into his life and his unexpected role as a caregiver.

It’s a heartfelt tribute to his father, who was diagnosed with kidney failure, and it chronicles the emotional and physical journey Steve undertook to care for him.

This book is a must-read for movie fans, road trip enthusiasts, and caregivers alike. It’s a poignant reminder of the importance of family, the beauty of life’s journey, and the strength we find in each other. Steve’s has created a timeless piece that will resonate with many and leave a lasting impact on all who read it.

I LOVED this book and I think you will too.

Pick up a copy here and let me know what you think.

Until next time… Keep Tapping! (like Steve!)

Nick Ortner

P.S. What’s YOUR favorite Steve Guttenberg movie? Share with me in the comments below.

The post A Moving Interview with THE Steve Guttenberg on Tapping, Caregiving, and More appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:4 Things to Let Go of This Holiday SeasonHow Does Tapping Work? All About EFT Tapping10 Mantras to Power You Up for a Great Day

View Details

Let’s uncover some common misconceptions about periods and learn how EFT Tapping for menstrual problems can help.

Long gone are the days when talking about periods is taboo and women have to suffer in silence. I remember the first time I heard Nicole speak and I realized how little I understood about my own body. Most of us don’t grow up understanding our menstrual cycle.

Nicole Jardim, a trailblazer in women’s health, is here with us today to challenge what we know about our periods, delving into the often overlooked truths about the menstrual cycle.

From dismissing the ‘normalcy’ of menstrual discomfort, to empowering you with strategies for finding solutions to period problems, Nicole’s expertise illuminates a path to better understanding your body and finding the relief you deserve.

Ready to see your period in a whole new light?

In a minute, we’re going to dive into 5 surprising facts with you that could transform your relationship with your menstrual health.

We’ll also talk about how to use EFT Tapping for menstrual problems so you can finally find relief from nagging issues.

But first, let’s meet Nicole.

Meet Nicole JardimNicole Jardim is a Certified Women’s Health Coach, author of Fix Your Period, and the creator of the Fix Your Period Collective, a first-of-its-kind membership experience that provides an interactive roadmap to help women achieve lasting hormone balance and improve everything from PMS, period pain, and heavy periods to irregular and missing periods.

Nicole is also the founder of the Institute for Menstrual Health, which offers training programs, mentorship, and resources for an international community of women’s health practitioners and coaches.

Finally, Nicole is the host of The Period Party, a top-rated podcast.

5 Things You Didn’t Know About Your Period#1. Period problems aren’t “normal.”Period and menstrual cycle issues are often misunderstood, minimized, and dismissed. They’re seen as “normal.” And we are encouraged to suffer in silence.

But while many women have period problems, it isn’t “normal.” You’re not supposed to be doubled over in pain every month, constantly wondering when your next period will be, or perpetually dreading the week before your period.

It’s not the way your body is designed, and suffering through is not the way it has to be.

And this brings us to #2…

2. Menstrual issues are not a life sentence. You have the power to change how you feel.Throughout your cycle, you may experience all sorts of different symptoms.

You might even feel like your body and your life are completely out of control, experiencing things like bloating, pain, acne, appetite changes, gut issues, sleep problems, headaches, lowered libido, anxiety, irritability, and brain fog… the list of period problems could go on and on.

But here’s the thing. Period problems are not a life sentence.

One of the biggest myths out there is that menstrual issues are not fixable. They are!

There are biological explanations for the physical symptoms, the mood swings, all of it. And there are things you can do to make a difference when it comes to your period and your overall health.

You have the power to ask questions, to look closer, to speak up, and to search for solutions.

You have the power to create positive changes and to nourish and care for your body every single day.

You have the power to be an advocate for yourself and to not stop until you get the answers you need.

Change doesn’t happen overnight, but it is possible. The first step is feeling empowered to work with your body and find solutions, not stopping until you get the care you deserve. From there, you can find a support team to help you, try new things, and make your way forward one step at a time.

Want to empower yourself to create the positive changes in your menstrual health that you deserve? Give this Tapping for menstrual problems meditation a try – it’s led by Nicole herself!

3. Symptoms are messages from the body telling you that something needs to shift. While some mild symptoms like light cramping, mood changes, and more can be expected during any given cycle, if menstrual symptoms ever become more severe or disruptive to your daily life, it is likely a sign from your body that something is off.

More extreme symptoms are often messages from your body, telling you that something in your life needs to shift.

Whenever you notice menstrual symptoms – be it pain, headaches, irritability, or more – it’s important to ask yourself: What is my body trying to tell me? What can I learn from the messages it is sending my way?

You might find that your body is asking you to slow down, cancel plans, drink more water, be kinder to yourself, or something else.

Dealing with different menstrual cycle symptoms? Try out these sessions on Tapping for menstrual problems to explore what’s going on and help yourself find relief:

4. Stress is most likely influencing your cycle.Period challenges are almost always related to nervous system dysregulation in some way. And much of the time, stress is playing a major role.

When we are stressed and go into fight-or-flight mode, the brain reacts by diverting resources away from bodily functions that aren’t considered vital to immediate survival – like reproduction.

Stress disrupts something called the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis, which results in our ovaries not working as well. This can lead to an imbalance in sex hormone levels.[1]

Not to mention, stress also causes inflammation levels to go through the roof…

All of this can contribute to or exacerbate menstrual cycle issues!

Several studies have documented that when women undergo periods of stress, they are more likely to have issues like irregular or long cycles, painful periods, and premenstrual symptoms.[1-4]

Now of course, stress isn’t your fault! In fact, stress is an inevitable part of all of our lives.

But it’s vital to have tools to help ourselves regulate our nervous systems and respond to stress effectively – like Tapping!

Releasing stress with the help of techniques like Tapping helps your body move into a healing state, and it also helps you become more empowered to explore healing possibilities, find solutions, and better advocate for yourself.

5. Your period is a time to slow down and nurture yourself.Have you ever noticed that you feel more tired, withdrawn, introspective, or emotionally vulnerable during your period?

The bleeding phase of the menstrual cycle is marked by a decline in your sex hormones estrogen and progesterone, which contribute to us feeling that way. This makes it a natural time to want to rest and retreat.

And this isn’t something to ignore or push through!

Your period isn’t a time to schedule big activities, make big decisions, or stuff your plate full of responsibilities. Instead, it is a time to focus on nurturing yourself. It is a time to reflect and slow down.
Want to practice slowing down and nurturing yourself while on your period?

Try our Period Soother Tapping meditation in the app:

Tap Along with Nicole in the AppWant more of this menstrual cycle wisdom from Nicole in your life?

We’re thrilled to announce that you can learn, explore, and try Tapping for menstrual problems with Nicole in The Tapping Solution App!

We collaborated with Nicole on 8 Tapping meditations in our Menstrual Cycle Support Category. These sessions, led by Nicole herself, are designed to help you release stress, find relief, and feel supported and empowered throughout your cycle.

Here’s a list of all the meditations available at this time:

• Menstrual Pain and Cramp Relief
• Menstrual Headache and Migraine Relief
• Premenstrual Symptom Reliever
• Menstrual Muscle Ache and Pain Relief
• Menstrual Irritability Relief
• Feeling Down: Menstrual Support
• Period Soother
• Menstrual Problems: Finding Peace and Clarity

Tip: Click here on your mobile device to go straight to this category in the app. Or, search for the title in the app!

We LOVE these meditations. And our users are loving Tapping for menstrual problems, too!

“I absolutely loved and needed this one and I felt a real shift ”

“The one for cramps was a HUGE help last week!! I went from an 8 to a 4, and was able to actually get some things done. Thank you for putting this Collection together!!! So many people who menstruate will benefit from these tapping meditations!”

“Thank you so much for adding the menstrual support collection. I always get migraines and I did the tapping for menstrual migraine today and I can’t thank you enough, so much relief.”

Ready to Fix Your Period? Connect with Nicole JardimIf you are struggling with menstrual cycle issues, remember this: you aren’t supposed to feel this way. And you have the power to change how you feel!

One of the best things you can do to empower yourself on the healing journey is to seek out support.

That’s why Nicole created the Fix Your Period Collective, a first-of-its-kind membership that empowers women to reclaim their hormone health. It’s all about giving you the support you need to sort out any and all period problems.

You can find everything Nicole offers at www.nicolejardim.com, and you can follow her on Instagram and Facebook for regular insights and inspiration.

Be sure to check out her membership and her life-changing book Fix Your Period: Six Weeks to Banish Bloating, Conquer Cramps, Manage Moodiness, and Ignite Lasting Hormone Balance.

Nicole believes each and every woman deserves to take back control of their own bodies, starting today.

Her work has been incredibly invaluable in my own life, and I hope it is the same for you!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Jessica Ortner

References

1. Vigil P, Meléndez J, Soto H, Petkovic G, Bernal YA, Molina S. Chronic Stress and Ovulatory Dysfunction: Implications in Times of COVID-19. Front Glob Womens Health. 2022 May 23;3:866104.
2. Yaşar Ö. The effect of perceived stress on menstrual complaints in university students. Women Health. 2024 Apr;64(4):341-349.
3. Ozimek N, Velez K, Anvari H, Butler L, Goldman KN, Woitowich NC. Impact of Stress on Menstrual Cyclicity During the Coronavirus Disease 2019 Pandemic: A Survey Study. J Womens Health (Larchmt). 2022 Jan;31(1):84-90.
4. Singh R, Sharma R, Rajani H. Impact of stress on menstrual cycle: A comparison between medical and non medical students. Saudi Journal for Health Sciences.2015 May-Aug;4(2):115-119.

The post 5 Things You Didn’t Know About Your Period – From a Women’s Health Coach appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationPrescriptions for Health & HappinessColor Cue Challenge: Reminding Yourself to Breathe, Relax, and Take Care of Yourself

View Details

Have you ever found yourself overwhelmed with an emotion, or struggling with a stressor in your life?

I think it’s pretty safe for me to assume the answer is yes.

The truth is, we all get overwhelmed by emotions from time to time. And we all can feel stuck in those challenging moments, unsure of the best course of action.

So, what can we do to cope more effectively with the challenges of life?

Luckily, we have renowned clinical psychologist and Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) expert Dr. Claire Hayes here to help.

Read on to discover Dr. Hayes’ simple, three-step process that will help you navigate the hardest of moments with greater ease, so you can move forward feeling more empowered.

Plus, make sure to stick around to learn about the latest, groundbreaking meditation techniques we’ve been exploring.

Spoiler: When you merge two transformative techniques, you end up with a dynamic duo that can revolutionize your daily experience.

Meet Dr. Claire HayesDr. Claire Hayes is a renowned clinical psychologist, lecturer, author, researcher, and educator. She has dedicated her life to helping individuals of all ages understand and manage anxiety.

With over 40 years of training and experience, and two Masters degrees and a PhD, she empowers individuals, groups, and organizations to apply evidence-based psychological principles to navigate life’s challenges effectively.

Within her clinical practice, Dr. Hayes expertly integrates EFT Tapping techniques with cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) to offer a holistic approach to mental well-being.

We had the unique opportunity to collaborate with Dr. Hayes, and learn all about how to most effectively combine the power of Tapping with the principles of CBT.

Tapping + CBT: A Power CombinationIn her work with clients, Dr. Hayes has found that EFT Tapping is an extremely effective tool for reinforcing the key principles she uses in her work.

Tapping particularly pairs well with Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT). I helps people to calm and regulate their nervous systems so that they can create more powerful shifts in how they feel, think, believe, and act.

As Dr. Hayes explains,

“I use Tapping as a clinical psychologist to help people have more tools that they can use to really focus on their feelings, their thoughts, their beliefs, and their actions in a way that makes a difference in empowering them.

I find Tapping really grounds the basic principles of CBT.”

Dr. Hayes hasn’t just seen the positive effects of using Tapping alongside CBT with the clients in her therapy practice. She also uses Tapping herselfand personally loves the technique!

She says,

“I do practice what I teach, and I find Tapping very useful for me on a personal basis.

It has become a very, very powerful way for me to come back to myself, to ground myself, and to get a balance between my feelings, my thoughts, my beliefs, my actions.
It helps me really take care of myself in the best way I can.”

3 Simple steps to better cope with life’s challenges: Using ‘The ABC Coping Sentence’To help people understand the basic principles of Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, Dr. Hayes developed something called ‘The ABC Coping Sentence’ (©Hayes).

The ABC Coping Sentence helps you acknowledge how you feel, understand why you feel that way, and then choose your next course of action from a grounded, centered place.

It’s a simple, three-step process. You can use it anytime you are experiencing a strong emotion and are having a hard time coping with one of life’s many stressors.

Here’s the formula:

Step 1: A – Acknowledge First, you simply acknowledge whatever emotion is present for you.

Noticing and acknowledging how we feel is a powerful first step in navigating any challenging moment.

When we give ourselves space to feel our feelings and simply witness our emotions without judgment, we can feel more calm, comforted, and reassured. This sets the stage for being able to move forward in a more empowering way.

Want to give it a try? Complete this part of the sentence:

“I feel ____ .”

Step 2: B – Because Next, you validate why you’ve been feeling that way.

Your feelings make sense, and they are here for a reason.

You probably feel this way because of something going on in your life, or because of the thoughts that have been running through your mind.

Maybe you feel sad because you are grieving a loss in your life. Maybe you feel anxious about an upcoming work presentation, because you’ve been thinking about everything that could go wrong during the presentation.

Being honest about how we feel and why, without judging, criticizing, or trying to fix anything, allows us to be more compassionate and understanding with ourselves. This eases the process and helps us see ourselves and our situation more clearly.

Want to give it a try? Complete the next part of the sentence:

“I feel ____ , because ____ .”

Step 3: C – ChooseOnce we are able to acknowledge how we feel and why, we can move towards taking our power back and making an empowering choice.

That brings us to the third and final part of the CBT Coping Sentence – choose.

In any given situation, no matter what’s going on around us, no matter how we are feeling, we always have the power to choose our next steps.

So ask yourself: What choices can you make right now that would help shift how you feel? What can you do right now to move forward with greater ease?

Ready to complete the ABC Coping Sentence? Give it a try now:

“I feel ____ , because ____ . But I choose to _____ .”

Examples:Here are some practical examples of the ABC Coping Sentence:

• “I feel worried, because I think people will judge me at the party. But I choose to breathe deeply and show up as my authentic self.”
• “I feel overwhelmed, because I have a lot of things on my plate and my to-do list keeps growing. But I choose to do the very best I can one step at a time, and ask for support when I need to.”
• “I feel sad, because I lost something/someone I cared a lot about. But I choose to slow down, take gentle care of myself, and treat myself with self-compassion.”
• “I feel embarrassed, because I think I made a mistake at work. But I choose to remember I am more than any of my feelings, thoughts, beliefs, or actions, and I choose to learn from this experience.”

Tap along with Dr. Claire Hayes in The Tapping Solution AppWant to put the ABC Coping Sentence and other Cognitive Behavioral Therapy principles into practice?

We’re thrilled that we had the opportunity to collaborate with Dr. Hayes to create an entire CBT + Tapping category in The Tapping Solution App.

This unique blend proves to be a dynamic duo, revolutionizing the way you navigate your thoughts, emotions, and actions.

Now, whenever you need a tool to help you shift how you feel, think, believe, or act, you can combine the power of Tapping with the key principles from CBT and tap along with Dr. Hayes.

There are four sessions available in the app, led by Dr. Hayes herself:

• Break Free from Unhelpful Habits
• Understand and Release Emotions
• Change Unhelpful Thought Patterns
• Transform Limiting Beliefs

Tip: Click here on your mobile device to go straight to this category in the app. Or, search for the title of your choice in the app!

Here’s what others have been saying about these impactful Tapping meditations:“I am currently taking a CBT course as suggested by my Dr. This session absolutely fits right in with my course! Thank you for bringing this to us. I am very grateful for this type of new tapping and CBT combination.”

-Dawn

“This meditation has enabled me to handle my fear about my husband’s cancer and to keep my sanity! It has helped me to feel calmer and in control of my anxiety. I do this prior to meditation, and it helps me settle much quicker. Thank you Dr. Hayes!”

-Karin

“I tapped along ‘Change unhelpful thought patterns’ OMG what a Gem!!!!”

-Rocio

“All I can say is just wow both of these that I have done so far in this category are exceptional! I will be putting these on repeat, for me personally, I can see using each of them at different times of the day to help me focus on who I want to be and what I want to be doing.”

-Hocie

“This is extra powerful, and she is so gentle… Acknowledgement of what is and than slowly opening the possibility to change is the careful step to self caring and love. What a beautiful extra gift for us from you is this person! ”

-Johanna

Curious to learn more? Go deeper with Dr. HayesIf you’re interested in learning more about the ABC Coping Sentence, CBT techniques, managing anxiety, or other topics to enhance your mental well-being, be sure to check out the work of Dr. Claire Hayes at https://drclairehayes.ie.

With books, a clinical practice, video lectures, a program for managing anxiety in children, and more, Dr. Hayes is here to support you as you learn to cope with the stressors in your life.

Her fourth book, Choose Well: The ABC Coping Sentence, is out now. A guidebook for how to apply these principles in your daily life, this incredible book offers a simple and effective way to cope better with all of life’s myriad of challenges. I highly encourage you to check it out!

We’re so grateful that Dr. Hayes contributed her incredible expertise to the app, and we hope you get as much out of her teachings as we have!

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

The post 3 Simple Steps to Better Cope with Life’s Challenges – With a CBT Therapist appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Tapping Meditation – From Overwhelm to CalmMeditaciones con Tapping en EspañolReleasing Stress and Anxiety Tap-Along

View Details

Throughout our lives, we all encounter a myriad of experiences. Some leave us with memories we cherish, while others etch deep marks of pain and hurt.

Big or small, we all experience trauma at some point in our lives.

These traumatic experiences can weigh heavy and impact us on a daily basis. The wounds of our past often leave us feeling like we are broken and fragmented, vulnerable in our surroundings, and unworthy of care and support.

In order to better understand the effects of trauma and how to begin the healing process, I had the privilege to learn from and collaborate with Dr. Arielle Schwartz, a beacon of hope for those navigating the path of trauma recovery.

Today, I’m going to share 3 powerful takeaways I walked away with from our time together.

Meet Dr. Arielle SchwartzDr. Arielle Schwart is a renowned clinical psychologist and bestselling author of The Complex PTSD Workbook. With over 6,000 reviews and 4.7 out of 5 rating on Amazon, this book has been gaining momentum as a groundbreaking tool for individuals. She is also the author of the powerful book, The Post- Traumatic Growth Guidebook.

Her wisdom and insights on healing have blown me out of the water, and her teachings have changed my life.

I’m so excited to share with you the top three lessons I took away from our time together.

3 Things We All Need to Hear – From Dr. Arielle Schwartz1. You are not broken, you are deeply hurt and simply in need of careWhen we face unresolved trauma, many of us end up feeling like there is something wrong with us. This can leave us thinking that we are broken or flawed.

But as Dr. Arielle puts it, the truth is that you are not broken. You’ve been deeply hurt, and you are simply in need of care.
You are not broken. In fact, you are already whole. And you just need compassion, love, and support to help you heal from the hurt you’ve endured.

This recognition that you are already whole and that you are not broken – it can be the first step towards healing.

So take a moment to take that in today. Repeat it to yourself, if you can:

I am not broken. I’m simply hurt, and in need of care.

Want to take this deeper? Click below on your mobile device to tap along with Dr. Schwartz to The Path to Gentle Care Tapping meditation:

2. You can find safety inside of yourself whenever you need itIn order to heal and to allow our bodies to release the burdens of trauma, we need to feel safe enough now, in the present moment. So, we must learn to build a sense of safety and stability within ourselves, before healing the wounds of the past.

Fortunately, we all have the tools within ourselves to establish a sense of safety.

We can ground ourselves in our physical space, we can gather comforting resources around us (a fuzzy blanket, a pet, whatever it might be), and we can go within ourselves to visualize our own inner sanctuary of safety. We can close our eyes and imagine a place where we feel totally at peaceful and at ease, and we can do whatever we need to in that space to feel safe and comfortable. These are all things we can do, whenever we need, to establish safety.

Landing in that sanctuary of safety within ourselves can be such a powerful tool to help us open the doors to healing.

As Dr. Schwartz says,

“You can create your own inner retreat, that you can return to as often as you’d like.”

Want to take this deeper? Click below on your mobile device to tap along with Dr. Schwartz to the Feeling Safe and Secure Tapping meditation:

3. All of you is welcome hereAnother key ingredient for healing is self-acceptance.

It can be easy to feel ashamed of certain parts of ourselves, or to want to push away certain feelings. But, in order to heal, we must learn to accept ourselves as we are, and to love all the parts of us that show up.
Approaching our emotions and experience with curiosity, rather than criticism, creates space for all our feelings and all our parts to be acknowledged.

As Dr. Schwartz says, “It is the birthright of every human being to be loved and accepted just as they are.”

You deserve that love and acceptance.

“ALL of you is welcome here. And ALL of you is worthy of unconditional love and acceptance.“

Want to take this deeper? Click below on your mobile device to tap along with Dr. Schwartz to the Embracing All of You Tapping meditation:

Come Tap Along with Dr. Arielle SchwartzIf you have wounds from the past, and you feel inspired to walk your own healing journey, then I highly encourage you to join us in The Tapping Solution App and tap along with Dr. Schwartz.
We are so truly grateful to be able to offer a 5-Day Transforming Trauma Series, crafted and led by Dr. Arielle Schwartz herself.

Tip: Click here on your mobile device to go straight to this series in the app. Or, search for the title in the app!

This series is a journey through five pivotal steps designed to foster inner healing, allowing you to shed the burdens of past traumas and stride forward with newfound freedom.

Through these carefully curated Tapping sessions, you’ll discover the art of anchoring in the present, embracing your whole self with kindness, and feeling empowered to navigate the path ahead.

Important Note: While these Tapping meditations provide valuable support, they are not a replacement for professional medical advice or treatment. Always consult with a qualified health provider for any medical concerns. These sessions are intended to complement your healing journey, alongside resources like Dr. Arielle’s “The Complex PTSD Workbook.”

In addition to this powerful 5-day experience, you can also find 5 standalone Trauma Support sessions:

• The Path to Gentle Care
• Embracing All of You
• Grounded and Safe: Creating a Sanctuary Within
• New Horizons: Rising with Resilience
• Reclaiming Your Worth

I am SO thrilled to be able to offer you these new sessions, and I can’t wait for you to give them a try.

What people are sayingThey are deeply comforting and incredibly powerful. Just read some of the reviews for yourself:

“This tapping meditation felt like a loving, supportive embrace. I am so grateful for the content facilitated by Dr. Arielle Schwartz.”

“This felt like a hug to me. Fabulous. I feel hopeful.”

“I was in a really bad state and this came at the right time… by the end of the session I was so relaxed and falling asleep with a feeling of calm and peace.”

“It made me cry I felt so seen and understood. The same goes for the other new trauma healing meditations. They are just what I need.”

“This is deep work to me. Thank you so much! I feel so safe after this meditation.”

“Really helped bring a feeling of peace and comfort”

“It touched my soul. thank you”

Whether you’re familiar with Tapping or new to the practice, Dr. Arielle Schwartz’s sessions provide a compassionate, unique, and powerful gateway to healing. We invite you to explore these sessions within The Tapping Solution App and embark on a transformative journey of healing.

To start, download The Tapping Solution App, and let your journey of self-discovery and growth begin.

Go Deeper with Dr. Arielle SchwartzFor more insightful resources and to learn all about Dr. Arielle Schwartz’s groundbreaking work, visit www.drarielleschwartz.com.

Her offerings include trainings, books, therapeutic yoga sessions (join via Zoom!), an incredible blog, and so much more. You can pre-order her latest book, “Applied Polyvagal Theory in Yoga” on Amazon now.

And guess what? You can even meet Dr. Arielle Schwartz in person at her upcoming Beyond Trauma Retreat at the Art of Living Retreat Center this September. Based on “The Post-Traumatic Growth Guidebook,” this incredible retreat will be a weekend of deep healing, taking you on a mind-body journey toward resilience, hope, and transformation.

Sign Up Here!

I’m so grateful to Dr. Arielle Schwartz for all the work she is doing to help people around the world heal. Her work has changed my life, and I hope it changes yours, too.

Until next time… Keep Tapping!

Jessica Ortner

The post 3 Things We All Need to Hear – From Dr. Arielle Schwartz appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Releasing Evening Stress – The Tapping Solution AppReleasing Coronavirus AnxietyReleasing Stress Around Politics – The Tapping Solution App

View Details

Have you ever wondered how elite athletes maintain their top-notch performance under intense pressure? The answer might surprise you – it’s not just about physical training; it’s also about mental preparation.

For many athletes, like three-time MLB All-Star Sean Casey, that time just before a game is critical for getting the mind in the right place.

And that’s where Tapping for sports performance comes into play.

Tapping is a research-backed tool, where cutting-edge neuroscience meets ancient wisdom. And it’s been proven to help athletes improve their game!

That’s why we were so excited when we had the chance to collaborate with Sean Casey to develop a series of Tapping meditations in The Tapping Solution App, each designed to harness the power of your mind to elevate your athletic performance.

Meet Sean CaseyBefore diving into the research on Tapping and sharing the meditations, let’s talk about Sean Casey.

Sean Casey is a former Major League Baseball player and former hitting coach for the New York Yankees. He was selected as an MLB All-Star three times during his 12 years playing as a first baseman and had a career batting average of .302. Sean is also an MLB Network analyst.

Now that’s one impressive professional career!

Sean knows firsthand the pressures and challenges that athletes face. He knows what it is like to perform at the very highest level, and to be under the spotlight while doing so.

And guess what? One of his favorite tools to help settle his mind, stay centered, and play at his best is… Tapping!

Watch below to hear from Sean himself about how much he loves Tapping:

Tapping for sports performance: a look at the scienceIt’s no secret that alongside the physical abilities that are required of athletes, there’s a big mental component, too.

It is vitally important for athletes to learn to stay calm, relaxed, and centered before and during big events – even when the stakes are high!

Because we all know what it’s like to try and do something well when we are full of anxiety, jitters, and nerves – whether it’s giving a presentation at work or trying to hit a home run. Let’s just say it doesn’t end well.

Tapping works by calming the brain and body, releasing strong emotions like anxiety and stress, and actually rewiring the brain to help us face high-pressure situations while staying calm, centered, focused, and confident.

Research has revealed that Tapping can significantly impact athletic performance. Studies show players scoring more, hitting targets better, and feeling more confident – all thanks to a bit of Tapping:

• In a 2009 study, basketball players who received a 15-minute Tapping session improved their free throw performance by approximately 20%.[1]
• Another study in soccer players found that a brief, 10-minute Tapping session could enhance goal-scoring abilities.[2]
• A 2012 study found that a single, 20-minute Tapping session could increase sports-related confidence and decrease emotional and physical distress in female college athletes.[3]

The research is ever-growing on the benefits of Tapping. But I think it’s fair to say that Tapping has a lot of potential to help athletes of all kinds increase their performance and play better!

Meditations for sports performance: With Sean Casey at the helmWe worked closely with Sean Casey, gathering his expert guidance and wisdom, to create meditations that address the specific needs of athletes.

And we even have two sessions guided by Sean himself! In the app, you can join him for an incredible experience as he leads you through Pre- and Post-Baseball Game Tapping meditations.

Here are the meditations created with Sean, which you can find in our Sports Performance Category:

Click on the images above using your mobile device to go right to them in the app, or search for the titles using the search feature.

And if you don’t yet have The Tapping Solution App, now’s the time to try it out! You can learn more about it here.

Ready to play like a pro? Get Tapping!So, are you ready to play like a pro?

With Sean Casey’s wisdom and Tapping for sports performance in your corner, you’re not just training your body; you’re supercharging your mind as well.

Give Tapping a go! You can learn more about the basic Tapping process and how to do it here, or you can head into the app and try the easy, guided meditations for yourself.

So, are you ready to knock it out of the park? You’ve got this!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

P.S. Tennis more your thing? Go here to watch a video by Steph Kent about how Tapping helped her change the game as a professional tennis player.

P.P.S. We’re so lucky to call Sean a friend of the family! My sister Jessica was even in his wedding! Here are a couple of adorable pictures of her family on the special day:

References1. Church, D. The Effect of EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) on Athletic Performance: A Randomized Controlled Blind Trial. Open Sports Sciences. 2009;2:94-99. doi: 10.2174/1875399X00902010094. 2. Llewellyn-Edwards, T & & Llewellyn-Edwards, M. The effect of Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT) on soccer performance. Fidelity: Journal for the National Council of Psychotherapy. 2012;47:14-21. 3. Church D & Downs D. Sports confidence and critical incident intensity after a brief application of Emotional Freedom Techniques: A pilot study. Sport Journal. 2012;15(1).

The post Tapping with the Pros: How to Up Your Game with MLB All-Star Sean Casey appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Take the Next Step, Again and AgainMotivate Me to Have A Productive Day Tapping MeditationInstant Boost of Energy – The Tapping Solution App

View Details

As a life-long fan of Zach Braff, from his hysterical and unforgettable role in Scrubs to his deeply moving films like Garden State and so many others, I couldn’t have been more thrilled at the opportunity to sit down with him for an interview a few weeks back.

Zach recently wrote and produced a new film called A Good Person, starring Molly Shannon – an actress who served as a beacon of light for me during my high school years.

When I sat down to watch the film, and I witnessed Molly Shannon Tapping on screen and mentioning Tapping, my jaw dropped. It was like an out of body experience that felt like a wink from the universe!

I had such a blast talking with Zach about the movie, the inspiration behind adding Tapping to the film, his personal process of working through fears and anxieties, and so much more.

Here are my top 4 takeaways from our time together (and don’t forget to scroll to the bottom to watch the full video interview!):

1. It’s okay to be skeptical and try something anywayWhen I asked Zach how Tapping made its way into this new film, he immediately mentioned his stepmother, “an amazing human being” who is a therapist and who is very open to all sorts of different approaches.

Since he was young, Zach remembers his stepmother introducing him to many “new agey” practices, many of which he was initially skeptical about and resistant to try. But time after time, to his surprise, they would end up being “amazing” and “life changing!”

He’s now 48 years old, and Zach’s step-mom is still suggesting new things for him to try – like Tapping! During a particularly stressful period in his life, he finally took her suggestion and tried Tapping. And despite his initial skepticism and resistance, he couldn’t deny that it lowered his anxiety.

After personally experiencing the power of Tapping to lower his anxiety and bring him a sense of calm, he even wove a Tapping reference into his new film.

Zach’s openness to try new things, even when part of him is skeptical and wants to fight it, is a powerful reminder to always give things a chance. Because who knows? They just might end up being the solution you’ve been looking for.

2. Be vulnerable and put yourself out there – even when you’re scaredOne of my favorite parts of our time together was when Zach opened up about the vulnerability involved in creating and sharing his art.

As Zach described, releasing something that comes “from the depths of your soul” is an act of courage and bravery, exposing the deepest, truest parts of you to potential criticism and judgment.

Zach’s recount of re-watching Brené Brown’s TED talk on vulnerability on the eve of releasing A Good Person, was such a powerful moment. He highlighted the courage it takes to be worried, to be afraid, to be anxious, and to put yourself out there and be vulnerable anyway.

His experience serves as a powerful encouragement for all of us to share our stories, to make our art, and to express ourselves authentically, despite our fears and insecurities. Because when we’re willing to put it all out there on the field, that’s when we move other people, when we make a difference in the world, and when we do our most meaningful work.

“Life begins at the end of your comfort zone.”
-Neale Donald Walsch

3. Everyone struggles with being human – we just need tools to help us show upOur discussion touched on the universal experience of dealing with fears, insecurities, and doubts.

Zach emphasized that no one, regardless of success or status, is immune to these human emotions. Even people at the very top of their field have the same, very normal, human experiences of self-doubt, anxiety, stress, and fear.

We can’t expect ourselves to never feel these things. But we can work on how we show up for ourselves in those moments, and we have the power to build a toolkit to help ourselves move through those moments with greater ease.

Zach’s personal toolkit includes meditation, sauna, cold plunges, cutting out alcohol from his life, and thanks to his step mom, some Tapping! These practices, and others, help him recenter and find calm when life has knocked him out of balance.

Finding tools like these that work for you, and incorporating them into your daily routine, is crucial for managing the complexities of the human experience and supporting your mental and physical health.

Watch now!I hope you’ll all watch the full conversation with Zach below, and then go out and watch his new film A Good Person as soon as you can.

I couldn’t recommend A Good Person highly enough. As deeply emotional as it is, the film is also infused with lots of humor, beauty, and hope. I was moved, I was touched, I cried, I laughed, and I enjoyed every minute of it.

Watch it tonight (available on Amazon Prime). You won’t regret it!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Jessica Ortner

The post 3 Things I Learned from Zach Braff appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationTapping into Better Sleep: Breaking the Cycle Between Stress and Poor Sleep10 Reminders You Might Need to Hear Today

View Details

In the news, on social media, and even when listening to stories in our own families or friend groups, we often just get the highlight reels. We hear about the major milestones, the big changes, the noteworthy accomplishments, and the breakthroughs!

It’s easy to start to believe that major breakthroughs are the only things that are important. It’s easy to start to think that if we want to see any valuable changes in our lives, we need something really big and noteworthy to happen.

But what if you didn’t need a major breakthrough to change your life? What if you didn’t need to make a huge shift all at once in order to make progress in a meaningful way?

Maybe all you really need is a little shift. Maybe all you need is to make a micro-adjustment, or to shift your focus just a teeny tiny bit.

Small changes may not seem like much at first, but they can do more than you could ever imagine.

That’s one of the (many) reasons I love Tapping so much.

It seems like such a small, simple thing, and it only takes a few minutes per day. But the shifts that come out of such a simple practice can be SO profound. Especially when we commit to the practice and show up day after day after day.

So today, don’t underestimate the power of the little shifts. Don’t underestimate just how powerful the little things, like Tapping, can be.

And if you want to experience a positive shift RIGHT NOW, head to the app and try out one of our Quick Taps.

These short and sweet video sessions pack a punch – they are so super powerful, but they only take 2 minutes out of your day.

Here are a couple of my favorite Quick Tap sessions (click below on your mobile device, or type the names into the search bar in your app!):

• Help Me Stop Worrying Quick Tap (FREE!)
• Feeling Blah Quick Tap (FREE!)
• Afternoon Reset Quick Tap
• Motivate Me To… Change a Habit Quick Tap
• Sunday: Rest and Release Quick Tap

These sessions are designed to create the kinds of powerful shifts in your day that can add up to change your entire life for the better.

Give one a try right now, and then comment below to let me know what you think!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

P.S. All this talk about how important the little things are got me thinking about this funny cartoon by Divyansh Sikka Comics (@that_doodleguy). It’s pretty adorable

The post Don’t Underestimate the Power of Little Shifts appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Some Inspiration for YouResearch: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People10 Reminders That All Is Well

View Details

2024 marks our 16th Annual Tapping World Summit! It’s been 16 years since we at The Tapping Solution launched our first summit.

Our goal from the beginning was to make each year better than the last. This year is no exception, and we’ve got some special presentations in store for you in a video interview format!

That’s right! We’re continuing with this popular trend, so instead of just listening to the guest interviews, you’ll be able to see Jessica and the presenters in video.

Do you know what makes our Tapping World Summits so popular? It’s because for 10 days out of the year, we bring in some of the TOP MINDS in the fields of EFT and personal development to guide you towards improving nearly every area of your life!

And it’s all FREE!Emotional Freedom Techniques, also known as EFT or simply “Tapping,” has been scientifically proven to provide relief from stress, anxiety, chronic pain, emotional problems, addictions, fears & phobias, PTSD (post-traumatic stress disorder), and so many other conditions.

Tapping is also a very effective tool for attracting abundance, losing weight, manifesting your goals & desires, healing relationships, and attaining inner peace.

If you are asking yourself, “What is EFT Tapping?” or “How can one technique do so much?” then jump on over to our Tapping 101 page to learn some of the basics.

.

What Is the Tapping World Summit 2024?February 26th, 2024 – March 7th, 2024

The Tapping World Summit 2024 is a Virtual Online Event presented by The Tapping Solution, produced by myself, Nick Ortner, and hosted by my sister Jessica Ortner.

This incredible online event is about providing you with a better understanding of Tapping while expanding your consciousness to new levels in the areas of personal peace, physical health, abundance, overcoming mental barriers, and relief from the emotional effects of past traumas or events.

Over 2 million people have attended the previous 15 Tapping World Summits, with attendance growing each year, and reaching over 600,000 just last year alone!The event itself will run for 10 consecutive days from Monday, February 26th through Wednesday, March 7th featuring two 100% content-only presentations each day, along with calming Tapping Meditations and insightful bonuses.

These free sessions are available for a FULL 24 HOURS after their initial broadcast. The reason I structure the event this way is that I want everyone to be able to access this information, regardless of time zone or financial ability. It’s all available for FREE, with the option to purchase the recorded event sessions for you to watch and tap along with as many times as you want.

Some of these sessions from our Tapping World Summits are SO powerful that I listen to and watch them over and over again! They really are that good!

.

REGISTRATION IS NOW OPENJoin 20 of the world’s leading EFT Tapping Experts in this FREE Online 10-Day Event starting February 26th, 2024

Register for the 16th Annual Tapping World Summit Today!Discover how one simple tool can change your entire life during this free online event!
Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

The Tapping World Summit 2024 is a 10-day Virtual Online Event presented by The Tapping Solution and hosted by New York Times bestselling authors, Nick Ortner and his sister Jessica Ortner.The post Tapping World Summit 2024 appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:This Video is THAT good…What is possible? (Video with Bruce Lipton)Study Finds Tapping Helps Reduce PMS Symptoms

View Details

You’ve probably heard about the calming effects of Tapping, but did you know that it actually changes your brain?

Tapping actually alters brain activity and rewires your brain. How incredible is that?

Just check out the infographic below to learn all about what’s going on deep within your brain when you tap.

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

The post Your Brain on Tapping: How Tapping Rewires the Brain appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:How Does Tapping Work? All About EFT TappingResearch Feature: Tapping May Actually Affect the Way Your Brain Processes EmotionMultiple Sclerosis Fatigue Can Be Helped by Tapping – A Look at the Research

View Details

I’ve got a funny family story to share with you today.

When my family moved to the U.S. when I was 7, we only had one relative, our dad’s aunt Nelly. She let all 5 of us live with her and her family while we were looking for a home.

When we finally moved to a new house, my mom invited aunt Nelly to visit. To show her gratitude, she baked Nelly’s favorite Kahlua Pie (a recipe she’d written down from Nelly).

She cut into the pie and served everyone a piece. Nelly took a bite and said, “Oh it’s good! … How long did you cook it for?”

My mom gave Nelly a confused look and replied “Cook it?”

She hadn’t taken note of that final step and thought it just hardened in the fridge. So unknowingly, she served us all a completely raw pie!

Everyone had to put their slices back in the pan after that.

Decades later, we still laugh about that raw Kahlua Pie!

Here’s the recipe handwritten by my mom (note the missing cook time ) :
*Follow at your own risk

If you want a full recipe with ALL the steps included, then you might want to try this one.

Comment below if you have any funny family stories like this one… Or if you try this recipe and have success, please let us know the cooking instructions so we can update the recipe!The post A Funny Family Story: The Infamous Kahlua Pie appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Research Feature: Tapping May Actually Affect the Way Your Brain Processes EmotionTapping World Summit 2023Tapping in Prisons: Supporting the Work of Compassion Prison Project

View Details

Motivational speaker and author Jack Canfield is all about helping people transform their lives and manifest their dreams into reality.

Today, I wanted to share just a few quotes of his that can help us get from where we are now to where we want to be:

1. “You only have control over three things in your life – the thoughts you think, the images you visualize, and the actions you take (your behavior). How you use these three things determines everything you experience. If you don’t like what you are producing and experiencing, you have to change your responses.”
2. “Whatever goal you give to your subconscious mind, it will work day and night to achieve.”
3. “Decide what you want, believe you can have it. Believe you deserve it and believe it’s possible for you.”
4. “Everything you want is out there waiting for you to ask. Everything you want also wants you. But you have to take action to get it.”

Notice how those words make you feel today… What comes up when you let these thoughts and ideas wash over you?

Notice what comes up for you when you think of tuning all of your being – your thoughts, your behaviors, your beliefs, your words – towards what you desire most. What does it feel like to imagine yourself deciding what you want, believing it is possible, and taking action to get it?

Picture all that is possible when you commit all your intention in that direction. Picture all the incredible things you could manifest into your reality starting right now.

Going Deeper: Meditations for Creating Positive ChangeWant to tap into more of this energy? Want to feel even more empowered to manifest the life of your dreams?

Try this extra-powerful session in The Tapping Solution App:

In this session, we combine the power of affirmations with visualization. We’ll go on a journey through 50 affirmations that address a variety of topics all about helping you live a happy, beautiful, meaningful, abundant, and healthy life.

Give it a try – it’s a super powerful experience!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

The post Empowering Words of Wisdom from Jack Canfield to Help You Manifest Your Dreams appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Research Feature: Tapping May Actually Affect the Way Your Brain Processes EmotionTapping World Summit 202310 Affirmations to Help You Forgive Yourself

View Details

Life can move very, very fast. And in the society we live in, that fast quality is often championed and celebrated.

But faster is not necessarily always the best way. Slowing down can allow us to really live our lives in a full, wholehearted, mindful way.

Today I wanted to share some words that I love from a few wise teachers on the importance of slowing down and enjoying the process.

First, here’s an excerpt from a poem called “SlowDance” by David L. Weatherford:

You’d better slow down.

Don’t dance so fast.

Time is short.

The music won’t last.

When you run so fast to get somewhere,

You miss half the fun in getting there.

When you worry and hurry through your day,

It is like an unopened gift thrown away.

Life is not a race.

Do take it slower.

Hear the music

Before the song is over.

I love that part that says, “When you worry and hurry through your day, It is like an unopened gift thrown away.” We waste the precious gift of our lives when we worry and hurry our way through it!

Along a similar vein, my wise, late friend Wayne Dyer reminds us of this:

“When you dance, your purpose is not to get to a certain place on the floor. It’s to enjoy each step along the way.”

How often do you miss half the fun in getting to where you are headed – by rushing and running your way through? How often do you miss out on all the gifts along the way?

Today, I hope we will all take these wise reminders to heart. I hope that we will bring the intention to take it all a bit slower, and to enjoy each and every step along the way.

So let’s try not to rush the music! Let’s try to embrace the slow pace of life today.

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

P.S. Want to do some Tapping that will help you slow down and enjoy the moment even more? Here are some suggestions:

• Instant Boost of Patience
• Micro Boost of Patience
• Micro Boost of Presence
• Mindfulness Quick Tap for Kids
• 21-Day Gratitude Series

The post Embracing the Slow Dance of Life: Wisdom from David L. Weatherford and Wayne Dyer appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationPrescriptions for Health & HappinessColor Cue Challenge: Reminding Yourself to Breathe, Relax, and Take Care of Yourself

View Details

Do you often find yourself holding onto your mistakes, shortcomings, failures, missteps, and imperfections? These things can start to feel so heavy over time if we keep holding onto them and don’t let go. Regret, guilt, and shame take up a lot of space and energy! So, we need to remember to let those things […]

The post 10 Affirmations to Help You Forgive Yourself appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from Cancer

Why It’s Important to Be Brave and Take Risks

Get the Inside Scoop: Celebrities Who Love to Tap

View Details

Do you need a boost today? Could you use a little support to shift your mindset, so that you can feel motivated to get going and keep at it? Well, it’s your lucky day! Today, I thought I’d share some inspirational quotes from my friend Tony Robbins. Tony Robbins is a motivational speaker and mentor […]

The post 5 Inspiring Tony Robbins Quotes to Give You a Motivational Boost appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

What’s Possible for 2012? What if…

Research Feature: Tapping May Actually Affect the Way Your Brain Processes Emotion

Tapping World Summit 2023

View Details

What do celebrities like P!nk, Russell Brand, Boy George, Hoda Kotb, and others have in common? They all love to Tap! I’m not kidding, it’s true! Just check out this video we put together, with actual video footage of real celebrities Tapping away their stress and spilling the beans about why the personally love this […]

The post Get the Inside Scoop: Celebrities Who Love to Tap appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Research Feature: Tapping May Actually Affect the Way Your Brain Processes Emotion

How Does Tapping Work? All About EFT Tapping

Tapping World Summit 2023

View Details

Can you solve this riddle? I am the bridge between your dreams and reality. Without me, aspirations remain mere fantasies. What am I? … … … … … … … … … … … … Answer: Action The answer to that riddle might seem straightforward, but it underscores a profound truth. Dreams, goals, aspirations – […]

The post From Dreaming to Doing: The Bridge You Need appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

What’s Possible for 2012? What if…

Research Feature: Tapping May Actually Affect the Way Your Brain Processes Emotion

Tapping World Summit 2023

View Details

Most of us know that taking a few deep breaths is good for us. But do we remember to relax and breathe on a regular basis? Not always. Today’s world is a busy one. There is so much to think about, so much to do, so much to keep up with… and most of us […]

The post Color Cue Challenge: Reminding Yourself to Breathe, Relax, and Take Care of Yourself appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from Cancer

New Paper Highlights the Power of EFT Tapping for Healing After Tragic Events (Featuring the Work of The Tapping Solution Foundation and More!)

Why It’s Important to Be Brave and Take Risks

View Details

Do you get anxious and overwhelmed anytime you have to set foot in an airport? Does your heart pound at the mere thought of boarding a plane? Do you grip the armrests the entire time you are on a flight? If so, you’re not alone! Fear of flying (also known as aviophobia or aerophobia), affects […]

The post How to Get Over a Fear of Flying: EFT Tapping for Flight Anxiety appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Tapping Meditation: Fear of Flying

The Tapping Solution App – Emotional Support: Stress and Anxiety About My Finances

Three Tips for Successful Tapping Using The Tapping Solution App

View Details

The word self-worth gets thrown around a lot these days. But why is it so important? When we have a strong sense of self-worth, we know our value and we know our worth – no matter what other people say or do. This helps us to feel strong, resilient, and capable, even when we face […]

The post Unlock Your Inner Strength: 10 Affirmations to Boost Self-Worth 💪 appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from Cancer

New Paper Highlights the Power of EFT Tapping for Healing After Tragic Events (Featuring the Work of The Tapping Solution Foundation and More!)

Why It’s Important to Be Brave and Take Risks

View Details

From morning motivation to bedtime tranquility, Tapping can help you navigate every moment of your day with ease, clarity, and peace. There are seriously so many possible ways to use Tapping in your life – and you can use it any hour of the day! So whether you’re new to Tapping or are already a […]

The post Tapping Through The Day: How to Use Tapping at Different Times of Day appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Deep, Restful Sleep

Take the Next Step, Again and Again

Welcome, Baby Enzo!

View Details

Today, I want to invite you to join me in doing a very simple exercise. It only takes a few minutes, but it’s super powerful! It’s an exercise that helps me release what is no longer serving me, while welcoming in something that does. It’s also an exercise that helps me reflect on what might […]

The post Breathe In, Breathe Out: A Simple Exercise to Shift Your Day! appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Some Inspiration for You

Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation

The Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

I know you’re probably tired of hearing about the newest “cure” for back pain. I mean, it seems like you’ve tried everything, right? From hot and cold packs to yoga, massages, supplements, and more. But what if I told you that a simple technique could be the game changer in your battle against back pain? […]

The post The Best Back Pain Meditation: EFT Tapping for Back Pain appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Creating Lasting Pain Relief – The Tapping Solution App 5 Day Series

How Does Tapping Work? All About EFT Tapping

Take the Next Step, Again and Again

View Details

EFT Tapping for sleep could just be the breakthrough you’ve been waiting for. Are you one of the one in three people in the United States who report not getting enough sleep every day? Or perhaps you’re part of the estimated 50 to 70 million people grappling with an ongoing sleep disorder?[1] The struggle to […]

The post EFT Tapping for Sleep: Could This Be the Breakthrough Solution to Your Sleep Problems? appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Tips & Tricks for Making the Most of Our Sleep Content

Take the Next Step, Again and Again

When I Forget to Tap…(Going Public!)

View Details

Tapping is a great tool to use before bed to help you relax your brain and body, release any worries or tension, and prepare for a restful night’s sleep. In fact, research confirms that Tapping can help people to sleep better and even treat insomnia![1-3] You can read all about the benefits of Tapping for sleep here.

We know that Tapping can do wonders for sleep… And that’s why we’ve created SO much great sleep content within The Tapping Solution App!

From Sleep Support meditations, to Sleep Programming meditations and even Sleep Journeys (no Tapping, just relaxing images and ideas to soothe your body and mind), there is something for everyone to help you get the peaceful rest you deserve each and every night.

Making the experience your ownWe know that Tapping works really well for improving sleep. And we also know that everybody Taps differently… especially when it comes to Tapping for sleep!

Some people like to use Tapping as part of their evening routine before they ever get into bed. Others like to Tap once they are all cozy under the covers as the very last activity of the day… And yet others turn to the app in the middle of the night when they find themselves awake and having a hard time getting back to sleep.

Maybe you want to avoid screen time before bed. Maybe you find music soothing, or maybe you find it too stimulating. Maybe you want to be able to press play and then not touch your phone again so you can drift away peacefully (maybe even before the meditation is over!).

Whatever your sleep routine is, and however you like to Tap, we want to make sure you know how to make the most of our sleep content – in a way that works for YOU!

So, we thought it might be helpful to share some of our favorite tips and tricks for customizing your Tapping experience in The Tapping Solution App to best suit your unique needs.

Top tips and tricks for using The Tapping Solution App for sleep supportBelow you’ll find our top tips and tricks, along with step-by-step instructions for how to customize your preferences in the app.

1) Set yourself up ahead of time. Browse the library, choose a meditation that fits your needs, and pull up the meditation you plan to use for sleep support ahead of time. That way, when it comes time to start the meditation you only have to open your phone and press play – without too much unnecessary screen time.

2) Adjust music volume. In the app, you have the option to adjust the music volume or turn it off completely. When creating a soothing experience for yourself before bedtime, you may prefer a lower volume, or no music at all, depending on your preferences.

To adjust the music volume, please follow the instructions below:

1. Go to “Settings” in the upper right corner of the app.
2. Select “Customize Your Tapping.”
3. Scroll down to “Music Volume” and adjust it to your desired level. To turn it off completely, slide all the way to the left.
4. Click “Save Settings.”

Alternatively, you can adjust the volume while a meditation is playing by clicking the “Settings” button at the lower left of the screen, scrolling down to “Music Volume” and adjusting to your desired level.

3) Try the Auto-stop Music feature. Currently, the app has an “Auto-stop Music” feature. When you enable this feature, music will automatically stop at the end of a session when the “Done” message is displayed.

Many people find it helpful for the music to automatically turn off at the end of a session. This can be helpful when you actually drift off and fall asleep during a meditation (I mean, falling asleep is kind of the point, isn’t it?). By having the music turn off automatically when the session ends, it ensures it won’t keep playing all night long while you sleep peacefully – and potentially drain your battery or interfere with your morning alarm.

To enable this feature, you can follow the instructions below:

1. Go to “Settings” in the upper right corner of the app.
2. Select “Customize Your Tapping.”
3. Scroll down to “Auto-stop Music” and turn it on.
4. Click “Save Settings.”

Alternatively, you can enable the “Auto-stop Music” feature while a meditation is playing by clicking the “Settings” button at the lower left of the screen, scrolling down to “Auto-stop Music” and toggling it off.

Note: The “Auto-stop Music” setting only turns the music off automatically when the “Done” message is displayed on the screen. In order for the session to come to a close and be considered “Done,” you’ll need to either complete the final rating at the end of the session, or have “Skip Ratings” turned on.

4) Turn off ratings. Currently, the app has a “Skip Ratings” feature. When you enable this feature, you will not be required to mark a number in the app on the 0-10 scale at either the beginning or end of the session. When using Tapping before bed, it can be helpful to avoid interacting with your phone as much as possible, as that can be stimulating. If you want to allow yourself the opportunity to simply listen along and relax into your bed without interruptions, you may want to turn off the ratings in the app.

This feature can be particularly helpful if you often fall asleep midway through a session, because the app will continue to play music for you until you complete your ratings. If you think you may drift off and want to ensure the session will play through to the end (even if you’ve already fallen asleep), then make sure to use the “Skip Ratings” feature.

To enable this option for any Tapping meditation, follow these steps:

1. Go to “Settings” in the upper right corner of the app.
2. Select “Customize Your Tapping.”
3. Scroll down to “Skip Ratings” and turn it off.
4. Click “Save Settings.”

Alternatively, you can turn off “Skip Ratings” on the meditation page. On the mediation page, under the “Play Now” button, toggle skip ratings to turn it off, which will turn off ratings for this play only.

5) Download your top sleep meditations. With a Premium subscription to the app, you can download any meditation to your device. This allows you to listen to a meditation any time you want, whether or not you are connected to cell service or wifi.

Some people like to turn off data or wifi (or put their phone in Airplane mode) at bedtime. If you still want to access your favorite Tapping meditations to help you sleep when cellular data or wifi is off, you can simply download them to your phone so they are ready to go when you want them.

To download a meditation, follow these steps:

1. Click on the Tapping meditation you would like to download.
2. Under the title of the meditation, look for the “Download” button in the center of the screen.
3. Click “Download” and wait for the download to complete (a complete download is marked by a check mark on the “Download” icon).
4. You can find a list of your downloaded Tapping meditations by going to your Dashboard screen and scrolling down to the heading marked “Downloaded.”

6) Adjust the brightness on your phone and use “Dark mode.” You may want to dim your phone brightness to the lowest setting, so the light doesn’t stimulate you. Additionally, you can take advantage of our “Dark Mode” feature, which makes the background a soothing, dark blue instead of a bright white.

All of the Tapping meditations in our Sleep Support category are automatically set to “Dark Mode,” but if you are using any other Tapping meditations in the app before bed or in the middle of the night, feel free to adjust your settings and put the app into “Dark Mode.”

To enable “Dark Mode,” follow these steps:

1. Go to “Settings” in the upper right corner of the app.
2. Scroll down to “Color Mode.”
3. Click on “Dark.”

7) Mark your Favorites. In the app, you can save any of the Tapping meditations you want to return to again and again by adding them to your “Favorites” list. This allows you to find them easily without having to search through the different categories. Adding your top Sleep Support meditations to your “Favorites” list in the app ensures that they are on hand and ready to go when you unexpectedly find yourself having a hard time sleeping – helping you avoid the inconvenience of late-night scrolling trying to find what you are looking for.

To favorite a meditation, follow these steps:

1. Click on the Tapping meditation you would like to add to your “Favorites” list.
2. Under the title of the meditation, look for the “Favorite” button on the right of the screen.
3. Click “Favorite.” The star icon will then show up as yellow, letting you know that the meditation has been added to your favorites.
4. You can find the list of all your favorited Tapping meditations by going to your Dashboard screen and scrolling down to the heading marked “Favorites.”

Common problems – and easy solutionsI try to limit screen time before bed, so I don’t like spending too much time interacting with the app at night.

Make sure to save the meditations that work best for you to your “Favorites” list, so you can get to them in a snap right away when you open the app. Be sure to also dim the brightness on your phone and enable the “Dark Mode” setting, which can be more soothing and calming on the eyes at night.

I like to use Tapping to help with insomnia in the middle of the night, but it often wakes me up even more to sort through the app and find a meditation that will help me.

Try pulling up a meditation you like on your phone right before you go to sleep for the night. If those pesky nighttime wakeups occur, then all you’ve got to do is unlock your phone, press play right then and there, and get started.

I fall asleep during the meditation and then get woken up later by the music!

Try turning on “Auto-stop Music” AND turn off ratings. Doing both will make it so the meditation will simply end when it’s over and the music will turn off – all without you having to do a thing… Just keep snoozing away!

Note: If you enable “Auto-stop Music” only and don’t also turn off the ratings, then you may notice that music continues to play. This is because if ratings are on, the app will wait for you to complete your rating before it moves on with the session. This can inhibit the session from running to the end and result in music continuing to play.

Examples of how to use the app for sleepAs I shared earlier, we know that everyone’s Tapping experience is unique, and everyone’s sleep needs are also unique.

To give you an idea of how some people like to use the app and customize their settings for sleep support, here are a few examples from our users:

Example #1: Sarah Taps during the day, but in the evenings she loves to fall asleep to our Sleep Journeys. Sleep Journeys are soothing bedtime stories that are designed to lull you to sleep. She likes the music volume to be on a lower setting to be more calming, so before getting started she makes sure to turn it down – along with the brightness on her phone. She likes it when the music keeps playing as she falls asleep, so she confirms the “Auto-stop Music” is off. That way, when she doesn’t hit “done” at the end of the session, the music keeps playing.

Example #2: Ken is a big fan of Sleep Programming Tapping meditations, and likes to tap along to one of these sessions until he falls asleep. Because he often falls asleep mid-session, he makes sure to enable the “Skip Ratings” AND “Auto-stop Music” features so he can simply tap and listen along until he is ready to drift off. The meditation and the music turn off all on their own when the session is complete, so he doesn’t have to touch his phone again.

Example #3: Karen finds it helpful to tap in the middle of the night when she wakes up and can’t get back to sleep. To avoid waking herself up even more, she tries to touch and look at her phone as little as possible. She also likes to keep her phone on Airplane mode at night. With all these factors in mind, she downloads the Sleep Support meditations that work best for her ahead of time using her Premium subscription. Because the sessions are downloaded, not only can she listen to them while on Airplane mode, but they are also all gathered in her “Downloads” section of the dashboard. She can easily navigate to the sessions when needed, tap, and fall back asleep!

As you can see, there are so many different ways to utilize our sleep content in the app to help you fall asleep, stay asleep, and rest well. By planning ahead and adjusting your settings to best suit your needs, you can really get the most out of the app as a sleep support tool.

Our most popular (and effective!) sleep content Looking for some inspiration on what Tapping meditations to try in the app for sleep?

Some of our most well-loved Tapping meditations in the app are:

1. Quiet My Racing Mind
2. Fall Asleep Faster
3. Increase Healing Sleep Programming
4. Deep Sleep Patterning
5. Nervous Tension & Stress Release
6. Sleep Through the Night Sleep Programming

These are super popular meditations. Quiet My Racing Mind, for example, has over 600,000 plays! And Nervous Tension & Stress Relief has over 100,000 plays.

And they’re popular for a reason; our data shows that these Tapping meditations offer BIG benefits.

For example, for the Deep Sleep Patterning Tapping meditation, the average reduction in stress and anxiety around sleep is 55% on average.

And when people use the Quiet My Racing Mind, the intensity of their “active mind” decreases by an average of 47% – in under 10 minutes!

A complete list of all the sleep-specific content in the app:Sleep Support Category : * Big Day Tomorrow Keeping You Up * Central Sleep Apnea * Clearing Stress & Frustration About Insomnia * Deep Sleep Patterning * Fall Asleep Faster * Nervous Tension & Stress Release * Quiet My Racing Mind (FREE) * Releasing a Bad Dream * Balanced Hormones Sleep Programming * Be Calm in Social Situations Sleep Programming * Become More Lovingly Assertive Sleep Programming * Become Relaxed and Easygoing Sleep Programming * Feel Confident at Work Sleep Programming * Get Answers to Your Problems Sleep Programming * Get Stronger Sleep Programming * Gut Healing Sleep Programming * I Am Enough Sleep Programming * Improve Brain Function Sleep Programming * Increase Abundance & Prosperity Sleep Programming * Increase Healing Sleep Programming * Increase Motivation & Productivity Sleep Programming * Increase My Optimism Sleep Programming * Increase Self-Confidence Sleep Programming * Increase Self-Discipline Sleep Programming * Increase Self-Esteem Sleep Programming * Jaw Relaxation Sleep Programming * Make Healthy Eating Choices Sleep Programming * Navigate Change with Ease Sleep Programming * Opioid Detox Support Sleep Programming * Reduce Nighttime Wake-Ups Sleep Programming * Release Colds & Flus Sleep Programming * Release Intergenerational Trauma Sleep Programming * Sleep Through the Night Sleep Programming * Wake Up Happy Sleep Programming * Wake Up Refreshed Sleep Programming * Calming the Body & Mind for Sleep: Ages 5 & Under * Calming the Body & Mind for Sleep: Ages 6 to 8 * Calming the Body & Mind for Sleep: Ages 9 to 12 * Calming the Body & Mind for Sleep: Ages 13 to 17

Sleep Journeys Category :* Sleep Journey for Abundance * Sleep Journey to the Four Elements * Sleep Journey into the Seven Chakras

Wishing you restful sleep and sweet dreams!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping

Nick Ortner

References1. Lee JH, Suh HU, Chung SY, Kim JW. Preliminary study for the evaluation of the effects of EFT-I(EFT program for insomnia) for insomnia in the elderly. Journal of Oriental Neuropsychiatry. 2011;22(4):101-109. https://doi.org/10.7231/JON.2011.22.4.101. 2. Lee JH, Chung SY, & Kim JW. (2015). A comparison of Emotional Freedom Techniques–Insomnia (EFT-I) and Sleep Hygiene Education (SHE) in a geriatric population: A randomized controlled trial. Energy Psychology: Theory, Research, and Treatment, 7(1), 1–8. doi:10.9769/EPJ.2015.07.01.JL. 3. Christina D, Panagiotis K, Liza V, George CP. Stress Management for the Treatment of Sleep Disorders in Lawyers: Pilot Experimental Study in Athens, Hellas. J Sleep Disor: Treat Care 2016;5(2). doi:10.4172/2325-9639.1000171.

The post Tips & Tricks for Making the Most of Our Sleep Content appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Take the Next Step, Again and AgainWhen I Forget to Tap…(Going Public!)Welcome, Baby Enzo!

View Details

Sometimes, when we’re in the midst of our chaotic, busy lives and we’re feeling a little overwhelmed or stressed, we just need a reminder to ground ourselves back into the simple truths of life… that all is well, that we are perfectly whole just as we are, that we are where we should be, and that everything is working out.

I can’t think of anyone better to speak to these simple, yet powerful, truths than my dear friend Louise Hay.

I’ve gathered a few meaningful quotes of hers that offer us some deep wisdom – wisdom we might want to borrow as we move about this day.

Here they are:

1. “I do not fix problems. I fix my thinking. Then problems fix themselves.”
2. “I will not be distracted by noise, chatter, or setbacks. Patience, commitment, grace, and purpose will guide me.”
3. “In the infinity of life where I am, all is perfect, whole and complete. I no longer choose to believe in old limitations and lack. I now choose to begin to see myself as the Universe sees me — perfect, whole, and complete.”
4. “All is well. Everything is working out for my highest good.”
5. “I am in the right place at the right time, doing the right thing.”

– Louise Hay

If any of these words ring especially true for you today, I encourage you to hold them with you throughout the rest of this day, or even the rest of this week! Let them anchor you as words of affirmation that can hold you steady no matter what comes your way.

I’ll always be so grateful to Louise for all the words of wisdom and comfort she shared through the years. They are always there for me when I need them, and I hope you’ll find them as empowering as I do.

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

P.S. Which one of these Louise Hay affirmations is your favorite? Let me know in the comments below!

P.P.S. Did you know we have a whole category in The Tapping Solution App that is based on Louise Hay’s work? Our Support Your Healing Collection is built from Louise Hay’s incredible wisdom, and the meditations are SO powerful. You’ve gotta check them out!

The post Words of Wisdom and Comfort from Louise Hay appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:Some Inspiration for YouTapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

Today, I want you to meet Lianne.

In the middle of a very difficult time in her life, when she was dealing with complex health issues, Lianne knew she needed support, and she knew she needed a daily practice to help her through. But she wasn’t quite sure what that could be… Until she decided to give The Tapping Solution App a try.

Check out her inspiring story below:

What led you to The Tapping Solution app? Were you struggling with anything in particular?

What led you to The Tapping Solution app? Were you struggling with anything in particular?In 2021, during the middle of the pandemic, I was diagnosed with a rare but unknown neurological disease. I wasn’t given any treatment, and they didn’t know how to support me… so it was very difficult for me.

I had heard of Tapping, and I was aware that a lot of people use it to help with certain issues. And I thought “Well why not? This could be something that could help me!” So I tried it, and it was just phenomenal. I subscribe to the app and I use it every day.

How long have you been Tapping?About a year. I can honestly, hands on heart say it’s one of the best things I’ve done. I would give it a 100 out of 10. And I want to continue doing it, because it’s that beneficial. It has been a massive game changer.

What has Tapping helped you with?Tapping has helped me with my health, because I am less stressed when I use the Tapping app, which means that I function better and I’m not focusing on pain all the time. I started to feel like I was loving and accepting my body, rather than trying to fight against it. It enables me to live my life to the full.

It’s also helped with my self-esteem, confidence, and self-love. It’s been a big wake up call to me that I can love myself and that actually I should put myself first and look after myself.

What are some of your favorite Tapping sessions in the app? * Turn Your Day Around: Create a Great Day * Create a Create Day Active Transformational Meditation * Autoimmune Support Series with Dr. Kim D’Eramo

When I have a problem, I can go to the app, type in a search for a specific topic, and it will come up with an idea. And if you don’t feel it’s right, you can move onto another one.

Anybody can give 15 minutes of their life in a day to Tapping. And it works!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping

Nick Ortner

The post A Real-Life Tapping Journey: Lianne’s Pathway from Pain to Positivity appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:The Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break FreeHow Does Tapping Work? All About EFT TappingEFT Tapping for Pain Relief

View Details

Now, it’s no secret that I’m a big proponent of Tapping for pain relief. And it’s no secret that I also love learning about the science behind Tapping. So, it shouldn’t come as a surprise when I tell you that I’m bursting at the seams to share some of the latest science and research on Tapping for pain relief!

What excites me so much is that because the research has been building and growing in this area for some time now, it’s pretty clear at this point that Tapping is effective for pain relief. We’re no longer just asking if Tapping works; we now get to ask how it works as well!

And that brings me to one of the newest studies on the block.

The study was just published in 2022 in the journal Complementary Therapies in Clinical Practice, and it investigated the ways in which Tapping might actually alter the brain and how it processes and responds to pain.[1]

Intriguing, don’t you think? Hang tight and stay with me; I’m going to break it all down for you below.

Why the study?Dr. Peta Stapleton and her team of researchers were interested in learning more about how Tapping might be able to help relieve people’s pain.

They knew from a long list of previous studies that Tapping can be quite effective in reducing pain levels and helping people cope with pain. And they also knew that Tapping may have the potential to alter neural activity in the brain (as was seen before with a study on food cravings).

So, they decided to do an experiment to see if it’s possible that EFT Tapping might affect certain pathways in the brain related to pain – thus helping people find relief from pain. And with that, this study was born.

How did the study work?This was a small study, involving just 24 participants. All participants had chronic pain that negatively impacted their lives.

Each of the participants went through a six-week online group EFT treatment.

Before and after the Tapping treatment, each participant had a type of brain scan called an fMRI done (fMRI stands for functional magnetic resonance imaging). They also filled out questionnaires that measured their pain levels, anxiety levels, quality of life, and more.[1]

What were the results?As other studies have found before, the data from this experiment also showed that pain levels decreased after people did Tapping. Pain severity went down by 21% after the Tapping intervention, and the amount the pain interfered with people’s lives went down by 26%.[1] The numbers are pretty impressive so far, aren’t they?

On top of that, anxiety levels also decreased (by 37%), happiness increased (by 17%), quality of life increased (by 7%), and depression decreased (by 13%).[1]

We see this over and over again in the research and in the stories people share about their experience with Tapping; Tapping can be extremely helpful at reducing pain and improving quality of life.

Now, here’s the really cool part. This study also gave us some exciting NEW information that we’ve never seen before. It didn’t just show that Tapping works to relieve pain… It also offered some insights into how it works to relieve pain!

When the researchers compared the before and after fMRI images, they found something interesting. After EFT Tapping treatment, there was decreased connectivity between the medial prefrontal cortex and grey matter areas in the posterior cingulate cortex and thalamus.[1] These areas of the brain are related to pain modulation and to catastrophizing of pain.

In simple terms, this means that after people Tapped, there was decreased action in areas of the brain that are known to be involved in how we process and respond to pain. So, it seems that Tapping actually alters neural activity in the brain, particular in parts of the brain that manage pain!

Pretty cool, right?

There’s so much more to learn, and I’m sure there will be more studies coming down the line to investigate all of this further. But for now, it’s fascinating to learn that Tapping may actually lead to important changes in the brain when it comes to chronic pain.

Why this research mattersI think this research is so cool and inspiring. I love learning more and more about what is actually happening within our bodies and within our brains when we Tap.

This kind of information gives us even more motivation to spend time Tapping, especially when we are dealing with something as challenging as chronic pain! It reminds us that Tapping works, that it creates real changes in our brain and body, and that it’s worth our efforts.

Not only has Tapping been proven in the research to help reduce pain levels, but it also appears to actually work on a neural level, changing brain activity in brain regions involved in pain modulation.

This new research bolsters the scientific validity of Tapping, allowing it to become more and more accepted as a valid, evidence-based treatment for pain relief.

Let’s get to Tapping! How to use Tapping for painIt’s great news that Tapping is being highlighted in the scientific literature and we are learning so much more about how it works. And the even better news is that putting this technique into practice in our own lives is so incredibly easy.

You can learn how to Tap all from the comfort of your own home. It’s a tool you can use on your own time, whenever and wherever you might need it.

Pain keeping you up at night? You can Tap on that. Frustrated by how your pain is getting in the way of a productive work day? You can Tap on that. It’s easy to Tap whenever you need to relax your mind and body and find some relief.

And we’ve made it easier than ever with the help of The Tapping Solution App. In the app, we’ve loaded up our library of guided Tapping meditations with tons of pain-related content.

Here are just a few examples of meditation titles you can choose from in the app:

• Release Back Pain
• Release General Pain
• Release Fibromyalgia Pain
• Increase Your Mobility
• Release Overwhelm and Frustration about Chronic Pain

A great place to start (and a great use of your 2-week free trial if you are curious about a Premium membership to the app) is the 5-Day Pain Relief series. Here’s what’s in store for you on this transformational 5-day journey:

• Day 1: Creating Lasting Pain Relief
• Day 2: The Stress and Anxiety Pain Connection
• Day 3: When the Pain Started and the Impact of Your Diagnosis
• Day 4: Releasing Anger and Self-Judgment About Your Pain
• Day 5: Healing Breakthroughs

And if you’re still curious why working on your emotions with the help of Tapping can do so much to help with pain, I encourage you to read this blog to learn more about the links between emotions, stress, and pain. You can also check out my book The Tapping Solution for Pain Relief: A Step-by-Step Guide to Reducing and Eliminating Chronic Pain.

Start your journey to pain relief now! Take the first step, and try out a Tapping meditation today.

We can’t wait to support you as you begin this process and support yourself in breaking free from the pain so you can feel better than ever.

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

References1. Peta S, Oliver B, Tom O, Bhuta S. Neural changes after Emotional Freedom Techniques treatment for chronic pain sufferers. Complement Ther Clin Pract. 2022;49:101653. doi:10.1016/j.ctcp.2022.101653

The post New Research: Tapping Alters Brain Networks Involved in Pain appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress HormonesThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break FreeThe Power of Tapping for Weight Loss: A Research Review

View Details

Today, there are 10 statements I want to share with you. These are some things I needed to hear today, and I thought it might do you some good to hear them as well.

These are the types of things that I know to be true when I stop and think about it, but I can have a hard time remembering on a daily basis. Sometimes, these truths are hard to hold onto and remember through all the ups and downs of life.

Here are the 10 reminders that I want us all to keep in mind today:

1. You are free to breathe and just be, right here and right now.
2. How you feel right now will not be how you feel forever. This is just a small moment in a much bigger story.
3. You are not a failure, even if things aren’t all going right and you don’t get it all perfectly.
4. You have not missed out on what was meant for you. There is so much more beauty to come even if you can’t predict it.
5. It is okay if it takes time. You are safe to trust the process and allow things to unfold at their own pace.
6. You have done hard things in the past, and you can do them again.
7. You have permission to do whatever you need to do to nurture yourself today.
8. What you do today is enough. You are doing a great job.
9. You are whole and worthy, exactly as you are right here in this moment.
10. You are not alone, and you are so, so loved.

I invite you to take a moment to just breathe… and to just be in this moment here. Let these words wash over you and absorb into your entire being.

If one or two of these reminders stood out to you, consider jotting them down somewhere you’ll see the words throughout the day, so that you can keep letting these truths sink in and get deeper into the core of your being.

Let me know in the comments which statement you needed to hear most today. And if you have any reminders you’d add to this list, please share them below!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

P.S. Need more reminders of how powerful, capable, and worthy you are? Are you a fan of positive affirmations? Then you’ll love this Active Transformational Meditation (ATM) called Manifesting Positive Change: An Affirmation and Visualization Journey.

In this session we go through 50 affirmations that address a variety of topics and themes all about helping you live a happy, beautiful, meaningful, abundant, and healthy life:

Related posts:Some Inspiration for YouTapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Instant Boost of Focus * Increase Motivation and Productivity Sleep Programming * Increase Self-Discipline Sleep Programming * Micro Boost of Focus * Motivate Me to… Category (you can choose a specific topic that is relevant for you) * Productivity Boost ATM

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Change Your Thinking Category * Help Me Stop Overthinking * Instant Boost of Patience * Micro Boost of Overthinking Relief * Micro Boost of Presence * Turn Your Day Around: Release Overwhelm

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Big Day Tomorrow Keeping You Up * Clearing Stress & Frustration About Insomnia * Deep Sleep Patterning * Fall Asleep Faster * Nervous Tension & Stress Release * Releasing a Bad Dream * Quiet My Racing Mind * Settle Your Body * Sleep Through the Night Sleep Programming * Wind Down ATM

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Gut Healing Sleep Programming * Increase Healing Sleep Programming * Instant Boost of Healing * Micro Boost of Healing * Release Colds & Flus Sleep Programming * Settle Your Stomach * Support Your Healing collection (these are sessions based on Louise Hay’s work that address the emotions and limiting beliefs tied to physical ailments) * Support Your Body Category (you can choose the specific symptom or ailment you are dealing with)

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Create a Great Day ATM * Cultivating Hope * Increase My Optimism Sleep Programming * Instant Boost of Hope * Manifest Positive Change: an Affirmation and Visualization Journey ATM * Micro Boost of Happiness * Micro Boost of Optimism * Turn Your Day Around: Create a Great Day * Wake Up Happy Sleep Programming

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* A Stress-Free Family Gathering * Become More Lovingly Assertive Sleep Programming * Clearing Negative Energy Picked Up From Others * I’m Stressed About My Spouse * I’m Stressed About My Family * Intimate Relationship Support Collection * Micro Boost of Forgiveness * Pre-Important Discussion Prep * Preparing for a Difficult Conversation at Work * Turn Your Day Around: Love, Peace, & Light * Releasing Hurt * Releasing Jealousy * Releasing Resentment

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Get Answers to Your Problems Sleep Programming * Help Me Trust My Decisions * Micro Boost of Empowerment * Micro Boost of Inspiration * Motivate Me to Make a Decision

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Instant Boost of Energy * Micro Boost of Inspiration * Micro Boost of Creativity * Motivate Me to Finish Something I Started * Motivate Me to Write * Pre-Creative Time Prep * Releasing the Fear of Criticism * Turn Your Day Around: Quieting the Critical Voice

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Be Calm in Social Situations Sleep Programming * Instant Boost of Self-Love * Micro Boost of Courage * Pre-Meeting New People Prep * Pre-Social Activity Prep * Releasing the Fear of Criticism * Releasing the Pain of Rejection * Releasing That Critical Voice * You are Enough

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* I Am Enough Sleep Programming * Instant Boost of Courage * Instant Boost of Self-Love * Instant Boost of You Are Enough * Micro Boost of Self-Love * Micro Boost of Inner Strength * Releasing Self-Doubt * Releasing That Critical Voice * Turn Your Day Around: Quieting the Critical Voice * You Are Enough * 5-Day You Are Enough: Go Deeper Series

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Micro Boost of Gratitude * Instant Boost of Gratitude * 21-Day Gratitude Series * Evening: The Power of Peace & Connection (Tony Robbins)

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Burnout Recovery * I’m Stressed About Work * Micro Boost of Energy * Micro Boost of Resilience * Turn Your Day Around: Morning Stress Reliever * Turn Your Day Around: Evening Stress Relief

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* From Fear and Worry to Peace * Help Me Stop Worrying * I’m Stressed About Uncertainty * It’s Going to Be Okay * Micro Boost of Worry Relief * Releasing Anxiety * Turn Your Day Around: Feel Safe and Grounded in Your Body * Turn Your Day Around: Release General Anxiety * Turn Your Day Around: Tapping for Anxiety, Tap and Breathe * 5-Day Release Anxiety Challenge

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Critical Self Talk (Weight Loss/Body Confidence) * I’m Stressed About My Weight * Limiting Belief Buster: I Never Stick to Anything * Limiting Belief Buster: I Have Bad Genes * Love and Accept Your Body (Weight Loss/Body Confidence) * Master Weight Loss Manifestor * Micro Boost of Self-Love * Releasing Weight Loss Anxiety * Weight Loss & Body Confidence ATM

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* I Don’t Know What’s Bothering Me * It’s Going to Be Okay * Productivity Boost ATM * Releasing Grumpiness * Turn Your Day Around: Afternoon Reset * Turn Your Day Around: Change a Bad Day

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Flow Creator * Get Stronger Sleep Programming * Instant Boost of Focus * Micro Boost of Energy * Motivate Me to Exercise * Pre-Athletic Event Prep * Pre-Game Prep * Pre-Workout Prep

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Clearing the Blocks to Manifesting * I’m Stressed About Money * I’m Stressed About My Taxes * Increase Abundance and Prosperity Sleep Programming * Micro Boost of Financial Stress Relief * Sleep Journey for Abundance * Stress & Anxiety About Finances

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Create Your Month Category * Help Me Stop Assuming the Worst * I’m Stressed About Change * I’m Stressed About Uncertainty * It’s Going to Be Okay * Manifest Positive Change: an Affirmation and Visualization Journey ATM * Motivate Me to Start Something New * Navigate Change with Ease Sleep Programming

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Help Me Stop Thinking About Something Someone Else Did/Said * Instant Boost of Patience * Instant Boost of Peace * Micro Boost of Forgiveness * Micro Boost of Peace * Releasing Anger * Turn Your Day Around: Change a Bad Day

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Cravings Buster Collection * Getting Back On Track * Make Healthy Eating Choices Sleep Programing * Motivate Me To Eat Better * Pre-Meal Prep

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Feel Confident at Work Sleep Programming * Increase Self-Confidence Sleep Programming * Instant Boost of Courage * Micro Boost of Courage * Micro Boost of Empowerment * Micro Boost of Inner Strength * Releasing Self-Doubt * Releasing That Critical Voice * Turn Your Day Around: Quieting the Critical Voice * You Are Enough * 5-Day Confidence Series

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Fears and Phobias Collection (you can choose a specific topic that is relevant for you, like Fear of Flying or Fear of Driving) * From Fear and Worry to Peace * Instant Boost of Courage * Instant Boost of Safety * Increase Self-Confidence Sleep Programming * Limiting Belief Buster: “Fear of Failure” * Micro Boost of Inner Strength * Micro Boost of Empowerment * Releasing Fear * Tapping Into Courage

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Get Stronger Sleep Programming * Increase Your Mobility * Injury Recovery Boost * Pain Relief Category (you can choose a specific topic that is relevant for you) * Release General pain * Releasing Overwhelm and Frustration about Chronic Pain * 5-Day Pain Relief Series

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Calm for Kids * Calming the Body and Mind for Sleep (you can choose a specific age range in the app) * Creating a Great Day for Kids * Release Frustration with a Sibling (you can choose a specific age range in the app) * Stress Relief for Kids

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!* Instant Boost of Peace * Instant Boost of Gratitude * Micro Boost of Muscle Tension Relief * Micro Boost of Relaxation * Settle Your Body * Sleep Journey Collection * Tapping into Meditation Category * Turn Your Day Around: Afternoon Reset * Turn Your Day Around: Let Go & Allow * Turn Your Day Around: Feel Safe & Grounded in Your Body * Wind Down ATM

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!

What are your favorite Tapping meditations? Share with us in the comments below!Related posts:The Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break FreeTake the Next Step, Again and AgainYour Powerful Voice: Letting Go of Stage Fright and Public Speaking Fears

View Details

Have you ever heard the parable about the old man and his horse? If not, I promise it’s worth a minute of your time. I just love this story!

Here’s how it goes:

There once was an old farmer. One day, his only horse ran away.

Hearing the news, all the neighbors in the village said to the old man, “What a terrible loss, such bad luck!”

The old man replied, “Maybe yes, maybe no. We’ll see.”

A few days later, the horse returned to the farm, accompanied by seven wild horses. “Wow, that’s incredible! What good luck!” his neighbors exclaimed.

“Maybe yes, maybe no. We’ll see!” the old farmer replied.

The next day, the farmer’s only son attempted to ride one of the wild horses. The horse threw him, and he broke both of his legs. The neighbors said, “I’m so sorry, that is such horrible news. What misfortune.”

The man simply replied, “Maybe yes, maybe no. We’ll see.”

Soon after, the country found itself at war and every able-bodied young man was drafted to fight.

But the farmer’s son was spared because of his injuries. “You must be so happy, what great news! Such luck for your family,” said the neighbors.

And the old farmer simply replied, “Maybe yes, maybe no. We’ll see!”

This parable reminds us that we may not always know how something will turn out. What seems like very bad luck may, in fact, have a silver lining. And what seems like great news may not turn out how we expect, either!

Jumping to conclusions right away about whether something is “good” or “bad” is often not the wisest choice.

So instead of rushing to conclusions or judging a situation… We can learn from the wise old farmer. We can learn to accept what is and stay open to the possibilities ahead.

We can learn to say, “Maybe! We’ll see.”

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

P.S. If you want to take the lessons from this story and put them into practice today, try one of these Tapping meditations in The Tapping Solution App!

• From Fear and Worry to Peace
• It’s Going to Be Okay
• Help Me Stop Worrying
• Turn Your Day Around: Let Go and Allow
• Help Me Stop Assuming the Worst

Related posts:Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break FreePrescriptions for Health & Happiness

View Details

Unfortunately, trauma is quite common. And many people will experience at least one (if not more) traumatic event in their lives – whether that be related to a childhood experience, accident, combat, natural disaster, assault, abuse, injury, or something else.

Healing from these experiences takes time, and many people are left deeply wounded and affected by trauma for many years to come. In fact, it’s not uncommon to develop something called Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder, or PTSD, after having been through this kind of experience.

It is estimated that about 12 million adults in the U.S. have PTSD during any given year.[1] Clearly, PTSD is a serious issue. For the many people living with this life-altering condition, effective treatment strategies are deeply needed!

Fortunately, the research is becoming more and more clear that Tapping works extremely well at helping people resolve their PTSD symptoms… so that they can heal and move forward in their lives with greater ease!

Today, I want to highlight an important major review study that helped demonstrate just how effective Tapping can be for PTSD treatment.

Please note: As always, if you are experiencing any physical or mental health concerns, consult with a doctor, therapist, or other qualified health practitioner. This information is not intended to be a substitute for professional medical advice.

A meta-analysis study: a scientific gold standard

In 2017, researchers conducted what is called a meta-analysis study on Tapping for PTSD.[2]

A meta-analysis is a type of study where researchers take data from a bunch of different studies on the same subject, analyze all of the data together, and use statistical methods to draw conclusions about the effectiveness of a technique. This kind of study is considered a gold standard in research techniques.

In this 2017 meta-analysis on the effectiveness of EFT Tapping in the treatment of PTSD, the researchers gathered data from seven different randomized controlled trials (want to read up on a few of these studies? Click here!). All of the studies included in the analysis were considered high-quality studies that met American Psychological Association (APA) standards.

The researchers analyzed all of the combined data from these seven studies and used statistical techniques to draw conclusions about how well Tapping works for PTSD.

What did the results of this meta-analysis show?When analyzing all the data in the meta-analysis, the researchers came up with a statistical measure of effect size. In psychological research, an “effect size” helps us understand how well an intervention works compared to control.

With the particular statistic calculated in this study, anything over 0.8 is considered to be a large effect size. In this case, the effect size was found to be quite high… at 2.96![2] This means that treatment with EFT is considered to have a very large effect when it comes to PTSD.

In other words, the data showed that people who received EFT Tapping treatment improved much more than the people who were in the control groups (who didn’t do any Tapping). This suggests that Tapping is very effective, provides a significant benefit, and really works!

That’s such an encouraging result! When pooling all the available data from high-quality studies, the researchers were able to confirm that people with PTSD respond REALLY well to EFT Tapping as a treatment option.

What’s more, the researchers were also able to compare EFT against other standard treatments for PTSD like Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). When looking at the data, the authors saw that all three treatments had similar effect sizes.[2] This suggests that all three of these treatments were comparable in terms of effectiveness.

It’s really exciting to see that in this rigorous analysis of the data, EFT Tapping proved to be just as effective as these other well-known and well-respected treatment options for PTSD.

The researchers also noted that Tapping was shown to be effective in a variety of age groups and demographics.

Tapping practitioners see amazing results in their clients with PTSDAfter the 2017 meta-analysis on Tapping for PTSD was published, another group of researchers wanted to hear from real-life EFT Tapping practitioners about their experiences in treating people with PTSD. So, they took a group of 448 practitioners and surveyed them.[3]

The survey findings from this study showed that most practitioners find that even complex PTSD can be remediated in less than 10 EFT sessions. And 89% of the practitioners said that less than 10% of their clients make little or no progress with Tapping treatment.[3]

It appears that most people with PTSD get better when they are treated with EFT Tapping. And in most cases, it only takes 10 sessions or less for people to find relief and improve.

Can you believe that? It’s pretty remarkable how powerful this technique seems to be for PTSD!

The research is clear: Tapping is an effective PTSD treatment option Clearly, there’s a lot of evidence to back up the use of Tapping for PTSD treatment.

In fact, experts in this research recommend that Tapping should be used a first-line treatment option for PTSD.[4]

Here’s what the authors of one study concluded about the benefits of EFT Tapping for PTSD:

“Studies of EFT in the treatment of PTSD show that

(a) time frames for successful treatment generally range from four to 10 sessions;

(b) group therapy sessions are effective;

(c) comorbid conditions such as anxiety and depression improve simultaneously;

(d) the risk of adverse events is low;

(e) treatment produces physiological as well as psychological improvements;

(f) patient gains persist over time;

(g) the approach is cost-effective;

(h) biomarkers such as stress hormones and genes are regulated; and

(i) the method can be adapted to online and telemedicine applications.”[4]

If you are curious to learn more about what the researchers have learned about using Tapping for PTSD, check out this research paper: Guidelines for the Treatment of PTSD Using Clinical EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques).

And if you want to read about how Tapping can specifically help young people with PTSD, go here (spoiler alert, Tapping is considered one of the top treatment choices!).

Getting supportThe research I’ve highlighted today suggests that Tapping belongs among the first-line treatment options for PTSD.

It appears to work really well for healing from PTSD, and it has the potential to help SO MANY people find relief from such a difficult and life-altering condition.

If you or someone you know is affected by PTSD, I encourage you to learn more about Tapping and to give it a try. You may want to work with a Tapping coach or therapist to guide you on your journey for personalized support.

You can also head to The Tapping Solution App to start your Tapping journey. We’ll teach you how to Tap, and help you make the most out of our vast library of Tapping meditations.

We’ve even got specific categories like the Military/Veteran Support Collection or Crisis Support: First Aid Kit Collection for you to explore – which are always FREE to use for anyone who needs them!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

References 1. “How Common Is PTSD in Adults?” U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. https://www.ptsd.va.gov/understand/common/common_adults.asp 2. Sebastian B, Nelms J. The Effectiveness of Emotional Freedom Techniques in the Treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: A Meta-Analysis. Explore (NY). 2017 Jan-Feb;13(1):16-25. 3. Church D, Stern S, Boath E, Stewart A, Feinstein D, Clond M. Emotional Freedom Techniques to Treat Posttraumatic Stress Disorder in Veterans: Review of the Evidence, Survey of Practitioners, and Proposed Clinical Guidelines. Perm J. 2017;21:16-100. 4. Church D, Stapleton P, Mollon P, et al. Guidelines for the Treatment of PTSD Using Clinical EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques). Healthcare (Basel). 2018;6(4):146. Published 2018 Dec 12.

Related posts:Some Inspiration for YouTapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

Have you ever felt butterflies in your stomach? Has your heart ever pounded in fear? Has your gut ever been tied up in knots when you are worried? Have you ever lost your appetite in grief?

These are all common experiences demonstrating what is known as the mind-body connection.

Across the app, particularly in our Support Your Body category and Support Your Healing collection, you can find Tapping meditations that speak to the idea of the mind-body connection, encouraging you to address the emotional component of your physical health concerns.

Today, we’re going to dive into the mind-body connection a little bit deeper, so that you can better understand why the ties between your symptoms and your emotions are so important.

You may be surprised at just how profound the impact can be when you begin to explore these connections!

Note: Please consult with a doctor on any symptoms you are experiencing. The information and meditations referenced here are designed to support your healing, and may help you on your healing journey when combined with proper medical care, nutrition, exercise, and healthy habits.

The mind-body connectionScience shows that the brain and body are intimately connected and constantly communicating. The state of our mind, meaning our thoughts, emotions, stress levels, etc., affects the state of our body – and vice versa.

Dr. James Gordon, founder of the Center for Mind-Body Medicine, explains the biology behind the mind-body connection like this:

“The brain and peripheral nervous system, the endocrine and immune systems, and indeed, all the organs of our body and all the emotional responses we have, share a common chemical language and are constantly communicating with one another.”

The examples of butterflies in the stomach or a pounding chest are just some of the ways in which we can consciously observe the interplay between mind and body.

But underneath the surface, much more is going on. When we are in a state of stress or emotional arousal, our bodies respond with things like increased inflammation, elevated blood pressure, enhanced pain signaling, digestive disturbances, muscle tension, and more.

The work of researchers and mind-body experts in the field like Dr. John Diamond, Louise Hay, Deepak Chopra, Bruce Lipton, and many others teach us that our emotions, thoughts, and beliefs can have a profound impact on our physical bodies. There is even scientific evidence proving that emotions, thoughts, and beliefs can directly impact our biology by altering gene expression, changing hormone levels, and so much more.

Concepts from practices like traditional Chinese medicine even link specific emotions to certain organ systems and physical ailments. Anecdotes abound with real-life examples of these kinds of connections. Many doctors and nurses often observe “types” of patients that follow certain patterns – such as cardiac patients tending to have challenges with expressing anger, for example.

Why the mind-body connection matters – and how to use it to your advantage

“You have the power to heal your life, and you need to know that. We think so often that we are helpless, but we’re not. We always have the power of our minds… Claim and consciously use your power.”

– Louise L. Hay

So, why does all of this matter? Why do we care so much about the mind-body connection?

All of this science and research, all of these experts, and all of these anecdotal reports… they don’t just teach us that there is a strong link between emotions and physical health. They also suggest that we, within ourselves, have the capacity to promote healing in our own bodies.

You see, we can use the principles of the mind-body connection to our advantage. The links between emotions and physical health conditions are so important to understand because they provide hope that positive change is possible. They remind us that we have the power to create more ease and wellbeing in our own bodies when we choose to deal with and process our emotions.

So often, we can feel disempowered when it comes to our physical health. We fall into the trap of thinking that there’s nothing we can do about it.

But our emotions are actually influencing our body. And so, we can empower ourselves in our own healing if we take a closer look at our emotions and do the work to process them in a healthy way.

That’s why we’ve created Tapping meditations in The Tapping Solution App to help you do just that. With Tapping, we can create more harmony between the mind and body.

Our Tapping meditations are designed to support your healing from various symptoms by focusing on the emotions, memories, and thought patterns that may be affecting your body. In these sessions, we’ve gathered insights from leaders like Louise Hay to bring you the tools you need to heal using the wisdom of the mind-body connection.

Real-life stories: The mind-body connection and Tapping in actionI can’t tell you how many times I’ve witnessed the power of the mind-body connection in action with the help of Tapping. People who have dealt with health challenges like back pain or gut issues or headaches for years will finally uncover a repressed or stuck emotion… and all of a sudden their physical symptoms will completely shift.

After trying so many different things to heal – diets, supplements, therapies, medications, and so on – the emotional component is often the missing piece of the puzzle that finally offers BIG relief.

We get amazing feedback from our users after they Tap in the app. Here are a couple examples of the types of experiences real people have had with various Tapping meditations:

“I just did the Support Your Healing: Inflammation tapping and I’m hooked! While it only went down 2 points in my score, I could feel an immense shift. SO much fear and anger trapped inside that I was unaware I was holding.”

-Kathy

“I just did the Support Your Healing: Indigestion, Acid Reflux and more. All I can say is WOW!* I have dealt with anxiety and digestive issues all my life. No medications work. And the doctors could never tell me what was causing my problems. With this Tapping meditation I started out as a 10 by the end I was down to 4.* The emotions welled up for sure. I feel calmer and my stomach is more settled. I can now face my day with more joy and energy and calm.”

-Darla

“Wowzers. I’ve had low back pain for 7 months with no known cause. As soon as I listened to the words of [Support Your Healing: Lower Back] and did this tapping session this morning, it all clicked into place on why the pain was there. The pain was reduced after tapping this morning and I just gave it a second round and can feel further reduction. I am so excited to release this pain and the fears that I’ve been unconsciously holding on to.”

-Dawn

And remember: you don’t have to tap specifically on your symptoms or ailments to experience physical results. Sometimes, just tapping on an emotion can have surprising effects! Take this example from one user after trying the Releasing Anger session:

“This is the first time I used the Releasing Anger meditation. I had a headache for ten days, then I used the app and the headache went away. I keep using it. I had tried books, an online course, but nothing helped my anger until now.”

– Ruth

Try these healing Tapping meditations for yourselfIf you are ready to experience the profound power of the mind-body connection, then you’ve got to give it a try for yourself! To get started, I encourage you to open up The Tapping Solution App and explore some of our Tapping meditations.

There are several different ways to find a meditation that might be right for you:

1. Browse the Support Your Healing collectionThe meditations in the Support Your Healing collection are based on the work of my dear friend the late Louise Hay and other experts in the field. We are so honored to be able to feature Louise’s work, including her powerful healing affirmations from the book Heal Your Body, with the blessing of Hay House (the publishing company she created).

In this collection, you’ll find a wide variety of different symptoms and health conditions, so you can choose one that resonates with you.

2. Explore the Support Your Body and Pain Relief categoriesBeyond the sessions in the Support Your Healing collection, you’ll also notice this same theme of the mind-body connection being addressed in a bunch of different content across the app, such as in our Support Your Body and Pain Relief sessions.

In these categories, you can scroll through to find specific topics that are right for you, such as Release Shoulder Pain, Support Your Body: Heart Health, or Healing Your Lungs.

3. Use the Search toolA simple way to find content to support you is to use the “search” feature in the app. Simply go to the app, click on the “search” icon, and type in either your physical health concern or an emotion you’ve been struggling with lately. Then tap, and see what happens!

“When you’re happy, relaxed, and free of stress, the body can accomplish amazing, even miraculous, feats of self-repair.”

– Dr. Lissa Rankin

As you dig deeper into the content in the app, you’ll notice we address the mind-body connection often. We highlight this theme so often because it is so powerful. Countless people have found significant relief from physical health concerns when they address the emotional component of their experience!

So, try it out for yourself! See what happens when you explore and address emotions that may be linked to your symptoms. You might just be surprised by the results.

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

Related posts:Some Inspiration for YouTapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

Wherever you are on your Tapping journey, I thought it might be helpful if I shared some of the top reasons to use The Tapping Solution App – some of which you might be familiar with, and some of which might surprise you!

So let me ask you… what would you like to be able to accomplish in your own life? What’s one change that could transform your life for the better?

Pick an item from the list below and discover Tapping meditations in the app that can help:

• #1. Say Goodbye to Stress and Anxiety
• #2. Get a Better Night’s Sleep
• #3. Boost Focus and Productivity
• #4. Get Relief from Pain, Symptoms, and Illness
• #5. Face Your Fears
• #6. Upgrade Your Self-Care Practice
• #7. Supercharge Your Athletic Performance
• #8. Support Your Weight Loss Efforts
• #9. Find Financial Freedom and Abundance
• #10. Improve Your Relationships
• #11 Build Your Confidence and Self-Esteem
• #12. Feel Even Better than You Already Do

Note: Along the way, I’m going to share some curated lists of Tapping meditations you might want to try out, depending on where you are at, what you are dealing with, and what kind of support you are looking for. So be sure to check them out, and then search in the app for the titles that catch your eye!

12 Reasons to Use The Tapping Solution AppMaybe you are totally new to The Tapping Solution App, and you aren’t quite sure what to do when you open it up and start scrolling through all the options…

Or maybe you haven’t even downloaded the app yet, because you aren’t really clear on how it could help you…

Or maybe you already use The Tapping Solution App regularly, but you tend to gravitate to the same handful of sessions over and over again and are curious about other ways in which Tapping could benefit you.

Whatever the case, I want to make sure you know about some of the different reasons to use the app that can change your life for the better.

Because even for long-time users of the App, there’s always more to explore! The content in our app goes really deep. We’ve got over 500 different Tapping meditations, covering SO many different topics. This means there are countless ways to use the app and improve your life for the better!

Here are just a few examples (the options really are endless!):

1. Say Goodbye to Stress and Anxiety Are you overwhelmed by all the things going on in your life? Are you feeling stressed and worried about it all? Do you deal with anxiety on a regular basis?

You might be surprised just how quickly you can say goodbye to stress and anxiety. After over 1 million plays of our “Releasing Anxiety” Tapping meditation, the average reported reduction of anxiety was 41% in just 9 minutes. Wow!

One of the things that Tapping does best is to help calm down the brain and body so that we can get out of the stress response (fight or flight) and return to a state of calm and balance. And our app is chock full of content that will help you do just that – quickly and effectively!

You can click on these links to learn more about Tapping for stress relief and Tapping for anxiety relief.

Playlists of Tapping meditations to explore in the app:For when you’re anxious:

• From Fear and Worry to Peace
• Help Me Stop Worrying
• I’m Stressed About Uncertainty
• It’s Going to Be Okay
• Micro Boost of Worry Relief
• Releasing Anxiety
• Turn Your Day Around: Feel Safe and Grounded in Your Body
• Turn Your Day Around: Release General Anxiety
• Turn Your Day Around: Tapping for Anxiety, Tap and Breathe
• 5 Day Releasing Anxiety Challenge

For when you can’t stop overthinking and your mind is racing:

• Change Your Thinking Category
• Help Me Stop Overthinking
• Instant Boost of Patience
• Micro Boost of Overthinking Relief
• Micro Boost of Presence
• Turn Your Day Around: Release Overwhelm

2. Get a Better Night’s Sleep Whether you’ve got insomnia or you just want to get deeper, more peaceful sleep at night, The Tapping Solution App will help you learn to sleep like a baby.

The sessions in our Sleep Support Category can be used before bed to help you relax your brain and body, release any worries or tension, and prepare for restful sleep.

Tapping can also be beneficial for sleep when used at any time of day. When you use Tapping throughout the day to address stressful situations and release emotions like anxiety, you can set yourself up for better sleep later on when it’s time for your head to hit the pillow.

To learn about the fascinating science and research behind Tapping for sleep support, go here.

Playlist of Tapping meditations to explore in the app:For when you can’t sleep:

• Big Day Tomorrow Keeping You Up
• Clearing Stress & Frustration About Insomnia
• Deep Sleep Patterning
• Fall Asleep Faster
• Nervous Tension & Stress Release
• Releasing a Bad Dream
• Quiet My Racing Mind
• Settle Your Body
• Sleep Through the Night Sleep Programming
• Wind Down ATM

3. Boost Focus and Productivity to Crush Your Goals Whether you have goals to advance in your career, or write a book, or exercise more, or clear clutter from your house, Tapping has the potential to supercharge your focus and productivity so that you can turn your dreams into reality.

Tapping is really good at helping to break through the barriers that hold us back from going after what we want – whether those are negative emotions, limiting beliefs, low energy, a critical inner voice, or something else.

We’ve got meditations in the app that will help you release your resistance to taking action, get focused and energized, and feel empowered to reach your goals.

Playlists of Tapping meditations to explore in the app:For when you’re feeling sluggish and unmotivated:

• Instant Boost of Focus
• Increase Motivation and Productivity Sleep Programming
• Increase Self-Discipline Sleep Programming
• Micro Boost of Focus
• Motivate Me to… Category (you can choose a specific topic that is relevant for you)
• Productivity Boost ATM

For when you’ve got a creative project on your agenda and want to feel inspired:

• Instant Boost of Energy
• Micro Boost of Inspiration
• Micro Boost of Creativity
• Motivate Me to Finish Something I Started
• Motivate Me to Write
• Pre-Creative Time Prep
• Releasing the Fear of Criticism
• Turn Your Day Around: Quieting the Critical Voice

4. Get Relief from Pain, Symptoms, and Illness Whether you’ve got a cold, a headache, back pain, or a long-term health challenge, Tapping is a wonderful healing tool to support your physical health.

Tapping is designed to help you address and release emotions and stressors, like the ones that may be connected to your physical symptoms (such as pain, gut issues, allergies and more). It helps the brain to relax and it helps turn down signals that lead to difficult symptoms.

By releasing stress with Tapping, we can help support our bodies in repairing, healing, and coming into balance.

Check out our entire Support Your Body category in the app to explore the mind-body connection and use Tapping to heal (and be sure to check out the sessions we have that feature the healing work of Louise Hay!).

Playlists of Tapping meditations to explore in the app:For when you are in pain or recovering from an injury:

• Get Stronger Sleep Programming
• Increase Your Mobility
• Injury Recovery Boost
• Pain Relief Category (you can choose a specific topic that is relevant for you)
• Release General pain
• Releasing Overwhelm and Frustration about Chronic Pain
• 5-Day Pain Relief Series

For when you are under the weather and aren’t feeling well physically:

• Gut Healing Sleep Programming
• Increase Healing Sleep Programming
• Instant Boost of Healing
• Micro Boost of Healing
• Release Colds & Flus Sleep Programming
• Settle Your Stomach
• Support Your Healing collection (these are Louise Hay-based sessions that address the emotional and limiting beliefs tied to physical ailments)
• Support Your Body Category (you can choose the specific symptom or ailment you are dealing with)

For when you are navigating a challenging health issue:

• Chronic Illness Support ATM
• I’m Stressed About My Health
• Settle Your Body
• Support Your Body Category (you can choose a specific topic that is relevant for you)
• Turn Your Day Around: Feel Safe & Grounded in Your Body

5. Face Fears Your Fears If you are like most people, then fear can sometimes hold you back. Whether it’s a specific fear or phobia, or a general unease about the unknowns ahead, fear is a common roadblock on the road to success and happiness.

One of the reasons I love Tapping is that it helps us release our fears and embody our most courageous selves. Tapping actually rewires the brain’s connections, sending calming signals to the brain letting it know we are safe.

I encourage you to explore the app as a way to release your fears so you can live a free, full life.

Playlist of Tapping meditations to explore in the app:For when you are afraid and fear is getting in the way:

• Fears and Phobias Collection (you can choose a specific topic that is relevant for you, like Fear of Flying or Fear of Driving)
• From Fear and Worry to Peace
• Instant Boost of Courage
• Instant Boost of Safety
• Increase Self-Confidence Sleep Programming
• Limiting Belief Buster: “Fear of Failure”
• Micro Boost of Inner Strength
• Micro Boost of Empowerment
• Releasing Fear
• Tapping Into Courage

#6. Upgrade Your Self-Care Practice You might be someone who’s dedicated to self-care, and who loves exploring new tools and practices that help you deal with challenges and feel your best. And that’s a great reason to use The Tapping Solution App!

Whether you tune in for a quick Micro Boost of Gratitude, or you tap on releasing a difficult emotion, or you do a relaxing and soothing session like an ATM or Sleep Journey, you can think of the app as a little toolbox of self-care that you can carry with you in your pocket anywhere you go. Opening up the app and taking a few minutes to Tap can be a real “treat yourself” moment.

And if meditation is already a part of your self-care toolbox, Tapping is a great companion to add in! Tapping before meditating can quiet your mind and relax your body, allowing you to go even deeper with your practice. We have a whole category for this purpose called Tapping Into Meditation. So be sure to check it out!

Playlists of Tapping meditations to explore in the app:For when you’re feeling overworked and burned out and need some extra support:

• Burnout Recovery
• I’m Stressed About Work
• Micro Boost of Energy
• Micro Boost of Resilience
• Turn Your Day Around: Morning Stress Reliever
• Turn Your Day Around: Evening Stress Relief

For when you want to just relax and chill out:

• Instant Boost of Peace
• Instant Boost of Gratitude
• Micro Boost of Muscle Tension Relief
• Micro Boost of Relaxation
• Settle Your Body
• Sleep Journey Collection
• Turn Your Day Around: Afternoon Reset
• Turn Your Day Around: Let Go & Allow
• Turn Your Day Around: Feel Safe & Grounded in Your Body
• Tapping into Meditation Category
• Wind Down ATM

7. Supercharge Your Athletic Performance Peak performance is about mind, body, and spirit. It’s not just about physical strength and conditioning; it’s also about focus, resilience, motivation, drive, and so much more.

From speeding up recovery, to increasing energy levels, to boosting motivation, to helping you get into the flow state, Tapping can help with many different aspects of fitness, athletics, and exercise performance.

We’ve even got some meditations in the app that were created in collaboration with three-time Major League Baseball All-Star Sean Casey, who uses Tapping himself to up his game!

Playlist of Tapping meditations to explore in the app:For when you’re gearing up for a workout or a big game:

• Flow Creator
• Get Stronger Sleep Programming
• Instant Boost of Focus
• Micro Boost of Energy
• Motivate Me to Exercise
• Pre-Workout Prep
• Pre-Athletic Event Prep
• Pre-Game Prep

8. Support Your Weight Loss Efforts We believe Tapping is an extremely powerful tool for creating lasting change. And that includes aiding in weight loss efforts! It can help us release stress, process stuck emotions, create healthy habits, find motivation to stick with change, establish loving relationships with our bodies, and so much more.

And there’s a ton of research supporting the power of Tapping for weight loss!

If you’ve been struggling with weight, body confidence, or maintaining good health, you’ll find an abundance of resources in the app that can help you.

Playlists of Tapping meditations to explore in the app:For when you are struggling with your weight and body confidence:

• Critical Self Talk (Weight Loss/Body Confidence)
• I’m Stressed About My Weight
• Limiting Belief Buster: I Never Stick to Anything
• Limiting Belief Buster: I Have Bad Genes
• Love and Accept Your Body (Weight Loss/Body Confidence)
• Micro Boost of Self-Love
• Master Weight Loss Manifestor
• Releasing Weight Loss Anxiety
• Weight Loss & Body Confidence ATM

For when you are struggling with cravings and eating habits:

• Cravings Buster Collection
• Getting Back On Track
• Make Healthy Eating Choices Sleep Programing
• Motivate Me To Eat Better
• Pre-Meal Prep

9. Find Financial Freedom and Abundance Money and finances might not be what first comes to mind when you think of Tapping. But did you know that we’ve got an entire “Wealth & Abundance” category in the app? You’d be amazed at the results people get and the opportunities that enter their lives after Tapping!

If you want more abundance to flow into your life, then it might be time to use Tapping to clear away limiting beliefs and make way for whatever it is you want to experience more of.

Playlist of Tapping meditations to explore in the app:For when you’re feeling stressed about your finances:

• Clearing the Blocks to Manifesting
• I’m Stressed About Money
• I’m Stressed About My Taxes
• Increase Abundance and Prosperity Sleep Programming
• Micro Boost of Financial Stress Relief
• Sleep Journey for Abundance
• Stress & Anxiety About Finances

10. Improve Your Relationships With Tapping, you can address the emotions and stress that arise in relationships, opening you up to more ease and deeper connection.

Whether you are single, romantically involved, or working on relationships in your family or career, the sessions in the app can help you to release stress, feel more comfortable being yourself, and navigate conflict with greater ease.

We’ve got an entire category in the app specifically on Relationships. But you’ll likely find that Tapping to release stress in other areas of your life will impact your relationships in a positive way as well.

Playlists of Tapping meditations to explore in the app:For when you are dealing with conflict in your relationships:

• A Stress-Free Family Gathering
• Become More Lovingly Assertive Sleep Programming
• Clearing Negative Energy Picked Up From Others
• I’m Stressed About My Spouse
• I’m Stressed About My Family
• Intimate Relationship Support Collection
• Micro Boost of Forgiveness
• Pre-Important Discussion Prep
• Preparing for a Difficult Conversation at Work
• Turn Your Day Around: Love, Peace, & Light
• Releasing Hurt
• Releasing Jealousy
• Releasing Resentment

For when you’re feeling social anxiety:

• Be Calm in Social Situations Sleep Programming
• Instant Boost of Self-Love
• Pre-Meeting New People Prep
• Pre-Social Activity Prep
• Micro Boost of Courage
• Releasing the Fear of Criticism
• Releasing the Pain of Rejection
• Releasing That Critical Voice
• You are Enough

#11. Build Your Confidence and Self-EsteemConfidence and self-esteem are an area that many of us struggle with. And that impacts almost all areas of our lives, from our careers, to our relationships, to our body image, to our big life decisions.

Learning how to build ourselves up, treat ourselves with kindness, and believe in ourselves is a key skill to learn. And the great news is that Tapping is a really good way to cultivate confidence and develop a healthy sense of self-esteem and self-worth.

From our 5-Day Confidence series, to our You Are Enough meditations, you’ll find this theme across the app in a variety of types of content… because it’s just that important!

Playlists of Tapping meditations to explore in the app:For when you’re down on yourself and full of self-doubt:

• I am Enough Sleep Programming
• Instant Boost of Courage
• Instant Boost of Self-Love
• Instant Boost of You Are Enough
• Micro Boost of Self-Love
• Micro Boost of Inner Strength
• Releasing Self-Doubt
• Releasing That Critical Voice
• Turn Your Day Around: Quieting the Critical Voice
• You Are Enough
• 5-Day Confidence Series

12. Feel Even Better than You Already Do This might be my personal favorite way to use the app. Tapping can help to elevate your mood so you can feel even better in your daily life than you can imagine! And who doesn’t want to live every day to the fullest?

Here’s something important I want you to understand. Tapping can be just as helpful when we are feeling off and need to release some negative emotion as it is when we feel good and just want to feel even better! I love using Tapping to help turn around a bad day, but I also love using it to boost my positive emotions and anchor in what already feels good.

I encourage you to come spend time in the app to help you boost your mood and become a positivity powerhouse that radiates joy wherever you go.

Playlists of Tapping meditations to explore in the app:For when you’re feeling good and just want a pick-me-up to feel even better:

• Create a Great Day ATM
• Cultivating Hope
• Grow Younger ATM
• Instant Boosts (Browse and pick any that speak to you! Try Instant Boost of Gratitude, Instant Boost of Hope, Instant Boost of Happiness, etc.)
• Micro Boosts (Browse and pick any that speak to you! Try Micro Boost of Energy, Micro Boost of Joy, Micro Boost of Optimism, etc.)
• Turn Your Day Around: Create a Great Day
• Wake Up Happy Sleep Programming
• 21 Day Gratitude Challenge

What are your favorite reasons to use the app? Would you add anything to this list?

Share with us how you like to use the app in the comments below. I can’t wait to hear your ideas!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

Related posts:How Does Tapping Work?Take the Next Step, Again and AgainWhen I Forget to Tap…(Going Public!)

View Details

Ever since I first learned about Tapping, I’ve been a man on a mission to share it with everyone I possibly could. I had experienced the transformative power of Tapping for myself, and I knew that it could change so many lives – and our world – if we only taught more people how to do it.

Through the years, I’ve had the pleasure and the honor to work alongside powerful changemakers and healers who are working to build a better world, bringing tools like Tapping to the communities who need them most.

Today, I want to introduce you to one of those incredibly special changemakers: Fritzi Horstman. Fritzi is the founder of Compassion Prison Project, an organization dedicated to bringing compassion and healing to prisons and communities.

Compassion Prison Project’s mission is to help prisons incorporate trauma-informed practices into the day-to-day lives of prison residents and staff to create safer prisons, reduce violence, and encourage trustworthiness through peer-to-peer support and empowerment.

I’ve worked alongside Fritzi to incorporate Tapping into their curriculum, and I’m so excited to share today a little bit about their mission, the projects we’ve collaborated on, and what you can do to support this important work! (Be sure to scroll down all the way to check out the photos – they gave me chills!)

The mission: addressing the impact of childhood trauma in prison communities The main focus of Compassion Prison Project is on childhood trauma and how it affects the lives of men and women living and working in prisons

Did you know that 98% of people living in prison experienced childhood trauma?

Extreme childhood adversity causes people to live in a state of fight or flight, compromising their capacity to learn new skills and develop empathy. Abused children often grow up believing that violence is a solution. Traumatic responses can lead to imprisonment, and prison can then trigger flashbacks from childhood leading to dangerous behavioral reactions like rage and acting out. It’s a vicious cycle that can be hard to break.

Through their ongoing efforts on the ground, Compassion Prison Project is working hard to bring childhood trauma awareness, education, and healing to prisons and communities both in the U.S. and globally.

The goal of this powerful work is to break the cycle by educating about childhood trauma and teaching ways to heal from it; for those who are incarcerated, their communities, and future generations.

This quote from their website sums up the mission well:

“It is our belief that when each of us heals our own trauma, we’re doing our part to heal the world. So let the healing begin, for everyone, everywhere, especially for the most traumatized people in our society, those living in prison.”

Tapping is one of many healing modalities being taught in prison communitiesWe were honored to be a part of one of Compassion Prison Project’s initiatives: a program called Trauma Talks.

This 16-part video series offers education and healing tools to prison residents. After watching each video in the Trauma Talk series, residents sit in groups of 10-12 to discuss what they’ve learned together. They use corresponding workbooks to explore their own trauma history and practice tools to help them heal – including yoga, mindfulness, gratitude, somatic experiencing, and, you guessed it, Tapping!

The Tapping Solution has offered video instruction, Tapping meditations, and workbook materials to help prison residents learn Tapping and apply it in their everyday lives.

As we know from the research, Tapping is a very powerful way to calm down the stress response and turn off the fight-or-flight system. This fight-or-flight system plays a major role in trauma and the harmful long-term effects of traumatic experiences, which makes Tapping an effective tool for processing and healing from trauma.

I’m so glad to know that Tapping is being used to bring real relief, especially to a group of people who has been so heavily impacted by trauma.

How you can support the causeIt fills me with gratitude to know that people like Fritzi are helping tools like Tapping get to a community who so needs the resources and support.

With organizations like the Compassion Prison Project, we really can create ripples of change that will bring healing to those who need it and create a brighter future for the generations to come!

This is such a powerful movement, and I encourage you to learn more by checking out the Compassion Prison Project website and exploring all the amazing things they are up to.

If you have the resources and are called to, please donate directly to the cause here. You can also learn about volunteering opportunities here.

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

P.S. Want to see Tapping in action? Check out these photos from a Compassion Prison Project one-day workshop.

The Tapping session pictured below was led by Tara Packer.

Related posts:Some Inspiration for YouTapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

Our thoughts have real power. The way we speak to ourselves, the beliefs we have, and the intentions we bring to each day can make a major impact on how we feel and how we respond to the events that unfold.

Here are 10 mantras that can help bring intention to your thinking and set you up for having a great rest of your day.

Feel free to say them out loud to yourself as you read along to really reinforce these positive messages.

1. I have the power to create the life I want.
2. I choose to take care of myself and do what nurtures me.
3. I have time to slow down.
4. I honor my process and my pace.
5. I welcome growth, learning, and positive change.
6. I choose to put my energy towards the things that matter to me.
7. I trust and love myself.
8. I keep my heart open to new possibilities.
9. I am ready for whatever this day brings.
10. I have the power to make today a great day.

Take a few minutes to let those words sit with you. Notice how your body feels in this moment, and how good it feels to affirm these beliefs for yourself!

We might not be able to predict what will come next today or what is ahead for us. But we can choose to bring these kinds of positive intentions with us as we move forward.

So go out there and get after it… You’ve got this!

I trust that you are going to have a great rest of your day, because you are going to choose to make it that way.

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

P.S. Want more like this? Try our short Active Transformational Meditation titled Create a Great Day. This session is under 6 minutes long and is an easy way to bring positive energy to your day so you can live your day to the fullest!

Related posts:Some Inspiration for YouTapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

I talk and think about gratitude a lot. Because we know that gratitude is SO powerful!

Gratitude has a positive ripple effect on almost every aspect of our lives. And research even shows us it can have a wide range of positive effects on our physical and mental health.

But often, we spend a lot more time complaining than we do thinking about what we have to be grateful for.

So right now, I wanted to offer us some gratitude affirmations to help us intentionally bring an attitude of gratitude into our day today.

10 Gratitude Affirmations for a Great DayTake a moment to read the following gratitude affirmations, and feel free to repeat them to yourself in your mind or out loud.

1. I am grateful to be in the here and now.
2. I will approach this new day with a grateful heart.
3. I am grateful for the opportunities that today has offered me already…
4. And I’m grateful for the chance to have new and unexpected experiences as I go along.
5. I am open to gratefully receiving the lessons of this day.
6. I will notice the big and small things that bring me joy…
7. And I will notice the beautiful moments of connection this day offers.
8. The more I practice gratitude, the more I notice to be grateful for.
9. I will bring this attitude of gratitude into every action I take today.
10. I am grateful for this amazing life I am living.

How did those affirmations land with you? How did it feel to take a moment to ground yourself in gratitude?

Imagine how it might impact the rest of your day to intentionally tap into this energy of gratitude… And imagine how you might feel if you brought this energy of gratitude into all the parts of your day that have yet to unfold…

I hope that each and every one of us will take this feeling with us and practice gratitude actively today!

Tapping into GratitudeAnd if you’d like to take this even deeper, why not Tap on it?

I encourage you to check out our 21-Day Gratitude Series in The Tapping Solution App. Over the course of 21 days, you’ll use Tapping to cultivate gratitude, relax your body, and uplift your spirit. You’ll be amazed by how much can change after just a few weeks of a daily gratitude practice!

Here’s a sneak peak into a few of the topics covered in the series:

• Day 1: Gratitude for This Moment
• Day 2: Gratitude for the Past
• Day 3: Gratitude for the Future
• Day 4: Gratitude for My Growth
• Day 5: Gratitude for Home

Click here to find the series in the app and see what’s in store for all 21 days

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

Related posts:Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break FreePrescriptions for Health & Happiness

View Details

My nephew Lucas recently recorded a video of himself doing a short Tapping meditation, and we posted it on our social media.

That video now has more than 3.2 MILLION views.

This is a really proud uncle moment for me! Lucas is such a special kid, (as are his siblings!) and I think it is really incredible that he is modeling how to use Tapping to boost confidence, so that kids all around the world can learn to do the same.

The outpouring of support for Lucas in the comments on the video has been SO heartwarming. Parents are telling us how helpful it was for their kids to see another kid Tapping, and that the video has opened the door for their kids to feel more comfortable and confident giving Tapping a try.

You’ve got to check out the viral video for yourself, so go ahead and watch it below or on our instagram page here (and be sure to read some of the amazing comments while you’re at it ).

And if you have kids, I encourage you to share this video with them! The short process Lucas guides us through is less than one minute long and can be used before school, sports, presentations, and more.

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

P.S. If you want to see more content like this, then follow along with our Tapping for Kids Instagram page! We’re excited to keep adding to this page with more resources to help bring Tapping to kids around the world.

P.P.S. Did you know that we have a whole category in The Tapping Solution App dedicated to topics just for Parents & Kids? These Tapping meditations will help your child build lifelong skills and begin to approach new situations with confidence and resilience! Check it out here.

After your child taps along, let us know if the Tapping helped them feel more confident by commenting below! Related posts:Study Drugs? How EFT Can Help You Focus Better Than Any PillTapping Case Study: Turning Bullies Into Enlightened LeadersTapping for Parents, Teachers, Children, and Teens

View Details

Did you know that among the many benefits of Tapping is weight loss?

We at The Tapping Solution believe Tapping is an extremely powerful tool for creating lasting change. And that includes aiding in weight loss efforts! It can help us release stress, process stuck emotions, create healthy habits, find motivation to stick with change, establish loving relationships with our bodies, and so much more.

And the great news is that Tapping for weight loss isn’t just some hearsay thing. There’s a ton of research to back this up!

I know I’ve shared bits and pieces and gone into a few of the scientific studies before, but today I wanted to gather all of the research on the subject into one place, so you can see just how much amazing evidence there is to support Tapping as a weight loss tool.

Here’s what the science has to say about Tapping for weight lossThere have been several scientific studies conducted on Tapping for weight loss, and more are being conducted year after year. So far, the results have been very encouraging.

When people go through EFT Tapping intervention programs for weight loss (often delivered over the course of several weeks), the data shows that they improve significantly. Specific factors that show improvements after Tapping include:

• Weight
• Food cravings
• “Power over food”
• Restraint from food cravings
• Emotional eating
• Uncontrolled eating [1-9]

After learning Tapping, people lose weight, they no longer have as intense of food cravings, they show more restraint around food, and they gain freedom from emotional eating. Studies have confirmed time and time again that Tapping can lead to some really amazing results and powerful changes in people’s lives!

It’s awesome to know that the science is backing up what so many people know to be true: Tapping is a powerful weight loss tool.

Here are some highlights from the research if you are curious about some of the specifics:

• A 2016 study found that EFT was comparable to CBT (Cognitive Behavioral Therapy) at reducing food cravings. [1]
• In a 2018 study, 76 participants went through a six-week Clinical EFT course focused on improving emotional eating and treating emotional triggers associated with food. The results showed that during the course, participants lost an average of one pound per week. Between when the course ended and the one-year follow up, participants continued to lose weight – about two pounds per month! The data also showed improvements in restraint with food and “power over food.”[2]
• A 2019 study with 200 participants showed that after just a 4-day EFT Training workshop, craving levels went down by 74%. Wow! [3]
• A 2020 study found that EFT could help people after bariatric surgery to improve their eating habits. When treated with EFT, people noticed improvements in emotional eating and uncontrolled eating, for example. [4]
• In a 2022 study, a Tapping program for weight loss helped participants lose an average of about 13 pounds over six weeks. [5]

If you want to read the studies yourself, scroll down to the “References” section where you’ll find links to all of these studies and more!

Beyond weight loss – Tapping improves mental health, tooIn addition to changing the numbers on the scale and reducing the intensity of food cravings, Tapping has also been proven to help people who are overweight to improve their mental health.

Several studies have shown that Tapping interventions help people who are overweight to feel less depressed and less anxious. [5,6,7,10,11]

This is so important, because our mental and physical health are tightly connected. When your mental health is in a better spot, you’ll be more likely to take care of yourself, to feel your best, and to successfully engage in healthy, sustainable behavior change.

Tapping leads to long-term, sustainable resultsOne of the very important (and exciting!) things to note about the research on Tapping for weight loss is that the data shows Tapping leads to long-term, sustainable changes. It’s not about a quick win or losing a bunch of weight fast only to gain it back a little while later.

With Tapping, we see that the improvements are maintained over time.

In the studies referenced above, when researchers followed up with the participants six months later, or a year later, or even two years later after the initial Tapping intervention, they found that the participants’ weight was still down (or decreased even further than it was at first!). Their cravings were still lower, and they still felt better in terms of depression, anxiety, and mental health. [2,4,5-9]

Most weight loss approaches (all those diets and exercise programs out there promising fast results) only offer band-aid solutions that don’t work in the long term. Tapping is different. It is a technique that leads to change for good.

Tapping helps address the root of the issue (stress, emotional triggers, limiting beliefs, old patterns, and so on), so that you can make sustainable changes in your life and feel truly empowered when it comes to your eating and lifestyle choices.

If you want lasting results, Tapping will help you get there. I’ve seen it happen time and time again for real people, and the research is here to confirm it.

Now, you might be wondering, “Why is Tapping so helpful for weight loss? Why on earth would Tapping on stress and emotions help me lose weight?”

Let’s take a moment to understand how tapping can help, and what this all has to do with stress.

Stress and weight gain go hand in handThere’s a lot of data out there linking high levels of stress to weight gain.

Stress can make it easier to fall into unhealthy behaviors, and on top of that it also can create physiological changes in the body that contribute to weight gain.

For example, when we are stressed, levels of the stress hormone cortisol rise. Studies have shown that high levels of cortisol actually impair weight loss efforts. Cortisol can increase our appetite and boost sugar cravings, and it is even linked to abdominal obesity! [12-15]

And on the flip side of all that, stress-reduction techniques have been proven to help people lose weight. [16-17]

There’s a whole lot of detailed science we could get into here. But let’s just stick to the basics for now. The more stressed you are, the more likely you are to engage in unhealthy behaviors and the more your body takes a toll. A person with a stressed-out body and a stressed-out mind is more likely to hold onto excess weight.

So, the more you can release stress, the healthier your mind and body will become. And the healthier your mind and body become, the more likely you’ll be able to maintain a healthy weight.

Luckily, there’s this great tool I know about that helps you release stress (and even lower cortisol!) so you can feel your best… that’s right, it’s Tapping!

Tapping produces real changes in the brain that support weight lossResearch on Tapping shows that Tapping actually helps the brain to turn down the biological stress response. In fact, it has been shown to reduce cortisol levels by 43%. [18]

As we learned above, we need to learn to relax our minds and bodies if we want to be successful with weight loss efforts. And Tapping is a super effective tool for actively turning down the body’s stress response.

Now, if what I’ve shared already isn’t enough to get excited about, there’s more! Tapping is also linked to changes in brain activity that can support weight loss.

A really cool study from 2019 used brain imaging to learn more about what happens when people use EFT Tapping.[19]

Dr. Peta Stapleton and colleagues scanned people’s brains before and after a four-week EFT intervention. Before the Tapping, parts of the brain that trigger cravings were “lit up” and active when people looked at photos of food. But after Tapping, those same areas of the brain were no longer lit up. When people looked at pictures of food after they Tapped, the brain areas associated with cravings were no longer as active. [19]

This suggested that the brain actually “rewired,” thanks to Tapping, helping people feel less pull towards cravings. So cool, don’t you think? I knew that Tapping could help with cravings… but even I was surprised to see it show up on brain scans so clearly like that!

You can learn more about this intriguing study here.

Tapping resources to support your weight loss journeyI think it’s pretty clear at this point that there is some powerful research going on around Tapping for weight loss.

We’ve seen that Tapping can lead to real results for people trying to lose weight (dropped pounds, reduced cravings, improved mental state, and so much more), and on top of that we’ve also seen that there are some powerful changes that go on in the background (changes in cortisol levels, altered brain activity, and more) that support weight loss goals.

If you’ve been struggling with weight, body confidence, or maintaining good health, it’s time to give Tapping a try.

I encourage you to check out my sister Jessica’s book, The Tapping Solution for Weight Loss & Body Confidence. This book is seriously life-changing, and it walks you through the entire process so that you feel supported and empowered every step of the way.

Make sure to also check out the resources we’ve put together in The Tapping Solution App.

We’ve got a whole category for Weight Loss & Body Confidence, designed to support you in feeling empowered and inspired to make healthy choices from a place of self-love. From addressing deep-seated beliefs, to cravings, to motivation, these sessions are here to support your vision of cultivating a healthy body while boosting your confidence along the way.

Here are some of the meditations you can find in the app to support you:

• Master Weight Loss Manifestor
• Releasing Weight Loss Anxiety
• Cravings Busters
• Critical Self Talk
• Love and Accept Your Body
• Motivate Me to Eat Better
• I’m Stressed About My Weight
• Limiting Belief Buster: I Never Stick with Anything

And here’s a little something different to add to your self-care toolbox. Try our Weight Loss and Body Confidence Active Transformational Meditation (ATM) in the app. With ATMs, there’s no Tapping, just listening along and letting your conscious and unconscious mind benefit from positive ideas and uplifting stories. It’s perfect for when you want something to listen to when you are in your car, or doing the dishes, or otherwise going about your day-do-day routines.

I truly believe that Tapping could transform the way you live your life, the relationship you have with your body, and your health. Feel free to reach out for support along the way, and let us know the benefits you notice once you start Tapping!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

References1. Stapleton P, Bannatyne AJ, Urzi KC, Porter B, Sheldon T. Food for Thought: A Randomised Controlled Trial of Emotional Freedom Techniques and Cognitive Behavioural Therapy in the Treatment of Food Cravings. Appl Psychol Health Well Being. 2016;8(2):232-257. doi:10.1111/aphw.12070 2. Church D, Stapleton P, Sheppard L, Carter B. Naturally Thin You: Weight Loss and Psychological Symptoms After a Six-Week Online Clinical EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) Course. Explore (NY). 2018;14(2):131-136. doi:10.1016/j.explore.2017.10.009 3. Bach D, Groesbeck G, Stapleton P, Sims R, Blickheuser K, Church D. Clinical EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) Improves Multiple Physiological Markers of Health. J Evid Based Integr Med. 2019;24:2515690X18823691. doi:10.1177/2515690X18823691 4. Stapleton P, Clark A, Sabot D, Carter B, Leech K. Portion perfection and Emotional Freedom Techniques to assist bariatric patients post surgery: A randomised control trial. Heliyon. 2020;6(6):e04058. Published 2020 Jun 23. doi:10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e04058 5. Church D, Stapleton P, Raynor D. Skinny Genes’ Six-week, Online, Clinical Emotional Freedom Techniques Program: Durable Weight Loss and Improved Psychological Symptoms. Adv Mind Body Med. 2022;36(1):13-21. 6. Stapleton P & Stewart M. Comparison of the effectiveness of two modalities of group delivery of Emotional Freedom Technique (EFT) intervention for food cravings: Online versus in-person. Open Journal of Social Sciences. 2020;8(2):158-181. doi:10.4236/jss.2020.82014 7. Stapleton P, Roos T, Mackintosh G, Sparenburg E, Sabot D, Carter B. Online delivery of Emotional Freedom Techniques in the treatment of food cravings and weight management: A randomised controlled trial. OBM Integrative and Complementary Medicine. 2019;4(4). doi:10.21926/obm.icm.1904065 8. Stapleton P, Lilley-Hale E, Mackintosh G, Sparenburg E. Online Delivery of Emotional Freedom Techniques for Food Cravings and Weight Management: 2-Year Follow-Up. J Altern Complement Med. 2020;26(2):98-106. doi:10.1089/acm.2019.0309 9. Stapleton P, Sheldon T, Porter B. Clinical benefits of Emotional Freedom Techniques on food cravings at 12-months follow-up: A randomized controlled trial. Energy Psychology: Theory, Research, and Treatment. 2012;4(1):13-24. 10. Stapleton P, Bannatyne A, Chatwin H, Urzi KC, Porter B, Sheldon T. Secondary psychological outcomes in a controlled trial of Emotional Freedom Techniques and cognitive behaviour therapy in the treatment of food cravings. Complement Ther Clin Pract. 2017;28:136-145. doi:10.1016/j.ctcp.2017.06.004 11. Stapleton P, Church D, Sheldon T, Porter B, Carlopio C. Depression symptoms improve after successful weight loss with emotional freedom techniques. ISRN Psychiatry. 2013;2013:573532. Published 2013 Jul 28. doi:10.1155/2013/573532 12. Jackson SE, Kirschbaum C, Steptoe A. Hair cortisol and adiposity in a population-based sample of 2,527 men and women aged 54 to 87 years. Obesity (Silver Spring). 2017;25(3):539-544. doi:10.1002/oby.21733 13. Steptoe A, Kunz-Ebrecht SR, Brydon L, Wardle J. Central adiposity and cortisol responses to waking in middle-aged men and women. Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord. 2004;28(9):1168-1173. doi:10.1038/sj.ijo.0802715 14. Epel E, Lapidus R, McEwen B, Brownell K. Stress may add bite to appetite in women: a laboratory study of stress-induced cortisol and eating behavior. Psychoneuroendocrinology. 2001;26(1):37-49. doi:10.1016/s0306-4530(00)00035-4 15. Yau YH, Potenza MN. Stress and eating behaviors. Minerva Endocrinol. 2013;38(3):255-267. 16. Carrière K, Khoury B, Günak MM, Knäuper B. Mindfulness-based interventions for weight loss: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Obes Rev. 2018;19(2):164-177. doi:10.1111/obr.12623 17. Paltoglou G, Chrousos GP, Bacopoulou F. Stress Management as an Effective Complementary Therapeutic Strategy for Weight Loss in Children and Adolescents with Obesity: A Systematic Review of Randomized Controlled Trials. Children (Basel). 2021;8(8):670. Published 2021 Jul 31. doi:10.3390/children8080670 1. Stapleton P, Crighton G, Sabot D, O’Neill HM. Reexamining the effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: A randomized controlled trial. Psychol Trauma. 2020;12(8):869-877. doi:10.1037/tra0000563 2. Stapleton P, Buchanan C, Mitchell I, McGrath Y, Gorton P, Carter B. An initial investigation of neural changes in overweight adults with food cravings after emotional freedom techniques. OBM Integrative and Complementary. 2019;4(14):10-21926.

Related posts:Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break FreePrescriptions for Health & Happiness

View Details

Researchers know that more than 80% of people with chronic pain report experiencing stigma from health professionals, and only 4% report getting any relief from conventional psychological treatments.[1]

Clearly, there are some issues with the current models of care around chronic pain. There’s room for improvement in helping people feel more cared for and supported – and actually helping them find relief!

That’s where Tapping comes in.

Tapping has been proven in the research to help people reduce their pain AND feel less affected by it in their daily lives.

What does Tapping have to do with pain?Tapping is an amazing tool to help us better cope with pain – and heal from it. That’s because so often, chronic pain is tied to our emotional wellness in some way or another.

When we address our stress and emotions with the help of Tapping, it helps us feel calmer and more empowered as we navigate life with pain. And on top of that, it actually helps the body to move into a state of healing where we can ultimately break free from the pain.

You can read all about the links between pain, stress, and emotions here.

Tapping is one of my all-time favorite pain-relief tools. In fact, I believe so much in the power of Tapping for pain relief that I even wrote a whole book about it!

But it’s not just my own personal belief that Tapping can work wonders for people with chronic pain; there’s research out there proving that Tapping actually eases chronic pain and lessens the impact chronic pain makes on people’s lives!

Let’s take a closer look one of the studies done on this subject, published in the journal Energy Psychology in 2016.[1]

Study investigates the effects of Tapping on chronic painIn 2016, a group of researchers led by Dr. Peta Stapleton conducted a study to see how Tapping could benefit a group of people suffering from chronic pain.[1]

They began by giving the group of participants a survey. The questionnaire asked the people about their pain, the challenges they live with, their experiences with healthcare providers, and so on.

Next, all of the participants completed an hour-long group session of EFT Tapping.

Before the Tapping session, immediately after the session, and again six months later, the researchers gathered data on things like pain severity, impact of pain, stress levels, and more.

Finally, the researchers compared the data from before to after Tapping to see if participants experienced any significant changes after the Tapping session.

And guess what? The study findings confirmed that Tapping can offer a huge benefit to chronic pain sufferers.

Results reveal amazing improvements for chronic pain sufferersThe first thing to note is that the survey findings showed a significant link between psychological distress and pain. The more distressed a person was, the worse their pain was. This isn’t surprising, given what we know about how stress can cause pain, and vice versa.[2,3]

The findings also confirmed that Tapping was a very effective intervention that actually helped people feel better; it significantly decreased participants’ pain, improved their stress levels, and boosted their mental health!

Here are some of the highlights from the results when comparing data from before to after the Tapping session:

• Pain severity went down by 12%
• The impact of pain went down by 18%
• Depression decreased by 30%
• Anxiety decreased by 42%
• Stress went down by 38%

Pretty amazing, don’t you think? To me, those are some really impressive numbers.

After just one Tapping session, not only did pain levels improve, but people were also less affected by their pain.

And on top of that, they saw a significant boost in mental health, with lower levels of things like depression, anxiety, and stress.

This study is an exciting addition to the scientific literature out there, helping to illustrate how powerful Tapping can be for pain relief and how much it can help people improve their overall health and wellbeing.

Additional research on the benefits of Tapping for painThis study is just one of many that explores the impact of Tapping on chronic health challenges like pain.

In other studies, Tapping has been documented to help with pain from specific conditions like fibromyalgia and tension headaches.[4-6] It’s also been shown to reduce pain in populations like burned out healthcare workers and veterans with PTSD.[7-8]

You can check out more of the science on Tapping here, and access our Science, Research, and Data kit here.

Tapping resources to support you if you are living with chronic painIf you are living with chronic pain, you deserve support. You deserve tools that can actually help you feel better and see noticeable results – like Tapping!

We’ve got so many different resources to help those living with chronic pain find relief and break free from pain with the help of Tapping. And it’s simple and easy to get started!

Here are some places you can start:

1. If you are new to Tapping, check out our Tapping 101 page to learn all about how Tapping works and how to do it.
2. Download The Tapping Solution App, where you can find a whole collection of guided Tapping meditations specifically designed for pain relief. We have meditations for a variety of conditions ranging from back pain and sinus pain to endometriosis pain and stomach pain.
3. Try our “5-Day Pain Relief Challenge” in the app, which can help you dive deep into the process and see incredible results fast.
4. Check out my book, The Tapping Solution for Pain Relief, which can be found in our store.
5. And if you want to try out Tapping right away, right now? Go here to try our Tapping meditation titled “Releasing Overwhelm and Frustration of Chronic Pain.”

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

References1. Stapleton P, Chatwin H, Sheppard L, McSawn J. The Lived Experience Of Chronic Pain And The Impact Of Brief Emotional Freedom Techniques (EFT) Group Therapy On Coping. Energy Psychology: Theory, Research, and Treatment 2016;8(2):18-28. 2. “Emotional Stress: Warning Signs, Management, When to Get Help.” Cleveland Clinic. https://my.clevelandclinic.org/health/articles/6406-emotional-stress-warning-signs-management-when-to-get-help 3. “The pain-anxiety-depression connection.” Harvard Medical School. 2010. https://www.health.harvard.edu/healthbeat/the-pain-anxiety-depression-connection 4. Connais C. The effectiveness of emotional freedom technique on the somatic symptoms of fibromyalgia. University of the Rockies, Denver, CO. 2009. Doctoral dissertation, 3372777. 5. Brattberg G. Self-administered EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) in individuals with fibromyalgia: A randomized trial. Integr Med. 2008;7:30–35 6. Bougea AM, Spandideas N, Alexopoulos EC, Thomaides T, Chrousos GP, Darviri C. Effect of the emotional freedom technique on perceived stress, quality of life, and cortisol salivary levels in tension-type headache sufferers: a randomized controlled trial. Explore (NY). 2013;9(2):91-99. 7. Church D, Brooks AJ. (2010). The effect of a brief Emotional Freedom Techniques self-intervention on anxiety, depression, pain, and cravings in health care workers. Integrative Medicine: A Clinician’s Journal 9(5):40-43. 8. Geronilla L. et al. EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques) remediates PTSD and psychological symptoms in veterans: A randomized controlled replication trial. Energy Psychology: Theory, Research, and Treatment 2016;8(2): 29-41.

Related posts:Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break FreePrescriptions for Health & Happiness

View Details

Before she tried Tapping, Vanessa had struggled with sleep issues for a long time. She was skeptical it would help, but she decided to take a chance and give Tapping a try.

You won’t believe what happened after her very first session.

Watch the video below to hear from Vanessa herself about her experience:

If you’ve struggled with sleep, then I encourage you to follow Vanessa’s advice and give Tapping a try. Vanessa started with our Sleep Support Challenge – check it out for yourself here!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

Related posts:Some Inspiration for YouTapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

Way back in 1938, a group of researchers from Harvard wanted to ask the question, “What makes a good life?”

So, they began tracking a group of over 700 young men, and they continued to study these men for 80 years. While there were many different important takeaways from what is now called “The Harvard Study of Adult Development,” today I wanted to share one piece of this long-term study that I found really fascinating.

Dr. George Vaillant, longtime director of the Harvard study, spent 35 years exploring how people responded to the setbacks, trials, and challenges they faced in life. Through his research, he came up with a list of the healthiest and most mature adaptations that supported a long and happy life.

Curious what was on the list? I was, too!

Here are the 5 adaptations that he found to be most important when coping with life’s challenges:

1. Altruism – Committing to others’ wellbeing, and acting from a place of empathy.
2. Anticipation – Looking ahead, and preparing for what is to come.
3. Suppression – Patiently and consciously postponing impulses and decisions (basically, allowing space and taking a pause before immediately reacting).
4. Sublimation – Finding outlets and ways to express feelings that are aligned with growth (channeling emotions into work, art, sports, music, or cooking, for example).
5. Humor – Being able to laugh and find humor in life.

These 5 “adaptations,” as Dr. Vaillant called them, were what he considered to be the pillars of a long and happy life. They were the top things that helped the study participants adapt to challenges and make it through the many trials and tribulations of life.

Pretty interesting, right?

I encourage you to reflect on what these research findings could mean for you, and how you might apply the learnings to your own life.

Ask yourself:

• How do these five pillars show up in my own life?
• How can I show up in a way that considers others’ wellbeing?
• How can I look ahead to prepare for and be excited about what is to come?
• How can I allow myself space before I react or make a decision?
• How can I express my emotions through healthy outlets?
• How can I invite humor into my daily life?

Personally, I find Tapping to be helpful with every single one of the five pillars. It helps me slow down before I react. It helps me process my emotions in a healthy way. It helps me make space for more humor, more empathy, and more positive anticipation of what’s to come.

Learning about this research reinforces for me just how important Tapping is if I want to create a long and happy life for myself – no matter what challenges come my way!

I hope you enjoyed learning about this fascinating research as much as I did.

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

Related posts:Some Inspiration for YouTapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

Today, I want to introduce you to my dear friend Scarlett Lewis.

Scarlett tragically lost her 6-year-old son Jesse on December 14, 2012. Jesse was one of the 20 first-graders and 6 adults who lost their lives in the Sandy Hook Elementary mass shooting that took place in my hometown of Newton, CT that day ten years ago.

Today, on the 10th anniversary of this tragic event, I’m feeling called to remember Jesse, all the other victims, and everyone impacted by such a heartbreaking loss.

And more than that, I also want to give us all an opportunity to take action in a meaningful way so that we can continue to work towards building a safer, more loving world together.

I had the privilege of meeting Jesse’s mother, Scarlett, a few days after the shooting. I joined her in her home, and we Tapped together. To this day, Scarlett still credits Tapping as one of the keys that jumpstarted her healing from this unimaginable trauma.

Soon after losing her son, Scarlett was inspired to find a way to address the root cause of the suffering that leads to these kinds of horrific events. So, she founded the Jesse Lewis Choose Love Movement.

The mission of the Choose Love Movement is to offer free, evidence-based, comprehensive social emotional development for schools, homes, and communities. These programs give kids and people of all ages the skills and tools to manage their emotions and address the root cause of their pain before it escalates into violence, mental illness, substance abuse, and more.

As Scarlett has said to me, “We can teach people to hate, and we can teach people to love. So let’s teach people to love.”

Today, Choose Love programming is taught in all 50 states and in over 120 countries, having reached over 3 MILLION children across the globe!

I’ve been so honored to support Scarlett’s work over the past 10 years, and to help her incorporate Tapping into these powerful, transformational programs. Me and my family are complete fans of this organization and all it is doing to make our world a better, more loving place.

If you want to help create a safer and more loving world, then I highly encourage you to click here now so you can learn more about Scarlett’s mission and support this amazing cause.

And before you go, I want to share one final, incredibly touching piece of Jesse and Scarlett’s story.

The basis for this healing work that Scarlett has now grown into a global movement? It all was inspired by a message that 6-year-old Jesse left on the chalkboard in their home before he was killed. His message spelled out three words:

Nurturing
Healing
Love

These three words guided Scarlett down the path that has allowed her to impact so many people in such a powerful way. Today, let’s ALL take those words to heart. Let’s let those words guide us. Let’s all Choose Love today.

JOIN THE MOVEMENT NOW

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

P.S. If you want to watch a powerful, moving, one-on-one conversation between myself and Scarlett from way back (taped only a few months after the Sandy Hook Elementary shooting) go here. It’s a conversation that I will always hold near and dear to my heart. Scarlett taught me SO much about forgiveness, healing, and choosing to spread love even in the wake of unimaginable heartbreak.

Related posts:Some Inspiration for YouTapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

Have you ever noticed that our brains really like to consider “what ifs”? Unfortunately for us, our brains tend to mainly focus on negative what ifs.

• What if… it all goes wrong?
• What if… I fail?
• What if… I make the wrong decision?
• What if… it doesn’t work out?
• What if… the worst happens?

I don’t know about you, but these kinds of “what if” questions rarely lead me anywhere good. They fuel my anxiety, heighten my stress, and allow fear to get in my way.

So today, I want to invite us to turn the tables on the “what ifs” in our lives. I want us to take a new approach and completely transform the question.

Let’s have the courage to ask ourselves questions like:

• What if… it all went right?
• What if… everything works out?
• What if… things go in my favor?
• What if… I succeed?
• What if… I learn and grow from this?
• What if… things turn out even better than I could imagine?
• What if… there is boundless joy ahead of me?
• What if… I experience unexpected surprises?
• What if… there is so much beauty that has yet to unfold?

I wonder what you might be noticing as you let those words run through you, and as you take in these positive possibilities. Just notice how good it feels to consider these hopeful, positive, and inspiring “what ifs.”

Now, this kind of thinking can become a daily practice. We can learn to ask ourselves these kinds of positive questions, instead of the doubt-filled, negative “what ifs” that so often automatically populate our thoughts.

And when we start to practice this kind of thinking daily, it doesn’t take long before we start to notice the difference in our lives overall.

I’ll leave you with one final positive “what if” for today:

What if… today is going to be a really great day?

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

P.S. This reminds me of this sweet little poem by the poet Erin Hanson that I often hear quoted. Are you familiar with it?

Related posts:Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break FreePrescriptions for Health & Happiness

View Details

I know that Tapping works. Many of you in this community know that Tapping works. But to really spread the word about this transformative technique and to get more people access to it across the globe, it needs to be validated by scientific research.

That’s why I’m super excited to introduce a powerful new research paper that was just recently published in a highly esteemed scientific journal. This is the most comprehensive research paper on Tapping to be published to date, and it’s a big deal for the Tapping community!

About the paperThe paper, published in the journal Frontiers in Psychology (a top journal in the field of psychology!) was titled, “Clinical EFT as an evidence-based practice for the treatment of psychological and physiological conditions: A systematic review.”

If you want to read the full paper itself, please download it here!

The authors of the study, led by Dr. Dawson Church, performed a systematic review of every single high-quality study conducted on EFT Tapping to date (there are now more than 125 peer-reviewed studies and more than 300 total studies published on Tapping!).

They gathered data from randomized controlled trials and meta-analyses on Tapping and compared the evidence from those studies against criteria published by the American Psychological Association (APA). Finally, after analyzing all of the data from the different studies, they synthesized their findings into a systematic review paper.

What did the researchers conclude?After their rigorous analysis of the data, the researchers concluded that clinical EFT Tapping is an effective treatment for a wide variety of psychological and physiological conditions.

Here are a few important highlights from the paper:

• “Randomized controlled trials have found EFT treatment to be effective for
  (a) psychological conditions such as anxiety, depression, phobias, and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD);
  (b) physiological issues such as pain, insomnia, and autoimmune conditions;
  (c) professional and sports performance;
  (d) and biological markers of stress.”
• “Treatment is associated with measurable biological effects in the dimensions of gene expression, brain synchrony, hormonal synthesis, and a wide range of biomarkers… The epigenetic, hormonal, and neurological evidence demonstrates that Clinical EFT regulates the body’s hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis and attenuates the stress response.”
• “Comparatively few treatment sessions are required, treatment is effective whether delivered in person or virtually, and symptom improvements persist over time.” [1]

This systematic review of all the data available was able to confirm that Tapping is effective, and that it has benefits for a wide range of different conditions. On top of that, the science shows us that Tapping works by helping to regulate the stress response in the body!

Based on these findings, the authors suggest that Tapping should be used in settings like primary care, hospitals, and clinics to effectively support people with both physical and mental health concerns.

Why is this paper so important?There are a few reasons why this paper is such a big deal, and why it will likely have a really big impact in the world of Tapping!

#1. It was published in a top peer-reviewed journalThis paper was published in the highly esteemed Frontiers in Psychology. This is a top peer-reviewed journal in the field of psychology. In fact, it is the most cited journal in its field!

This journal is very well respected and has high visibility. This means that more people will get to learn about the research-backed benefits of EFT Tapping from a trusted, reliable source.

#2. It is a comprehensive reviewIn this systematic review, the authors included a very large body of research studies to draw their conclusions from. In fact, they looked at every single high-quality study on Tapping that has been published to date, and summarized findings from 56 randomized controlled trials and 8 meta-analyses total. Now, that’s a lot of data!

The authors of the study believe that clinical EFT Tapping is one of the most-researched treatment methods in the field of psychology.

#3. It relies on the gold standards of researchThis paper looked at data from randomized controlled trials, which are considered the gold standard in scientific research. The authors also compared evidence for Tapping against criteria from the American Psychological Association (APA) Division 12 Task Force on Empirically Validated Therapies to ensure it was all up to par.

Even after the data was put under such rigorous scrutiny, Tapping was still shown to be highly effective for everything from anxiety, depression, and PTSD to pain, insomnia, and autoimmune diseases. And it was still shown to produce measurable effects in the body like changes in hormone levels and brain activity.

This approach helps confirm that the benefits of EFT Tapping aren’t just based on anecdotal reports and hearsay. They are backed by the science and validated by high-quality research.

In a press release, the paper’s coauthor Dr. Dawson Church shared that “Self-reporting and subjective change is one thing, but objective change means that independent of what you think or report, there are external positive changes that are measurable.”

Not only do we have people all over the world reporting the benefits of Tapping, but now we have objective, measurable data in the scientific research to confirm that Tapping really works!

Spread the word! It has been so encouraging to see the evidence base for Tapping grow year after year. And now, for this comprehensive review of the research to be published in a top journal in the field of psychology? That is a really big deal.

Tapping has now been validated as an effective technique that is one of the most extensively researched methods in the field of psychology.

Pretty exciting, right

So, help spread the word! Pass this article on to your Tapping friends, share it with someone who you think could benefit from trying Tapping, send it to a loved one who’s been a bit skeptical and wants to see some proof…

Let’s help more people access this information, and let’s help more people benefit from the transformative power of Tapping!

Download the article here to learn more.

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

Related posts:Some Inspiration for YouTapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

2023 marks our 15th Annual Tapping World Summit! It’s been 15 years since we at The Tapping Solution launched our first summit. Our goal from the beginning was to make each year better than the last. This year is no exception, and we’ve got some special presentations in store for you in a video interview […]Related posts:Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal IdeationThe Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break FreePrescriptions for Health & Happiness

View Details

While it’s normal to experience some degree of stress before and during exams, some people can experience high levels of anxiety in testing situations. This is known as test anxiety. Test anxiety can affect people of all ages, from young children to doctoral candidates to adults taking tests for certifications in their career. Test anxiety […] Related posts:

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

The Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

Study shows Tapping benefits psychological health AND cardiovascular, nervous, endocrine, and immune system function

View Details

Have you noticed that we tend to be hard on ourselves and talk harshly to ourselves? We criticize, judge, doubt, and disapprove. We are a lot less kind to ourselves than we are to others. Our self-talk can often lack kindness and self-compassion. So today, let’s follow this important advice from Brené Brown: “Talk to […] Related posts:

Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation

The Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

10 Reminders That All Is Well

View Details

Recently, a paper from Dr. David Feinstein was published in the journal Frontiers in Psychology. This new 2022 review article serves as a deep dive into how energy psychology and EFT Tapping can be used to effectively support disaster relief efforts.[1] I am so honored to be able to share that our work with The […] Related posts:

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation

Why It’s Important to Be Brave and Take Risks

View Details

Tapping, often called EFT (Emotional Freedom Techniques), is a technique that has been used by more than 10 million people around the world to reduce stress and support healing. It is an easy technique to learn that simply involves using your fingertips to tap on a specific set of points on the body, while focusing […] Related posts:

The Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

When I Forget to Tap…(Going Public!)

Welcome, Baby Enzo!

View Details

You know that feeling when your head starts to feel like it is in a vice… and there is a band of pressure forming around your head? Headaches like this are no fun to experience, and unfortunately they can be quite common! If you get headaches from time to time when you are stressed, you […] Related posts:

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

The Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

Anxious About an Upcoming Surgery? Research Shows Tapping Can Help

View Details

You’ve got responsibilities all over the place… there is always too much to do, not enough time for everything, and so many things to worry about and think about. From your personal life to your career to your family to the issues going on in your community and globally, it is a lot… and you […] Related posts:

Some Inspiration for You

Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation

The Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

Doing things when we can’t predict the outcome is scary. And sometimes that fear of the unknown can hold us back from trying things in the first place. But taking risks, trying new things, and stepping into the unknown is where a lot of the magic in life happens. So, in many cases, we need […] Related posts:

Some Inspiration for You

Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation

The Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

Surgery can be a really scary thing for many people. And it’s normal to feel worried and nervous about how the procedure will go and how you’ll do. In fact, anxiety is one of the most common reactions for anyone who is getting ready to go into the operating room for a procedure. If you […] Related posts:

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

The Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

Each time I Tap, I am continually amazed at the way it helps me to calm down, find peace, and relax into trusting that all is well. Tapping helps me to remember that I am safe, and that I am okay. It helps me trust that all is well… even though I may be experiencing […] Related posts:

Some Inspiration for You

Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation

The Links Between Pain, Stress, and Emotions – And How You Can Help Yourself Break Free

View Details

If you are in pain, you are probably all too familiar with the stress, overwhelm, frustration, and other difficult emotions that can go along with it. Pain can be all-consuming and completely debilitating, and it can affect all areas of your life. Unfortunately, many people who experience pain find themselves in a vicious cycle. You […] Related posts:

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from Cancer

Research Spotlight: The Incredible Benefits of a Tapping-Based Meditation Technique

View Details

While it can be an incredibly exciting new adventure, college can also be a tough time for many young adults. They are living on their own for the first time and may struggle to juggle many different responsibilities, keep up with the demands of their classwork, and feel socially connected and supported in a new […] Related posts:

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

Research Case Study: Tapping to Heal from Traumatic Brain Injury

Research Spotlight: The Incredible Benefits of a Tapping-Based Meditation Technique

View Details

There’s an old Cherokee teaching sometimes referred to as “The Tale of Two Wolves.” The story goes like this: One evening, an elderly grandfather is telling his grandson about the inner conflict within him. He says to his grandson, “A fight is going on inside me. It is a terrible fight, and it is between […] Related posts:

Some Inspiration for You

Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation

10 Affirmations for a Difficult Day

View Details

Even people who generally tend to be good sleepers know what it feels like to lie awake in bed with your mind spinning over worries. It can be incredibly hard to fall asleep, or stay asleep, when we are stressed out or experiencing strong emotions. Researchers have confirmed time and time again what most of […] Related posts:

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from Cancer

Does the Physical Act of Tapping on Acupoints Really Make a Difference? Research Says Yes!

View Details

You’ve likely been written a prescription for a medication from a doctor at some point in your life… but have you ever been written a prescription for happiness? That’s what Dr. Leif Hass and his colleagues at Sutter Health in the Bay Area have been doing recently. They’ve actually been writing old-school paper prescriptions, titled […] Related posts:

Some Inspiration for You

Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

View Details

If you don’t already know this about me, I really love learning about the science behind things – especially Tapping. It is so inspiring to see scientific evidence back up the practices I do in my daily life and the things I believe in. I think research findings can help us all to remember why […] Related posts:

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

Who Believes in Tapping?

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

View Details

Premenstrual syndrome (PMS) involves a variety of symptoms that occur in the week or two leading up to menstruation. It is estimated that about 3 out of every 4 women experience PMS symptoms, which can include things like headache, digestive disturbances, irritability, appetite changes, tension, mood swings, sleep problems, fatigue, and more.[1] This is a […] Related posts:

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from Cancer

Looking to Up Your Athletic Performance? Research Suggest Tapping Can Help

View Details

If you’ve been having a tough week (or a tough month, or a tough year even), you aren’t alone. It’s normal to have days when life feels overwhelming And during those hard days, inspiration can feel hard to come by – but it’s when we need it the most. So right now, I want to […] Related posts:

Some Inspiration for You

Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

View Details

One thing I really love about Tapping is that it’s not just adults who can use it. Children, teens, and adults alike can all benefit from the power of Tapping in their daily lives. All ages can lean on Tapping for support and relief from a wide range of different challenges and concerns. I think […] Related posts:

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

Research Case Study: Tapping to Heal from Traumatic Brain Injury

View Details

Pregnancy and childbirth are a big time, full of so many emotions and so much anticipation! And while the process can be a time of so much joy for many, for others it can also be a time of great uncertainty and unknown that can bring on worry, concern, anxiety, or even fear. For some […] Related posts:

Some Inspiration for You

Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation

10 Affirmations for a Difficult Day

View Details

I love science, and I love Tapping, so I get very excited when I get to talk about the science behind Tapping! There is so much cool research out there showing how Tapping can actually produce changes within the body that have positive impacts on how we feel. You might have heard me explain many […]

The post Can Tapping Affect Your Genes? Research Says Yes! appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

Featured Research: The Evidence Behind Tapping for Fears and Phobias

View Details

Breast cancer is a very challenging disease. The entire experience, from diagnosis through treatment, is physically and emotionally taxing to say the very least. One aspect of breast cancer that can be particularly intense and brutal on both the mind and body involves the side effects from common treatment options. These side effects can take […]

The post Research: Tapping Proves Effective for Reducing Breast Cancer Treatment Side Effects appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from Cancer

Does the Physical Act of Tapping on Acupoints Really Make a Difference? Research Says Yes!

View Details

Fear… The pounding in the chest, the sweaty palms, the quickened breath… It is a familiar emotion that can completely take us over. While we sometimes feel fear when we are in true danger, it’s also common to feel fear when we are under no real threat. We can feel fear when we need to […]

The post Featured Research: The Evidence Behind Tapping for Fears and Phobias appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

Who Believes in Tapping?

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

View Details

Over the past few years, there has been a lot of really cool research done on a specific type of meditation called EcoMeditation. The research shows it has very powerful effects on everything from pain and anxiety to brain wave patterns and cortisol levels. You might be wondering what this has to do with Tapping… […]

The post Research Spotlight: The Incredible Benefits of a Tapping-Based Meditation Technique appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

What if he hadn’t made that mistake?

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

Welcome, Baby Enzo!

View Details

I’ve been lucky to be a part of many different projects introducing kids and teens to the technique of Tapping. And I have witnessed firsthand just how powerful Tapping can be in classrooms, children’s hospitals, and even within my own family (click here to read an inspiring story from my brother Alex about how Tapping […]

The post Research: High School Students Who Tap Reduce their Fear of Failure appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

Study Drugs? How EFT Can Help You Focus Better Than Any Pill

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

View Details

Fibromyalgia involves widespread, chronic pain and tenderness all over the body, and it often comes along with other symptoms like fatigue, sleep problems, memory issues, and more. With such challenging and debilitating symptoms like those, it isn’t surprising that fibromyalgia can take a major toll on people’s lives and impact their mental and emotional wellbeing […]

The post EFT Tapping and Fibromyalgia – What Does the Research Say? appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

Who Believes in Tapping?

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

View Details

Does this sound like you? When I ran across this short bit by a comedian I thought to myself – well, this couldn’t be more perfect. (and it’s hysterical) Watch it now, (it’s only 56 seconds long) and let me know if this sounds like you: I think we always knew sleep was important, […]

The post Improve Your Sleep with Tapping appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Learning When to Slow Down

Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation

Healing the Critical Voice

View Details

Does this sound like you? When I ran across this short bit by a comedian I thought to myself – well, this couldn’t be more perfect. (and it’s hysterical) Watch it now, (it’s only 56 seconds long) and let me know if this sounds like you: I think we always knew sleep was important, […]

The post What’s Your Relationship With Sleep? appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Learning When to Slow Down

Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation

Improve Your Sleep with Tapping

View Details

There is a lot of scientific evidence showing Tapping to be extremely effective for anxiety (you can read more about it here if you are interested).[1] In the past, most of the research that has been done has looked at self-reported measures of anxiety, meaning people fill out questionnaires that tell the researchers how anxious […]

The post Research Feature: Tapping May Actually Affect the Way Your Brain Processes Emotion appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from Cancer

Does the Physical Act of Tapping on Acupoints Really Make a Difference? Research Says Yes!

View Details

Tapping has been used for a very long time by athletes. But it wasn’t until the last decade or two that the scientific research began to catch up with what many athletes already know: Tapping really can work wonders to up your game! Let’s dive a little bit into that research and learn more about […]

The post Looking to Up Your Athletic Performance? Research Suggest Tapping Can Help appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from Cancer

Does the Physical Act of Tapping on Acupoints Really Make a Difference? Research Says Yes!

View Details

There are many, many reasons that I love Tapping – one of which is that it has the potential to help with conditions that are normally quite difficult to resolve using standard treatments. A powerful example of that is addiction. Addiction is a very powerful thing, and a very challenging issue to treat. But for […]

The post Research Spotlight: Tapping Proves an Effective Addition to Addiction Treatment appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

Who Believes in Tapping?

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

View Details

There are over 100 research studies demonstrating the effectiveness of EFT Tapping. This is a technique that has been proven time and time again to make a big difference for a wide variety of physical and mental health concerns including anxiety, depression, PTSD, pain, weight loss, insomnia, and headaches, to name a few. So we […]

The post Does the Physical Act of Tapping on Acupoints Really Make a Difference? Research Says Yes! appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from Cancer

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

View Details

In my years working in the field of Tapping, I’ve heard countless incredible stories of healing and transformation thanks to the help of EFT. But even though I’ve witnessed and heard these stories so many times, it still astounds me sometimes when I encounter them. For example, when I read about this case study I’m […]

The post Research Case Study: Tapping to Heal from Traumatic Brain Injury appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

Who Believes in Tapping?

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

View Details

Cancer and its treatment can take a tremendous toll on the mind, body, and spirit. From the stress to the fatigue to the very unpleasant side effects, it is a disease that has wide ranging impacts on a person’s life. Today, we are going to talk specifically about one of the adverse effects linked to […]

The post Research Study Spotlight: Tapping Away Cognitive Impairment from Cancer appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation

View Details

I have young kids. And like most parents, I oftentimes wish I could wave a magic wand so that nothing bad would ever happen to them. It is heartbreaking whenever we witness children in distress or in pain! But the truth is that all kids and teens will go through stressful times, and many will […]

The post Research: Tapping Ranks as One of the Most Effective Treatments for PTSD in Young People appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Tapping Case Study: Turning Bullies Into Enlightened Leaders

A Tale of Two Trials – Tapping Research for PTSD

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

View Details

“You’re Doing Too Much! Do Less!” If You’re Tired of Hearing this Advice, Here’s a Fresh Take To Try Instead To say that life can be overwhelming sometimes is an understatement. Overwhelm is a word I hear people reference often. So much of the time, we are just told to do less… But when someone […]

The post Rethinking Overwhelm appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

What’s Possible for 2012? What if…

Some Inspiration for You

10 Symptoms of Inner Peace​

View Details

Content warning: This article discusses sensitive content, including suicidal ideation. If you or someone you know is in crisis, call the National Suicide Prevention Lifeline (Lifeline) at 1-800-273-TALK (8255), or text the Crisis Text Line (text HELLO to 741741). I want to start by acknowledging that this is a sensitive subject that may bring up intense emotions. It isn’t a topic […]

The post Tapping Research: EFT Found to Be Effective Intervention for Young Adults with Suicidal Ideation appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Learning When to Slow Down

Healing the Critical Voice

10 Symptoms of Inner Peace​

View Details

“I’ve Got Chills…” That’s what my wife Brenna said when she finished listening to our brand new process, our Active Transformational Meditation: “Grow Younger”. And chills like the good chills! Like, woah, I can really use this in my life…woah…this is different! What’s an Active Transformational Meditation (ATM for short!) you ask? I came up […]

The post Active Transformational Meditation “Grow Younger” appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Take the Next Step, Again and Again

When I Forget to Tap…(Going Public!)

The Tapping Solution App – Teacher Self-Care Tapping Meditations

View Details

Today, I want to do a super simple mental exercise together than can help us to consider our priorities and how we choose to spend our time. First, imagine a large, clear jar. Next to it, imagine a bowl of rocks (each a few inches in diameter), a bowl of small pebbles, and a bowl […]

The post A jar with rocks, pebbles, and sand – what would you do? appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

What’s Possible for 2012? What if…

Let’s Talk Mom and Dad: Address Childhood Trauma

Some Inspiration for You

View Details

Do you feel like you’re wasting energy? Well, maybe you are… We all want to make the most of our time and energy, and live productive, fulfilling lives. But oftentimes, we unintentionally waste our time and energy on things that get in the way of that. Do you feel like this happens to you sometimes? […]

The post 10 Simple Ways Your Energy Is Better Spent appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Louise Hay Talks Tapping

From Doubt to a Seed of Hope – Tapping Meditation

You Are Enough – Tapping Meditation

View Details

If nurses on the frontline of a pandemic can reduce stress with Tapping, why not you too? The pandemic has not been easy for any of us. It’s been a time of great stress and overwhelm for a multitude of reasons. Out of anyone, healthcare workers may have been under the most stress over the […]

The post Nurses Get Relief Using EFT Tapping appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

ACE Study and Weight Loss

A Tale of Two Trials – Tapping Research for PTSD

It’s Measurable: Tapping Reduces the Body’s Stress Hormones

View Details

Jealousy is an emotion that is often misunderstood. Discover what it could mean for you! There are certain emotions that are so strong that they can make us do things that we normally wouldn’t. Love is one such emotion. Anger is another. And then somewhere in between the two, there is something called Jealousy. We’ve […]

The post What Jealousy Is Trying to Tell You (and what you can do about it) appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Louise Hay Talks Tapping

From Doubt to a Seed of Hope – Tapping Meditation

You Are Enough – Tapping Meditation

View Details

There’s a Dutch concept I recently learned about called niksen, which means “doing nothing.” This practice of niksen is about as simple as it sounds. You aren’t asked to do anything, not even to practice mindfulness or to stay present. You are simply asked to have no plan in that moment other than to just […]

The post The 5 Benefits of “Niksen” appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Louise Hay Talks Tapping

From Doubt to a Seed of Hope – Tapping Meditation

You Are Enough – Tapping Meditation

View Details

If you’ve been wanting to give EFT Tapping a try but aren’t exactly sure how to go about it, you’ve come to the right place. Tapping, which is also often called EFT (or Emotional Freedom Technique), is a healing tool that can be used to support a wide range of concerns – from daily stress […]

The post How to Do EFT Tapping: Your Complete Guide to the Tapping Technique and the Basic Tapping Sequence appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Surrogate Tapping with Jessica Ortner

The Top 5 Mistakes People Make with EFT Tapping

When I Forget to Tap…(Going Public!)

View Details

New to Tapping and looking for a complete guide to the Tapping points? Not sure if you are Tapping on the right location and want more details on how to tap on each point? Do you simply want to learn more about the Tapping points so you can take your Tapping knowledge even deeper? Then […]

The post EFT Tapping Chart: Getting to Know the 9 Main Tapping Points appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Surrogate Tapping with Jessica Ortner

The Top 5 Mistakes People Make with EFT Tapping

When I Forget to Tap…(Going Public!)

View Details

If you are new to the idea of Tapping, it might seem a little bit strange. You might be wondering, “Does Tapping really work?” Read on to learn more about what Tapping is and discover the science and research behind this evidence-based approach to stress relief and healing. What Is EFT Tapping? Tapping, also known […]

The post Does Tapping Really Work? appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Surrogate Tapping with Jessica Ortner

The Top 5 Mistakes People Make with EFT Tapping

When I Forget to Tap…(Going Public!)

View Details

Are you one of the many people who is constantly stressed, who has a million things running around in their mind, and who has a really hard time unwinding and enjoying daily life? If so, you aren’t alone. Feelings of anxiety, overwhelm, stress, fatigue, and burnout have unfortunately become par for the course in modern […]

The post Tapping for Anxiety Relief appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

From Panic to Peace – A Tapping Meditation

Releasing Anxiety with EFT Tapping

Racial Anxiety Relief – Tapping Meditation

View Details

Depression is a very common mood disorder that can be incredibly impactful on a person’s life. It can affect how you feel, think, and manage daily activities, with ripple effects into all areas of life like working, parenting, sleeping, eating, and more.[1] It is a very difficult condition to experience, and also to manage. Talk […]

The post Unlocking the Benefits of Tapping for Depression appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Louise Hay Talks Tapping

From Doubt to a Seed of Hope – Tapping Meditation

You Are Enough – Tapping Meditation

View Details

When the world seems full of problems that are bigger than us, there IS something we can do. I know there are a lot of people who have a heavy heart from the violence that is taking place in Ukraine, as well as other areas around the world. In these times, it feels like there […]

The post Envisioning Peace for Ukraine and the World – Tapping Meditation appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Welcome, Baby Enzo!

Turn Your Day Around: Release Overwhelming Thoughts

You Are Enough – Tapping Meditation

View Details

Do you feel like you might need to light your inner fire? Get some energy moving? Create a spark within? If so, a simple way to get started is by just reading these simple statements, or affirmations. These mantras are designed to help keep that inner fire within us burning brightly…to help us remember that […]

The post 10 Mantras to Light Your Inner Fire appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Jack Canfield Shares His Wisdom

5 Signs You’re Ignoring Your Intuition

Create Lasting Change Interview with Jessica and Cheryl Richardson

View Details

Are you feeling burned out? I hear you! There is so much going on right now.

Whether you’re feeling the effects of burnout from your job or in your personal life, give this Tapping Meditation a try and feel that sweet relief like Katrina did:

“I cried from the beginning, talk about an exceptional tapping session. I knew I was burnt out and my body, mind and soul was telling me. Thank you so much for making this session available. Truly helped. Highly recommend.”

We’re making this Tapping Meditation free to listen to for a limited time.

I encourage you to check out more meditations from our Tapping Solution App that I know can be of benefit to you. It’s free to download with a bunch of free meditations to practice with.

Until next time…

Keep Tapping

Nick Ortner

Did this Tapping Meditation help to bring some relief for you? Comment below! The post Tapping for Burnout Recovery appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Releasing Anxiety with EFT Tapping

How Stress Limits You in THREE Major Ways

Racial Anxiety Relief – Tapping Meditation

View Details

2022 marks our 14th Annual Tapping World Summit! It’s been 14 years since we at The Tapping Solution launched our first summit.

Our goal from the beginning was to make each year better than the last. This year is no exception, and we’ve got some special presentations in store for you in a video interview format!

That’s right! We’re continuing with this popular trend, so instead of just listening to the guest interviews, you’ll be able to see Jessica and the presenters in video.

Do you know what makes our Tapping World Summits so popular? It’s because for 10 days out of the year, we bring in some of the TOP MINDS in the fields of EFT and personal development to guide you towards improving nearly every area of your life!

And it’s all FREE! Emotional Freedom Techniques, also known as EFT or simply “Tapping,” has been scientifically proven to provide relief from stress, anxiety, chronic pain, emotional problems, addictions, fears & phobias, PTSD (post-traumatic stress disorder), and so many other conditions.

Tapping is also a very effective tool for attracting abundance, losing weight, manifesting your goals & desires, healing relationships, and attaining inner peace.

If you are asking yourself, “What is EFT Tapping?” or “How can one technique do so much?” then jump on over to our Tapping 101 page to learn some of the basics.

.

What Is the Tapping World Summit 2022? February 28th, 2022 – March 9th, 2022

The Tapping World Summit 2022 is a Virtual Online Event presented by The Tapping Solution, produced by myself, Nick Ortner, and hosted by my sister Jessica Ortner.

This incredible online event is about providing you with a better understanding of Tapping while expanding your consciousness to new levels in the areas of personal peace, physical health, abundance, overcoming mental barriers, and relief from the emotional effects of past traumas or events.

Over 2 million people have attended the previous thirteen Tapping World Summits, with attendance growing each year, and reaching over 600,000 just last year alone! The event itself will run for 10 consecutive days from Monday, February 28th through Wednesday, March 9th featuring two 100% content-only presentations each day, along with calming Tapping Meditations and insightful bonuses.

These free sessions are available for a FULL 24 HOURS after their initial broadcast. The reason I structure the event this way is that I want everyone to be able to access this information, regardless of time zone or financial ability. It’s all available for FREE, with the option to purchase the recorded event sessions for you to watch and tap along with as many times as you want.

Some of these sessions from our Tapping World Summits are SO powerful that I listen to and watch them over and over again! They really are that good!

.

REGISTRATION IS NOW OPEN Join 20 of the world’s leading EFT Tapping Experts in this FREE Online 10-Day Event starting February 28th, 2022

Register for the 14th Annual Tapping World Summit Today! Discover how one simple tool can change your entire life during this free online event!

.

Tapping World Summit 2022 Pre-launch Content Every year, I like to release several free videos & audios leading up to the Tapping World Summit because it gives you a tiny glimpse into the transformational content that awaits you inside the full 10-day event.

Here is the schedule for this year’s Tapping World Summit pre-launch. Enjoy, and please share!

WATCH HERE!

WATCH HERE!

COMING FEBRUARY 14, 2022.

.

Tapping World Summit 2022 Schedule Monday – February 28

DAY 1 – Reclaiming Inner Peace: How to Take Back Your Power, Restore Your Inner Peace and Thrive Even in the Most Turbulent of Times

Iyanla Vanzant – Choosing Peace: How to Take Your Power Back to Create Inner Balance and Peace

*Cheryl Richardson* – Finding Peace in Turbulent Times: How Tapping Can Help Restore Your Inner Balance

Tuesday – March 1

DAY 2 – Finding the Real You: Using Tapping to Cultivate Inner Peace, Release Self-Doubt, and Finally Feel Like You Are Enough!

Abiola Abrams – Cultivating Inner Confidence: Using Tapping to Release Self Doubt and Build Inner Belief

Mary Ayers – You Are Enough: Using Tapping to Eliminate Comparison, Feelings of Inadequacy, and Deep Self-Doubt

Wednesday – March 2

DAY 3 – Removing the Inner Obstacles: Tapping to Break Free of the Limiting Beliefs and Inner Obstacles That Keep You Stuck

Brad Yates – Getting Out Of Your Own Way: Tapping to Remove the Obstacles That Keep You from Creating Positive Change

Marie Forleo – Breaking Through Your Blocks: Tapping to Discover & Eliminate Your Limiting Beliefs So You Can Live a Fuller Life

Thursday – March 3

DAY 4 – Clearing the Past: How to Release Old Wounds to Move Forward

Karen Ortner – Healing Anger: How to Use Tapping to Understand and Process Anger

Nick Ortner – Healing Your Inner Child: How to Break Free from Hurtful Events

Friday – March 4

DAY 5 – Shifting the Everyday Emotions: Using Tapping to Break the Stress and Anxiety Cycle

Dr. Kim D’Eramo – Break Free from Anxiety: How to Use Tapping to Find Your Inner Calm

Margaret Lynch Raniere – Manifesting More Money: How to Release Financial Stress, Take Empowered Action, and Create Financial Abundance

Saturday – March 5

DAY 6 – Freeing Yourself from Fear: How to Use Tapping to Finally Start to Thrive, Even During Uncertain Times

Dr. Damon Silas – Thriving in Uncertain Times: How to Use Tapping to Navigate Through the Pandemic

Carol Look – Free Yourself from Fear: How to Use Tapping to Finally Start Living the Life of Your Dreams

Sunday – March 6

DAY 7 – Easing into Better Health: How to Reset Your Body and Mind Using Tapping for Better Sleep, Energy, and Overall Health

*Julie Schiffman* – Getting Restful Sleep: How to Use Tapping to Eliminate the Stress and Anxiety Blocking Restorative Sleep

Dawson Church – Supercharge Your Health: How to Use Tapping to Create Great Health

Monday – March 7

DAY 8 – The People Problem: How to Use Tapping to Improve Your Relationships With Other People

Jacqui Manning – When People Stress You Out: How to Find Inner Peace When Those Around You Are Driving You Crazy

David Feinstein – Deepening Your Relationship: How to Feel Safe, Seen, and Heard Within your Relationship

Tuesday – March 8

DAY 9 – Maximizing Your Potential: How to Unlock Your Memory, Motivation, and Productivity Using Tapping****

Alex Ortner – Ending Procrastination: How to Cut Out the Noise, Create Clarity & Focus, and Get More of What You Want Done!

Jim Kwik – Unlock Your Memory: How to Use Tapping to Unleash Your Best Brain

Wednesday – March 9

DAY 10 – Connecting to Your Inner Wisdom: How to Find Yourself and Your Path Forward in Life

Geneen Roth – You’re Stronger Than You Know: How to Use Tapping to Keep You Moving Forward During Tough Times

Ryan Haddon – Trust Your Inner Voice: How to Look Within to Find Your Inner Wisdom

And there will be LOTS more bonuses, tapping meditations, and special audios & videos available all throughout the Summit.

We hope you’ll join us!

Do you have a memorable breakthrough or a particular interview from a Tapping World Summit that has changed your life? Share your story in the comments below!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

The Tapping World Summit 2022 is a 10-day Virtual Online Event presented by The Tapping Solution and hosted by New York Times bestselling authors, Nick Ortner and his sister Jessica Ortner. The post Tapping World Summit 2022 appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Louise Hay Talks Tapping

From Doubt to a Seed of Hope – Tapping Meditation

You Are Enough – Tapping Meditation

View Details

We all have good intentions, but… Life sure does have a way of knocking us off track sometimes, doesn’t it? Watch this quick 30-second video and let me know if you can relate.

Here are a few Tapping Meditations from our Tapping Solution App that I think could help you with your January to February transition.

Instant Boost of Focus

Micro Boost of Optimism

Love and Accept Your Body

Motivate Me to Change a Habit

Until next time…

Keep Tapping

Nick Ortner

Have you used Tapping to help navigate through life changes? Comment below! The post Will your 2022 look like this? appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Take the Next Step, Again and Again

When I Forget to Tap…(Going Public!)

Highly Recommended by the Owner: Accepting Compliments

View Details

The pandemic has not been easy for any of us. It’s been a time of great stress and overwhelm for a multitude of reasons. The authors of an exciting new study that just came out in 2021 found that one simple tool was extremely effective for reducing stress, anxiety, and burnout in nurses involved in treating COVID during the pandemic – Tapping.

In the study, the authors took a group of 72 nurses who treated COVID patients, and they divided them into two groups. One group attended a guided online group EFT session, and the other received no treatment.

After just one single online group EFT tapping session, the nurses in that group experienced highly significant reductions in anxiety, stress, and burnout levels (while the nurses in the other group experienced no change).

Can you believe that? After just one, single session of guided Tapping, anxiety, stress, and burnout went down significantly. You can access the study here if you want to learn more about it.

These Results Still Astound Me Even though I’ve experienced the power of Tapping firsthand time and time again, these types of studies still astound me.

It is incredibly exciting to see the benefits of Tapping supported by such strong results in research studies like this one.

Here’s what I hope we will all take away from this today: if nurses on the frontline of the pandemic can get relief from their stress and anxiety with one single session of Tapping, then imagine how much you might be able to benefit from a regular Tapping practice?

And why not start now?

Here are some links to Tapping Meditations you can try right now if you could use a little relief from anxiety, stress, or burnout:

Coronavirus Stress: Anxiety Relief

Burnout Recovery

Turn Your Day Around: Release General Anxiety

I’m Stressed About Work

Until next time…

Keep Tapping

Nick Ortner

Have you used Tapping to help release your anxiety during the pandemic? Comment below! The post Study Shows Tapping Brings Anxiety Relief to Nurses appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Deep, Restful Sleep

Take the Next Step, Again and Again

Releasing Anxiety with EFT Tapping

View Details

What’s the secret that can shift your perspective on any situation? You have more learning and experiences behind you than you have ever had before. You have never known more than you do right now.

Isn’t that a little mind-boggling to think about? Each and every day you just add learning experiences…

They just keep piling up and accumulating with each passing moment.

So the reality is that you’ve never known more than you do right here and right now.

You know more about yourself – about your patterns and learning processes.

You know more about the people you love. About your body. About your work and your passions. About the problems you are working to solve, and the topics that spark your curiosity and interest.

This moment is the most advanced, evolved version of you that has ever existed.

So trust in that.

Find peace in that.

Know that each moment you are learning and growing…and that means that you bring a new perspective, a new set of skills, and new knowledge into every moment that unfolds in front of you.

So even if you’ve faced similar roadblocks in the past and struggled with them, who says you can’t find a way through them this time?

Even if you’ve failed or made certain mistakes in the past, who says you won’t succeed this time?

Even if you didn’t know what to do in the past, who says you won’t be able to draw from your own inner wisdom to guide you this time?

Trust in yourself.

Find strength in this you. The you who exists today. You’ve got this. We’ve all got this. Let’s go out there and give this day our all!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping

Nick Ortner

How does it feel to recognize you’ve never known more than you do right now? Where in your life can you apply this perspective? Comment below! The post You’ve never known more than you do right now appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Louise Hay Talks Tapping

From Doubt to a Seed of Hope – Tapping Meditation

You Are Enough – Tapping Meditation

View Details

This morning, I found myself wanting to do something simple – to take a moment to do something nurturing. But I noticed a part of me that felt like I wasn’t allowed to.

I had a million things on my to-do list and the clock was already ticking away…

And for some reason, it felt like I needed someone else’s approval to let me know it was okay to take that moment for myself.

Do you ever feel that way?

Do you ever find yourself waiting on another’s permission to follow your heart and do what’s best for you?

The thing is, we don’t need anyone else’s approval to act, think, or feel a certain way. We can give ourselves permission for whatever it is we choose.

To help with that process, I’m going to share with you some positive affirmations that I needed to hear today. I thought they might help you, too.

Read these ten simple affirmations and give yourself permission to live YOUR life today. 1. “I give myself permission to breathe and become present right here, right now.”

2. “I give my brain and body permission to slow down and relax.”

3. “I give myself permission to feel my feelings, as they are right now.”

4. “I give myself permission to do whatever I need to do in this moment to feel good.”

5. “I give myself permission to make time for joy, humor, fun, and rest.”

6. “I give myself permission to go at my own pace.”

7. “I give myself permission to let go of judgment and criticism about myself and others.”

8. “I give myself permission to feel powerful, free, brave, and whole.”

9. “I give myself permission to trust myself.”

10. “I give myself permission to be right where I am… and I also give myself permission to change and grow.”

Notice what it feels like to hear those statements, and then take a few deep breaths to let them land a little more deeply.

I encourage you to bring this feeling, this sense of empowerment and trust in yourself, forward with you through the rest of your day.

You’ve got this. We’ve got this. Let’s keep at it.

Until next time…

Keep Tapping

Nick Ortner

Have you ever felt like you needed someone else’s permission to take time for yourself? Comment below! The post Do You Give Yourself Permission? appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Louise Hay Talks Tapping

From Doubt to a Seed of Hope – Tapping Meditation

You Are Enough – Tapping Meditation

View Details

“The reason you want every single thing that you want, is because you think you will feel really good when you get there. But, if you don’t feel really good on your way to there, you can’t get there. You have to be satisfied with what IS while you’re reaching for more.” What comes up for you when you hear these words from Esther Hicks?

Personally, I’m reminded that I don’t just want to feel good when I get “there” – wherever there might be. I want to feel good along the way, too! Because these moments along the way, as I pursue my dreams and goals, are the moments I’m actually living in.

So today, let’s practice allowing ourselves to feel really good right here, right now.

No matter where we are in the process, no matter how many accomplishments we’ve made, or how many milestones we see ahead, we can choose to be present now and feel good as the journey unfolds.

We don’t have to rely on some future outcome or objective to bring us happiness, fulfillment, and contentedness.

As you continue throughout your day today, consider how you might enjoy what is – right here and right now – a little bit more… all while you are moving towards your goals and dreams.

If you’d like to really anchor in these thoughts and feelings, try this Tapping Meditation on feeling gratitude for the present moment.

This is from the 21 Day Gratitude Series in our Tapping Solution App and it’s just an excellent way to remind ourselves that where we are right now, is just as important as where we want to go.

21 Day Gratitude Series Day 1: Gratitude for This Moment

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

Do you feel out of balance between pursuing your goals and enjoying the present moment? Comment below! The post How to Pursue Your Future Goals While Enjoying the Present Moment appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Jack Canfield Shares His Wisdom

5 Signs You’re Ignoring Your Intuition

What I Learned From a Ceramic Frog

View Details

How to Harness the Power of Tapping While You Sleep Struggling with a health condition? Getting distracted easily? Feeling a lack of confidence? If you are experiencing anything along those lines, then you may be feeling stuck and having trouble breaking out of old patterns.

If that sounds like you, then don’t worry. It is possible to get unstuck and create positive change!

Whether you are looking to sleep better, increase healing, boost productivity, find more confidence, or feel more optimistic, then you may want to give our Sleep Programming Tapping Meditations a try.

Sleep Programming is a powerful approach to help you bring about positive changes in your life, move towards the outcomes you want, and reach your goals.

So, let’s take a closer look at what it is, how it works, and why this technique can be so effective in helping people experience positive change.

What is Sleep Programming? Sleep Programming Meditations combine the power of Tapping with positive suggestions, helping you to create new patterns and program your body & mind for the better.

Depending on the topic that is targeted in the specific meditation you choose, you may want help to program your mind to support goals like improved health, increased confidence, or deeper sleep, for example.

Our Sleep Programming Tapping Meditations are designed to help you first calm down and get into a highly relaxed state using the power of Tapping. And then from that state of calm, you are led through positive suggestions and visualizations to support whatever the target objective may be for the meditation.

This approach draws on the concept of hypnosis as well as other techniques like positive affirmations, guided imagery, and visualization.

Research shows that when we bring our minds into a highly relaxed and focused state, we are better able to listen and respond to suggestions. This is commonly experienced in hypnosis, an experience that allows people to guide their subconscious to healthy habits, reframe thoughts and beliefs, gain more sense of control, and build positive expectations.[1-3]

In our Sleep Programming Meditations, you are guided into a state of relaxation, calm, and focus similar to hypnosis, but using the technique of Tapping instead. From that open state, you can help guide your mind to repattern and program towards positive outcomes.

These Tapping Meditations are powerful. Not only do they help you get into deep relaxation right before bed, but they also help to prime your brain to bring about the results in your life that you deeply want. These meditations can influence your thoughts, emotions, and behaviors, and how you experience your daily life.

Let’s take a closer look at the two main parts of a Sleep Programming Meditation: getting deeply relaxed and tuning into positive suggestions & visualizations.

Step 1: Tapping Into Relaxation Sleep Programming begins with turning town the stress response and getting deeply relaxed. In the first rounds of Tapping in these meditations, you’ll be guided to tap through the points and release stress, let go of tension in your body, and quiet your thoughts.

We know that Tapping is an extremely effective tool for bringing a deep sense of calm to both the brain and body. In fact, Tapping can actually help you to turn off the stress response and even reduce levels of stress hormones like cortisol.[4] When you tap on the meridian points as part of the basic Tapping technique, it sends calming signals to the brain that lets it know it is safe to relax.

Inducing the relaxation response with Tapping in a Sleep Programming Meditation does two important things.

First, it helps your brain and body slow down and prepare for sleep. The calmer your mind is and the more relaxed your body is, the easier it will be for you to drift off to sleep. So, using Tapping right before bed can help you to fall asleep faster and sleep more deeply.

Second, triggering relaxation through Tapping helps to bring your brain into a highly relaxed, yet focused state. And from that state, the mind is better able to open up to positive changes, new ways of thinking, healing, behavior change, and more.

Step 2: Adding In Positive Statements, Affirmations, and Visualizations After helping you to get relaxed and open your mind, the second phase of Sleep Programming is to introduce positive suggestions, affirmations, and visualizations in support of your goals.

It can be very advantageous to give yourself something positive to focus on before you drift off to sleep, because the brain is more receptive to positive suggestions when it is highly relaxed and focused.[1-3]

In the Tapping Solution App, we have numerous Sleep Programming Meditations on a variety of topics from increasing motivation and productivity to getting stronger, making healthy eating choices, balancing hormones, and increasing confidence at work. For each topic, the meditation will guide you through positive statements aligned with your objective. In addition, it will help you imagine yourself experiencing the effects and visualize the results you want.

Suggestions, positive statements, and visualizations have the ability to influence your mood, your thoughts, your perceptions, and ultimately your actions.[5] They are designed to help you repattern and program your mind to shift away from unhelpful patterns and move towards whatever goal you might have – whether that is deeper sleep, increased optimism, support in making healthy choices, or something else.

Sleep Programming Is an Approach Grounded In Evidence-Based Techniques As mentioned earlier, Sleep Programming draws on the principles of hypnosis as well as other techniques like positive affirmations, guided imagery, and visualization. These approaches are well-documented in the scientific literature to help people create positive changes and feel better.

For example, let’s take a look at hypnosis. Researchers have seen time and time again that suggestions in a hypnotic state can actually influence brain networks, along with both our physical and mental experience.[1]

Suggestions under hypnosis can help people to reframe thinking and beliefs, build positive expectations, increase feelings of control and empowerment, and more.[1] In essence, they can help people to reprogram the brain and experience positive outcomes.

Some of the evidence-based benefits of hypnosis include helping people to:

• Improve sleep quality and duration
• Reduce stress and anxiety
• Improve self-confidence and self-esteem
• Manage stress-related health conditions
• Reduce pain
• Relieve depression
• Lose weight
• Quit smoking
• Find relief from conditions like IBS, PTSD, and chronic pain
• Cope better with chronic conditions
• Enhance the effectiveness of other treatments like cognitive behavioral therapy [1,3,6-13]

Research also tells us that when we combine the power of relaxation with the power of hypnotic suggestions, we can have even greater results.[6] And that is exactly what we aim to do in the Sleep Programming Tapping Meditations.

Sleep Programming Meditations also include positive affirmations. Positive affirmations are known to help people increase self-worth, restore confidence, gain perspective, and focus less on the negative. They have also been shown to increase certain areas of neural activity in the brain.[14,15]

By repeating phrases such as “I am enough,” “I am healing deeply,” or “I am capable” in a Sleep Programming Meditation, you can help to create new patterns of thinking and beliefs that are more helpful and productive for you.

Along with hypnosis-like techniques and positive affirmations, you’ll also find visualization and guided imagery in Sleep Programming Meditations. These techniques are designed to help you truly embody the positive outcomes that you are moving towards.

Guided imagery is known to be effective in bringing about many positive changes in people’s lives. Research suggests visualization can help people reduce pain, find relief from anxiety, cope with stress, improve athletic performance, and ease pre-test anxiety – to name just a few of the researched benefits.[16-19]

Researchers believe that when we experience something in our mind (as in a hypnotic state or visualization), it activates the same patterns of the brain as when we have the experience in real life.[20] This suggests that even if we are just lying in our beds with our eyes closed, listening to a meditation script, and visualizing a positive outcome, we can help to reinforce neural circuits that are aligned with our goals.

Give Sleep Programming a Try for Yourself In the Tapping Solution App As you can see, Sleep Programming combines the best parts of a variety of different effective techniques to open up the mind and body to positive changes.

Getting deeply relaxed, preparing your body for sleep, and then programming with a specific objective in mind using positive suggestions, affirmations, and visualizations is a potent combination. And it’s that potent combination that makes Sleep Programming Tapping Meditations so special and so helpful for a wide variety of needs.

I’ve experienced the positive influence of Sleep Programming myself in my personal life, I’ve seen it be transformational for others I’ve worked with, and I’ve heard positive feedback about this technique time and time again from users in the Tapping Solution App.

So why not give it a try and see what you think?

If you are looking to use Sleep Programming specifically to get deeper or more restorative sleep, here are a few meditations you might like:

• Sleep Through the Night Sleep Programming
• Wake Up Refreshed Sleep Programming
• Reduce Night-Time Wake-Ups Sleep Programming

If you are looking for support in other areas of your life, such as your health, self-confidence, stress, or motivation, consider other topics in our Sleep Programming category. Here are just a few to choose from:

• I Am Enough Sleep Programming
• Increase my Optimism Sleep Programming
• Make Healthy Eating Choices Sleep Programming
• Get Stronger Sleep Programming
• Be Calm in Social Situations Sleep Programming
• Feeling Confident at Work Sleep Programming
• Navigate Change with Ease Sleep Programming
• Jaw Relaxation Sleep Programming
• Increase Motivation & Productivity Sleep Programming
• Release Colds and Flus Sleep Programming

We’ve also created 3 Sleep Programming Challenges in the App that will help you create positive changes in your life and mindset.

You can experience all of these Tapping Challenges, as well as the entire library of Tapping Meditations in the App, with a 2-week free trial.

5 Day Sleep Programming for Positivity

Increase My Optimism

I Am Enough

Increase Abundance & Prosperity

Increase Self-Esteem

Wake Up Happy

5 Day Sleep Programming for Productivity

Increase Motivation and Productivity

Increase Self-Discipline

Improve Brain Function

Get Answers to Your Problems

Increase Self-Confidence

7 Day Sleep Programming for Health

Sleep Through the Night

Increase Healing

Make Healthy Eating Choices

Balanced Hormones

Jaw Relaxation

Get Stronger

Wake Up Refreshed

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

P.S. Here are just a few of many testimonials we’re received about the meditations in the Sleep Programming Challenges…

“A miracle happened as a result of this meditation! I can now look in the mirror and not feel disgusted and hatred for my body! I can now see my body through eyes of love and compassion! Huge accomplishment for me considering I have hated my body for decades! Thank you for creating this amazing meditation!”

“This is an awesome tapping session. I’m glad I discovered it. Thank you! it was so good to find something both relaxing and designed to enhance getting answers via intuition. I have felt stuck about something for a long time, and know the answers are within.”

“I found this tapping so relaxing and positive, easy to visualize the healing and sleep”

Have you used a Sleep Programming Tapping Meditation? How did it work for you? Comment below!

References

1. Sawni A, Breuner CC. Clinical Hypnosis, an Effective Mind-Body Modality for Adolescents with Behavioral and Physical Complaints. Children (Basel). 2017;4(4):19. Published 2017 Mar 24. doi:10.3390/children4040019.
2. Smith BL. “Hypnosis today.” American Psychological Association. Apa.org. https://www.apa.org/monitor/2011/01/hypnosis
3. “6 Surprising Health Benefits of Hypnosis.” Penn Medicine. Pennmedicine.org. https://www.pennmedicine.org/updates/blogs/health-and-wellness/2019/january/hypnosis
4. Church D, Yount G, Brooks AJ. The effect of emotional freedom techniques on stress biochemistry: a randomized controlled trial. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2012;200(10):891-896. doi:10.1097/NMD.0b013e31826b9fc1..
5. Halligan PW & Oakley DA. (2014). Hypnosis and beyond: Exploring the broader domain of suggestion. Psychology of Consciousness: Theory, Research, and Practice, 2014;1(2):105–122. https://doi.org/10.1037/cns0000019.
6. Olendzki N, Elkins GR, Slonena E, Hung J, Rhodes JR. Mindful Hypnotherapy to Reduce Stress and Increase Mindfulness: A Randomized Controlled Pilot Study. Int J Clin Exp Hypn. 2020;68(2):151-166. doi:10.1080/00207144.2020.1722028.
7. Otte JL, Carpenter JS, Roberts L, Elkins GR. Self-Hypnosis for Sleep Disturbances in Menopausal Women. J Womens Health (Larchmt). 2020;29(3):461-463. doi:10.1089/jwh.2020.8327.
8. Hammond DC. Hypnosis in the treatment of anxiety- and stress-related disorders. Expert Rev Neurother. 2010;10(2):263-273. doi:10.1586/ern.09.140.
9. Roberts RL, Rhodes JR, Elkins GR. Effect of Hypnosis on Anxiety: Results from a Randomized Controlled Trial with Women in Postmenopause [published online ahead of print, 2021 Aug 17]. J Clin Psychol Med Settings. 2021;10.1007/s10880-021-09810-3. doi:10.1007/s10880-021-09810-3.
10. Jensen MP, Jamieson GA, Lutz A, et al. New directions in hypnosis research: strategies for advancing the cognitive and clinical neuroscience of hypnosis. Neurosci Conscious. 2017;3(1):nix004. doi:10.1093/nc/nix004.
11. Jensen MP, Adachi T, Tomé-Pires C, Lee J, Osman ZJ, Miró J. Mechanisms of hypnosis: toward the development of a biopsychosocial model [published correction appears in Int J Clin Exp Hypn. 2015;63(2):247]. Int J Clin Exp Hypn. 2015;63(1):34-75. doi:10.1080/00207144.2014.961875.
12. Ilmi J, Suharsono YY, Ingarianti TTM. Self-Hypnosis Training to Improve Self Confidence in Students for Public Speaking. Proceedings of the 3rd International Conference on Education and Training (ICET 2017). 2017. https://doi.org/10.2991/icet-17.2017.23.
13. Grégoire C, Faymonville ME, Vanhaudenhuyse A, Jerusalem G, Willems S, Bragard I. Randomized controlled trial of a group intervention combining self-hypnosis and self-care: secondary results on self-esteem, emotional distress and regulation, and mindfulness in post-treatment cancer patients. Qual Life Res. 2021;30(2):425-436. doi:10.1007/s11136-020-02655-7.
14. Critcher CR, Dunning D. Self-affirmations provide a broader perspective on self-threat. Pers Soc Psychol Bull. 2015;41(1):3-18. doi:10.1177/0146167214554956.
15. Cascio CN, O’Donnell MB, Tinney FJ, et al. Self-affirmation activates brain systems associated with self-related processing and reward and is reinforced by future orientation. Soc Cogn Affect Neurosci. 2016;11(4):621-629. doi:10.1093/scan/nsv136.
16. Patricolo GE, LaVoie A, Slavin B, Richards NL, Jagow D, Armstrong K. Beneficial Effects of Guided Imagery or Clinical Massage on the Status of Patients in a Progressive Care Unit. Crit Care Nurse. 2017;37(1):62-69. doi:10.4037/ccn2017282.
17. Grammatica G. Guided Imagery as a Resource to Decrease Test Anxiety. Creat Nurs. 2018;24(4):211-214. doi:10.1891/1078-4535.24.4.211.
18. Carpenter JJ, Hines SH, Lan VM. Guided Imagery for Pain Management in Postoperative Orthopedic Patients: An Integrative Literature Review. J Holist Nurs. 2017;35(4):342-351. doi:10.1177/0898010116675462.
19. Giacobbi PR Jr, Stewart J, Chaffee K, Jaeschke AM, Stabler M, Kelley GA. A Scoping Review of Health Outcomes Examined in Randomized Controlled Trials Using Guided Imagery. Prog Prev Med (N Y). 2017;2(7):e0010. doi:10.1097/pp9.0000000000000010.
20. Williamson A. What is hypnosis and how might it work?. Palliat Care. 2019;12:1178224219826581. Published 2019 Jan 31. doi:10.1177/1178224219826581.

The post The Power of Sleep Programming appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Deep, Restful Sleep

Louise Hay Talks Tapping

Is There a Link Between Autoimmunity and Personality Traits?

View Details

You chose B. If you’ve made this choice, that’s completely ok! It just means that you’re either being very honest with yourself (for which I applaud you), or you were just curious to see where this choice would take you.

If you have difficultly showing compassion for others, it probably means you have difficultly feeling compassionate towards yourself as well.

Instead of offering kindness, support, and understanding, we are much more likely to be hard on ourselves, criticize ourselves, and make ourselves feel bad when our life experiences have shaped us into feeling this way.

If you are trying to radiate compassion out to the world around you – to loved ones, friends, acquaintances, strangers, even people across the globe – that is awesome. Keep on trying! Everything is a process. You are doing a great job.

But it’s also important to check and make sure that you aren’t leaving something – or someone – very important out of the equation.

“If your compassion does not include yourself, it is incomplete.”

– Jack Kornfield

Now some people might think that self-compassion isn’t very important, and maybe that it’s even detrimental. They believe that self-compassion can lead to self-pity, weakness, complacency, or selfishness.[1]

Conversely, many of us often think that being hard on ourselves and being self-critical is actually what we need and what will be most helpful.

After all, don’t we have to be hard on ourselves in order to push ourselves to be better, improve, and achieve more?

It turns out that the answer is no.

The Problem With Self-Criticism Self-criticism is actually likely to backfire on us, and not work out in our best interest. In fact, research shows that self-criticism is tied to depression, eating disorders, physical health issues, and much more.[2-4]

So, it turns out that self-criticism isn’t really the best option if we want to grow, improve, and become our best selves.

Self-compassion, on the other hand, IS effective and is thought to be one of the keys to becoming our best selves.

As Dr. Kristin Neff, a psychologist and expert in self-compassion says,

“Unlike self-criticism, which asks if you’re good enough, self-compassion asks, what’s good for you?”

Self-compassion can help us become more resilient, take risks, learn from mistakes, and keep moving forward with passion and with strength.[5] When we do face failure or don’t reach our goals, self-compassion helps us to cope with that in a productive way, have a more helpful response, and bounce back.[6]

Research has shown us that self-compassion actually leads to more productivity, decreased stress and depression, greater well-being, and more life satisfaction. People who practice self-compassion even tend to make wiser health choices.[5,6]

Consider another great piece of wisdom from Kristin Neff. “Why is self-compassion a more effective motivator than self-criticism? Because its driving force is love, not fear.”

So, What Really Is Self-Compassion Anyway? On a basic level, self-compassion means treating yourself with the same support, love, kindness, and understanding that you would offer to anyone you care about.

Dr. Kristin Neff is a pioneer in the world of self-compassion, and through her studies, she has determined that self-compassion has three key parts:

1. Being kind and understanding towards ourselves. In other words, practicing self-kindness.

2. It involves understanding that we aren’t alone, that we are a part of a shared common human experience.

3. Self-compassion involves mindfulness. This means noticing and acknowledging our feelings and experiences without judgment. [5,6]

Self-compassion allows us to wish ourselves well, offer ourselves validation, and treat ourselves with warmth, love, and respect.

It also reminds us that our suffering and our challenges are all a part of being human. Other people suffer and struggle and are challenged too. This isn’t to compare degrees of suffering or to diminish our own, but to remind us that it is all part of life. It is normal.

As Neff says, “When we’re in touch with our common humanity, we remember that feelings of inadequacy and disappointment are shared by all. This is what distinguishes self-compassion from self-pity. Whereas self-pity says, ‘poor me,’ self-compassion remembers that everyone suffers, and it offers comfort because everyone is human.”

Finally, it gives us space to acknowledge what we are going through, and to validate and honor the emotions, thoughts, and experiences we are having.

Let’s Keep This In Mind… So, as we move through the rest of our day and our week, let’s try to keep in mind this idea of self-compassion. And the next time you are feeling down or hard on yourself, consider Kristin Neff’s advice:

“Whenever I notice something about myself I don’t like, or whenever something goes wrong in my life, I silently repeat the following phrases: This is a moment of suffering. Suffering is part of life. May I be kind to myself in this moment. May I give myself the compassion I need.”

And right here, right now, perhaps consider a small kindness you might be able to offer yourself at some point today. It might be a small act of love, writing yourself a kind letter, offering yourself a few words of affirmation, or a compassionate mantra.

But whether or not you choose to take this any further, simply listening to these words today and learning more about self-compassion is already such great work that you are doing for yourself. You are doing a wonderful job, and I’m so glad we got to share this time together today.

If you’d like to put some self-compassion into action with Tapping, consider two powerful Tapping Meditations from our App: You Are Enough and Releasing the Critical Voice.

Which speaks to you today? Go ahead and use it now!

Sending you much love!

Until next time…

Keep Tapping!

Nick Ortner

Comment below: Are you good at practicing self-compassion or is this something you need to work on?

References

1. https://greatergood.berkeley.edu/article/item/the_five_myths_of_self_compassion

2. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28886675/

3. https://guilfordjournals.com/doi/10.1521/pdps.2016.44.3.395

4. https://www.psychologytoday.com/us/blog/stress-self-and-health/201708/the-hazards-self-criticism

5. http://ccare.stanford.edu/uncategorized/the-scientific-benefits-of-self-compassion-infographic/

6. https://greatergood.berkeley.edu/article/item/the_power_of_self_compassion

The post How Our Compassion for Others May Reflect Our Compassion for Ourselves appeared first on The Tapping Solution.

Related posts:

Adventures in Happiness Podcast: “How to Succeed Without Experiencing Burnout”

Thank You For Another Amazing Summit!

What a Wonderful Year! Thank You!